View PIC12F1501_6921348.PDF datasheet online --- IC-ON-LINE

Datasheet File OCR Text:

? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a pic12(l)f1501 data sheet 8-pin flash, 8-bit microcontrollers *8-bit, 8-pin devices protected by microchip?s low pin count patent: u.s. patent no. 5,847,450. additional u.s. and foreign patents and applications may be issued or pending.
ds41615a-page 2 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. information contained in this publication regarding device applications and the like is provided only for your convenience and may be superseded by updates. it is your responsibility to ensure that your application meets with your specifications. microchip makes no representations or warranties of any kind whether express or implied, written or oral, statutory or otherwise, related to the information, including but not limited to its condition, quality, performance, merchantability or fitness for purpose . microchip disclaims all liability arising from this information and its use. use of microchip devices in life support and/or safety applications is entirely at the buyer?s risk, and the buyer agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless microchip from any and all damages, claims, suits, or expenses resulting from such use. no licenses are conveyed, implicitly or otherwise, under any microchip intellectual property rights. trademarks the microchip name and logo, the microchip logo, dspic, k ee l oq , k ee l oq logo, mplab, pic, picmicro, picstart, pic 32 logo, rfpic and uni/o are registered trademarks of microchip technology incorporated in the u.s.a. and other countries. filterlab, hampshire, hi-tech c, linear active thermistor, mxdev, mxlab, seeval and the embedded control solutions company are registered trademarks of microchip technology incorporated in the u.s.a. analog-for-the-digital age, app lication maestro, chipkit, chipkit logo, codeguard, dspicdem, dspicdem.net, dspicworks, dsspeak, ecan, economonitor, fansense, hi-tide, in-circuit serial programming, icsp, mindi, miwi, mpasm, mplab certified logo, mplib, mplink, mtouch, omniscient code generation, picc, picc-18, picdem, picdem.net, pickit, pictail, real ice, rflab, select mode, total endurance, tsharc, uniwindriver, wiperlock and zena are trademarks of microchip technology incorporated in the u.s.a. and other countries. sqtp is a service mark of microchip technology incorporated in the u.s.a. all other trademarks mentioned herein are property of their respective companies. ? 2011, microchip technology incorporated, printed in the u.s.a., all rights reserved. printed on recycled paper. isbn: 978-1-61341-765-2 note the following details of the code protection feature on microchip devices: ? microchip products meet the specification cont ained in their particular microchip data sheet. ? microchip believes that its family of products is one of the mo st secure families of its kind on the market today, when used i n the intended manner and under normal conditions. ? there are dishonest and possibly illegal methods used to breach the code protection feature. all of these methods, to our knowledge, require using the microchip produc ts in a manner outside the operating specifications contained in microchip?s data sheets. most likely, the person doing so is engaged in theft of intellectual property. ? microchip is willing to work with the customer who is concerned about the integrity of their code. ? neither microchip nor any other semiconductor manufacturer c an guarantee the security of their code. code protection does not mean that we are guaranteeing the product as ?unbreakable.? code protection is constantly evolving. we at microchip are co mmitted to continuously improvi ng the code protection features of our products. attempts to break microchip?s c ode protection feature may be a violation of the digital millennium copyright act. if such acts allow unauthorized access to your software or other copyrighted work, you may have a right to sue for relief under that act. microchip received iso/ts-16949:2009 certification for its worldwide headquarters, design and wafer fabrication facilities in chandler and tempe, arizona; gresham, oregon and design centers in california and india. the company?s quality system processes and procedures are for its pic ? mcus and dspic ? dscs, k ee l oq ? code hopping devices, serial eeproms, microperipherals, nonvolatile memory and analog products. in addition, microchip?s quality system for the design and manufacture of development systems is iso 9001:2000 certified.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 3 high-performance risc cpu: ? c compiler optimized architecture ? only 49 instructions ? 1k words linear program memory addressing ? 64 bytes linear data memory addressing ? operating speed: - dc ? 20 mhz clock input - dc ? 200 ns instruction cycle ? interrupt capability with automatic context saving ? 16-level deep hardware stack with optional overflow/underflow reset ? direct, indirect and relative addressing modes: - two full 16-bit file select registers (fsrs) - fsrs can read program and data memory flexible oscillator structure: ? 16 mhz internal oscillator block: - factory calibrated to 1%, typical - software selectable frequency range from 16 mhz to 31 khz ? 31 khz low-power internal oscillator ? three external clock modes up to 20 mhz special microcontroller features: ? operating voltage range: - 1.8v to 3.6v (pic12lf1501) - 2.3v to 5.5v (PIC12F1501) ? self-programmable under software control ? power-on reset (por) ? power-up timer (pwrt) ? programmable low-power brown-out reset (lpbor) ? extended watchdog timer (wdt): - programmable period from 1 ms to 256s ? programmable code protection ? in-circuit serial programming? (icsp?) via two pins ? enhanced low-voltage programming (lvp) ? power-saving sleep mode: - low-power sleep mode - low-power bor (lpbor) ? integrated temperature indicator ? 128 bytes high-endurance flash: - 100,000 write flash endurance (minimum) low-power features (pic12lf1501): ? standby current: - 20 na @ 1.8v, typical ? watchdog timer current: - 200 na @ 1.8v, typical ? operating current: -30 ? a/mhz @ 1.8v, typical peripheral features: ? analog-to-digital converter (adc): - 10-bit resolution - 4 external channels - 2 internal channels: - fixed voltage reference and dac channels - temperature indicator channel - auto acquisition capability - conversion available during sleep ? 1 comparator: - rail-to-rail inputs - power mode control - software controllable hysteresis ? voltage reference module: - fixed voltage reference (fvr) with 1.024v, 2.048v and 4.096v output levels - 1 rail-to-rail resistive 5-bit dac with positive reference selection ? 6 i/o pins (1 input-only pin): - high current sink/source 25 ma/25 ma - individually programmable weak pull-ups - individually programmable interrupt-on-change (ioc) pins ? timer0: 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit programmable prescaler ? enhanced timer1: - 16-bit timer/counter with prescaler - external gate input mode ? timer2: 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit period register, prescaler and postscaler ? four 10-bit pwm modules ? 2 configurable logic cell (clc) modules: - 16 selectable input source signals - four inputs per module - software control of combinational/sequential logic/state/clock functions - and/or/xor/d flop/d latch/sr/jk - external or internal inputs/outputs - operation while in sleep 8-pin flash, 8-bit microcontrollers pic12(l)f1501
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 4 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. peripheral features (continued): ? numerically controlled oscillator (nco): - 20-bit accumulator - 16-bit increment - true linear frequency control - high-speed clock input - selectable output modes: - fixed duty cycle (fdc) mode - pulse frequency (pf) mode ? complementary waveform generator (cwg): - 8 selectable signal sources - selectable falling and rising edge dead-band control - polarity control - 4 auto-shutdown sources - multiple input sources: pwm, clc, nco pic12(l)f1501/pic16(l)f150x family types device data sheet index program memory flash (words) data sram (bytes) i/o?s (2) 10-bit adc (ch) comparators dac timers (8/16-bit) pwm eusart mssp (i 2 c/spi) cwg clc nco debug (1) xlp pic12(l)f1501 (1) 1024 64 6 4 1 1 2/1 4 ? ? 1 2 1 h ? pic16(l)f1503 (2) 2048 128 12 8 2 1 2/1 4 ? 1 1 2 1 h ? pic16(l)f1507 (3) 2048 128 18 12 ? ? 2/1 4 ? ? 1 2 1 h ? pic16(l)f1508 (4) 4096 256 18 12 2 1 2/1 4 1 1 1 4 1 i/h y pic16(l)f1509 (4) 8192 512 18 12 2 1 2/1 4 1 1 1 4 1 i/h y note 1: i - debugging, integrated on chip; h - debugging, requires debug header. 2: one pin is input-only. data sheet index: (unshaded devices are described in this document.) 1: future product pic12(l)f1501 data sheet, 8-pin flash, 8-bit microcontrollers. 2: ds41607 pic16(l)f1503 data sheet, 14-pin flash, 8-bit microcontrollers. 3: ds41586 pic16(l)f1507 data sheet, 20-pin flash, 8-bit microcontrollers. 4: ds41609 pic16(l)f1508/1509 data sheet, 20-pin flash, 8-bit microcontrollers.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 5 pic12(l)f1501 figure 1: 8-pin pdip, soic, msop, dfn diagram for pic12(l)f1501 table 1: 8-pin allocatio n table (pic12(l)f1501) i/o 8-pin pdip/soic/msop/dfn adc reference comparator timer cwg nco clc pwm interrupt pull-up basic ra0 7 an0 dacout1 c1in+ ? cwg1b (1) ? clc2in1 pwm2 ioc y icspdat ra1 6 an1 v ref + c1in0- ? ? nco1 (1) clc2in0 ? ioc y icspclk ra2 5 an2 dacout2 c1out t0cki cwg1a (1) cwg1flt ? clc1 (1) pwm1 int ioc y ? ra3 4 ? ? ? t1g (2) ? ? clc1in0 ? ioc y mclr v pp ra4 3 an3 ? c1in1- t1g (1) cwg1b (2) clc1 (2) pwm3 ioc y clkout ra5 2 ? ? ? t1cki cwg1a (2) nco1 (2) nco1clk clc1in1 clc2 pwm4 ioc y clkin v dd 1 ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? v dd v ss 8? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?? v ss note 1: default location for peripheral pin function. alternat e location can be selected using the apfcon register. 2: alternate location for peripheral pin function selected by the apfcon register. pdip, soic, msop, dfn note: see ta b l e 1 for location of all peripheral functions. 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 v dd ra5 ra4 mclr /v pp /ra3 v ss ra0/icspdat ra1/icspclk ra2 pic12(l)f1501
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 6 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. table of contents 1.0 device overview ............................................................................................................. ............................................................. 9 2.0 enhanced mid-range cpu ...................................................................................................... .................................................. 13 3.0 memory organization ......................................................................................................... ........................................................ 15 4.0 device configuration ........................................................................................................ .......................................................... 39 5.0 oscillator module........................................................................................................... ............................................................. 45 6.0 resets ...................................................................................................................... .................................................................. 53 7.0 interrupts .................................................................................................................. .................................................................. 61 8.0 power-down mode (sleep) ..................................................................................................... ................................................... 75 9.0 watchdog timer .............................................................................................................. ........................................................... 79 10.0 flash program memory control ............................................................................................... .................................................. 83 11.0 i/o ports .................................................................................................................. ................................................................... 99 12.0 interrupt-on-change ........................................................................................................ ........................................................ 105 13.0 fixed voltage reference (fvr) .............................................................................................. ................................................. 109 14.0 temperature indicator module ............................................................................................... .................................................. 111 15.0 analog-to-digital converter (adc) module ................................................................................... ........................................... 113 16.0 digital-to-analog converter (dac) module ................................................................................... ........................................... 127 17.0 comparator module.......................................................................................................... ........................................................ 131 18.0 timer0 module .............................................................................................................. ........................................................... 141 19.0 timer1 module with gate control............................................................................................ ................................................. 145 20.0 timer2 module .............................................................................................................. ........................................................... 157 21.0 pulse-width modulation (pwm) module ........................................................................................ .......................................... 161 22.0 configurable logic cell (clc).............................................................................................. .................................................... 167 23.0 numerically controlled oscillator (nco) module ............................................................................. ........................................ 183 24.0 complementary waveform generator (cwg) module .............................................................................. .............................. 193 25.0 in-circuit serial programming? (icsp?) ..................................................................................... .......................................... 209 26.0 instruction set summary .................................................................................................... ...................................................... 211 27.0 electrical specifications.................................................................................................. .......................................................... 225 28.0 dc and ac characteristics graphs and charts ................................................................................ ....................................... 247 29.0 development support........................................................................................................ ....................................................... 249 30.0 packaging information...................................................................................................... ........................................................ 253 appendix a: data sheet revision history........................................................................................ .................................................. 267 index .......................................................................................................................... ........................................................................ 269 the microchip web site ......................................................................................................... ............................................................ 275 customer change notification service ........................................................................................... ................................................... 275 customer support ............................................................................................................... ............................................................... 275 reader response ................................................................................................................ .............................................................. 276 product identification system.................................................................................................. ........................................................... 277
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 7 pic12(l)f1501 to our valued customers it is our intention to provide our valued customers with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your micro chip products. to this end, we will continue to improve our publications to better suit your needs. our publications will be refined and enhanced as new volumes and updates are introduced. if you have any questions or comments regar ding this publication, please contact the marketing communications department via e-mail at docerrors@microchip.com or fax the reader response form in the back of this data sheet to (480) 792-4150. we welcome your feedback. most current data sheet to obtain the most up-to-date version of this data s heet, please register at our worldwide web site at: http://www.microchip.com you can determine the version of a data sheet by examining its literature number found on the bottom outside corner of any page . the last character of the literature number is the vers ion number, (e.g., ds30000a is version a of document ds30000). errata an errata sheet, describing minor operational differences fr om the data sheet and recommended workarounds, may exist for curren t devices. as device/documentation issues become known to us, we will publish an errata sheet. the errata will specify the revisi on of silicon and revision of document to which it applies. to determine if an errata sheet exists for a particular device, please check with one of the following: ? microchip?s worldwide web site; http://www.microchip.com ? your local microchip sales office (see last page) when contacting a sales office, please specify which device, re vision of silicon and data sheet (include literature number) you are using. customer notification system register on our web site at www.microchip.com to receive the most current information on all of our products.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 8 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. notes:
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 9 pic12(l)f1501 1.0 device overview the pic12(l)f1501 are described within this data sheet. they are available in 14-pin packages. figure 1-1 shows a block diagram of the pic12(l)f1501 devices. ta b l e 1 - 2 shows the pinout descriptions. reference tab l e 1 - 1 for peripherals available per device. table 1-1: device peripheral summary peripheral PIC12F1501 pic12lf1501 analog-to-digital converter (adc) complementary wave generator (cwg) digital-to-analog converter (dac) fixed voltage reference (fvr) numerically controlled oscillator (nco) temperature indicator comparators c1 configurable logic cell (clc) clc1 clc2 pwm modules pwm1 pwm2 pwm3 pwm4 timers timer0 timer1 timer2
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 10 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. figure 1-1: pic12(l)f1501 block diagram note 1: see applicable chapters for more information on peripherals. 2: see table 1-1 for peripherals available on specific devices. cpu program flash memory ram timing generation intrc oscillator mclr ( figure 2-1 ) nco1 pwm4 timer2 timer1 timer0 clc2 pwm1 pwm2 pwm3 porta cwg1 clc1 adc 10-bit fvr te m p . indicator clkin clkout c1 dac
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 11 pic12(l)f1501 table 1-2: pic12(l)f1501 pinout description name function input type output type description ra0/an0/c1in+/dacout1/ cwg1b (1) /clc2in1/pwm2/ icspdat ra0 ttl cmos general purpose i/o. an0 an ? a/d channel input. c1in+ an ? comparator positive input. dacout1 ? an digital-to-analog converter output. cwg1b ? cmos cwg complementary output. clc2in1 st ? configurable logic cell source input. pwm2 ? cmos pulse width module source output. icspdat st cmos icsp? data i/o. ra1/an1/v ref +/c1in0-/ nco1 (1) /clc2in0/icspclk ra1 ttl cmos general purpose i/o. an1 an ? a/d channel input. v ref + an ? a/d positive voltage reference input. c1in0- an ? comparator negative input. nco1 ? cmos numerically controlled oscillator output. clc2in0 st ? configurable logic cell source input. icspclk st ? icsp? programming clock. ra2/an2/c1out/dacout2/ t0cki/int/pwm1/clc1 (1) / cwg1a (1) /cwg1flt ra2 st cmos general purpose i/o. an2 an ? a/d channel input. c1out ? cmos comparator output. dacout2 ? an digital-to-analog converter output. t0cki st ? timer0 clock input. int st ? external interrupt. pwm1 ? cmos pulse width module source output. clc1 ? cmos configurable logic cell source output. cwg1a ? cmos cwg complementary output. cwg1flt st ? complementary waveform generator fault input. ra3/clc1in0/v pp /t1g (2) /mclr ra3 ttl ? general purpose input. clc1in0 st ? configurable logic cell source input. v pp hv ? programming voltage. t1g st ? timer1 gate input. mclr st ? master clear with internal pull-up. ra4/an3/c1in1-/cwg1b (2) / clc1 (2) /pwm3/clkout/t1g (1) ra4 ttl cmos general purpose i/o. an3 an ? a/d channel input. c1in1- an ? comparator negative input. cwg1b ? cmos cwg complementary output. clc1 ? cmos configurable logic cell source output. pwm3 ? cmos pulse width module source output. clkout ? cmos f osc /4 output. t1g st ? timer1 gate input. legend: an = analog input or output cmos = cmos compatible input or output od = open drain ttl = ttl compatible input st = schmitt trigger input with cmos levels i 2 c? = schmitt trigger input with i 2 c hv = high voltage xtal = crystal levels note 1: default location for peripheral pin function. alternat e location can be selected using the apfcon register. 2: alternate location for peripheral pin function selected by the apfcon register.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 12 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. ra5/clkin/t1cki/cwg1a (2) / nco1 (2) /nco1clk/clc1in1/ clc2/pwm4 ra5 ttl cmos general purpose i/o. clkin cmos ? external clock input (ec mode). t1cki st ? timer1 clock input. cwg1a ? cmos cwg complementary output. nco1 st ? numerically controlled oscillator output. nco1clk st ? numerically controlled oscillator clock source input. clc1in1 st ? configurable logic cell source input. clc2 ? cmos configurable logic cell source output. pwm4 ? cmos pulse width module source output. v dd v dd power ? positive supply. v ss v ss power ? ground reference. table 1-2: pic12(l)f1501 pinout description (continued) name function input type output type description legend: an = analog input or output cmos = cmos compatible input or output od = open drain ttl = ttl compatible input st = schmitt trigger input with cmos levels i 2 c? = schmitt trigger input with i 2 c hv = high voltage xtal = crystal levels note 1: default location for peripheral pin function. alternate location can be selected using the apfcon register. 2: alternate location for peripheral pin function selected by the apfcon register.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 13 pic12(l)f1501 2.0 enhanced mid-range cpu this family of devices contain an enhanced mid-range 8-bit cpu core. the cpu has 49 instructions. interrupt capability includes automatic context saving. the hardware stack is 16 levels deep and has overflow and underflow reset capability. direct, indirect, and relative addressing modes are available. two file select registers (fsrs) provide the ability to read program and data memory. ? automatic interrupt context saving ? 16-level stack with overflow and underflow ? file select registers ? instruction set 2.1 automatic interrupt context saving during interrupts, certain registers are automatically saved in shadow registers and restored when returning from the interrupt. this saves stack space and user code. see section 7.5 ?automatic context saving? , for more information. 2.2 16-level stack with overflow and underflow these devices have an external stack memory 15 bits wide and 16 words deep. a stack overflow or under- flow will set the appropriate bit (stkovf or stkunf) in the pcon register and, if enabled, will cause a soft- ware reset. see section section 3.4 ?stack? for more details. 2.3 file select registers there are two 16-bit file select registers (fsr). fsrs can access all file registers and program memory, which allows one data pointer for all memory. when an fsr points to program memory, there is one additional instruction cycle in instructions using indf to allow the data to be fetched. general purpose memory can now also be addressed linearly, providing the ability to access contiguous data larger than 80 bytes. there are also new instructions to support the fsrs. see section 3.5 ?indirect addressing? for more details. 2.4 instruction set there are 49 instructions for the enhanced mid-range cpu to support the features of the cpu. see section 26.0 ?instruction set summary? for more details.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 14 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. figure 2-1: core block diagram data bus 8 14 program bus instruction reg program counter 8 level stack (13-bit) direct addr 7 12 addr mux fsr reg status reg mux alu instruction decode & control timing generation clkin clkout 8 8 12 3 internal oscillator block configuration data bus 8 14 program bus instruction reg program counter 8 level stack (13-bit) direct addr 7 addr mux fsr reg status reg mux alu w reg instruction decode & control timing generation 8 8 3 internal oscillator block configuration 15 data bus 8 14 program bus instruction reg program counter 16-level stack (15-bit) direct addr 7 ram addr addr mux indirect addr fsr0 reg status reg mux alu instruction decode and control timing generation 8 8 3 internal oscillator block configuration flash program memory ram fsr reg fsr reg fsr1 reg 15 15 mux 15 program memory read (pmr) 12 fsr reg fsr reg bsr reg 5 power-up timer power-on reset watchdog timer v dd brown-out reset v ss v dd v ss v dd v ss
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 15 pic12(l)f1501 3.0 memory organization these devices contain the following types of memory: ? program memory - configuration words - device id -user id - flash program memory ? data memory - core registers - special function registers - general purpose ram - common ram the following features are associated with access and control of program memory and data memory: ? pcl and pclath ?stack ? indirect addressing 3.1 program memory organization the enhanced mid-range core has a 15-bit program counter capable of addr essing 32k x 14 program memory space. table 3-1 shows the memory sizes implemented. accessing a location above these boundaries will cause a wrap-around within the implemented memory space. the reset vector is at 0000h and the interrupt vector is at 0004h (see figure 3-1 ). table 3-1: device sizes and addresses device program memory size (words) last program memory address high-endurance flash memory address range (1) PIC12F1501 pic12lf1501 1,024 03ffh 0380h-03ffh note 1: high-endurance flash applies to the low byte of each address in the range.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 16 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. figure 3-1: program memory map and stack for pic12(l)f1501 3.1.1 reading program memory as data there are two methods of accessing constants in pro- gram memory. the first method is to use tables of retlw instructions. the second method is to set an fsr to point to the program memory. 3.1.1.1 retlw instruction the retlw instruction can be used to provide access to tables of constants. the recommended way to create such a table is shown in example 3-1 . example 3-1: retlw instruction the brw instruction makes this type of table very sim- ple to implement. if your code must remain portable with previous generations of microcontrollers, then the brw instruction is not available so the older table read method must be used. pc<14:0> 15 0000h 0004h stack level 0 stack level 15 reset vector interrupt vector stack level 1 0005h on-chip program memory page 0 03ffh wraps to page 0 wraps to page 0 wraps to page 0 0400h call , callw return , retlw interrupt, retfie rollover to page 0 rollover to page 0 7fffh constants brw ;add index in w to ;program counter to ;select data retlw data0 ;index0 data retlw data1 ;index1 data retlw data2 retlw data3 my_function ;? lots of code? movlw data_index call constants ;? the constant is in w
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 17 pic12(l)f1501 3.1.1.2 indirect read with fsr the program memory can be accessed as data by set- ting bit 7 of the fsrxh register and reading the match- ing indfx register. the moviw instruction will place the lower 8 bits of the addressed word in the w register. writes to the program memory cannot be performed via the indf registers. instructions that access the pro- gram memory via the fsr require one extra instruction cycle to complete. example 3-2 demonstrates access- ing the program memory via an fsr. the high directive will set bit<7> if a label points to a location in program memory. example 3-2: accessing program memory via fsr 3.2 data memory organization the data memory is partitioned into 32 memory banks with 128 bytes in each bank. each bank consists of ( figure 3-2 ): ? 12 core registers ? 20 special function registers (sfr) ? up to 80 bytes of general purpose ram (gpr) ? 16 bytes of common ram the active bank is selected by writing the bank number into the bank select register (bsr). unimplemented memory will read as ? 0 ?. all data memory can be accessed either directly (via instructions that use the file registers) or indirectly via the two file select registers (fsr). see section 3.5 ?indirect addressing? for more information. data memory uses a 12-bit address. the upper 7 bits of the address define the bank address and the lower 5 bits select the registers/ram in that bank. 3.2.1 core registers the core registers contain the registers that directly affect the basic operation. the core registers occupy the first 12 addresses of every data memory bank (addresses x00h/x08h through x0bh/x8bh). these registers are listed below in ta b l e 3 - 2 . for detailed information, see tab l e 3 - 4 . table 3-2: core registers constants retlw data0 ;index0 data retlw data1 ;index1 data retlw data2 retlw data3 my_function ;? lots of code? movlw low constants movwf fsr1l movlw high constants movwf fsr1h moviw 0[fsr1] ;the program memory is in w addresses bankx x00h or x80h indf0 x01h or x81h indf1 x02h or x82h pcl x03h or x83h status x04h or x84h fsr0l x05h or x85h fsr0h x06h or x86h fsr1l x07h or x87h fsr1h x08h or x88h bsr x09h or x89h wreg x0ah or x8ah pclath x0bh or x8bh intcon
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 18 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 3.2.1.1 status register the status register, shown in register 3-1 , contains: ? the arithmetic status of the alu ? the reset status the status register can be the destination for any instruction, like any other register. if the status register is the destination for an instruction that affects the z, dc or c bits, then the write to these three bits is disabled. these bits are set or cleared according to the device logic. furthermore, the to and pd bits are not writable. therefore, the result of an instruction with the status register as destination may be different than intended. for example, clrf status will clear the upper three bits and set the z bit. this leaves the status register as ? 000u u1uu ? (where u = unchanged). it is recommended, therefore, that only bcf, bsf, swapf and movwf instructions are used to alter the status register, because these instructions do not affect any status bits. for other instructions not affecting any status bits (refer to section 26.0 ?instruction set summary? ). note 1: the c and dc bits operate as borrow and digit borrow out bits, respectively, in subtraction. register 3-1: status: status register u-0 u-0 u-0 r-1/q r-1/q r/w-0/u r/w-0/u r/w-0/u ? ? ? to pd zdc (1) c (1) bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared q = value depends on condition bit 7-5 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 4 to : time-out bit 1 = after power-up, clrwdt instruction or sleep instruction 0 = a wdt time-out occurred bit 3 pd : power-down bit 1 = after power-up or by the clrwdt instruction 0 = by execution of the sleep instruction bit 2 z: zero bit 1 = the result of an arithmetic or logic operation is zero 0 = the result of an arithmetic or logic operation is not zero bit 1 dc: digit carry/digit borrow bit ( addwf , addlw , sublw , subwf instructions) (1) 1 = a carry-out from the 4th low-order bit of the result occurred 0 = no carry-out from the 4th low-order bit of the result bit 0 c: carry/borrow bit (1) ( addwf , addlw , sublw , subwf instructions) (1) 1 = a carry-out from the most significant bit of the result occurred 0 = no carry-out from the most significant bit of the result occurred note 1: for borrow , the polarity is reversed. a subtraction is executed by adding the two?s complement of the second operand. for rotate ( rrf , rlf ) instructions, this bit is loaded with either the high-order or low-order bit of the source register.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 19 pic12(l)f1501 3.2.2 special function register the special function registers are registers used by the application to control the desired operation of peripheral functions in the device. the special function registers occupy the 20 bytes after the core registers of every data memory bank (addresses x0ch/x8ch through x1fh/x9fh). the registers associated with the operation of the peripherals are described in the appro- priate peripheral chapter of this data sheet. 3.2.3 general purpose ram there are up to 80 bytes of gpr in each data memory bank. the special function registers occupy the 20 bytes after the core registers of every data memory bank (addresses x0ch/x8ch through x1fh/x9fh). 3.2.3.1 linear access to gpr the general purpose ram can be accessed in a non-banked method via the fsrs. this can simplify access to large memory structures. see section 3.5.2 ?linear data memory? for more information. 3.2.4 common ram there are 16 bytes of common ram accessible from all banks. figure 3-2: banked memory partitioning 3.2.5 device memory maps the memory maps for pic12(l)f1501 are as shown in table 3-3 . 0bh 0ch 1fh 20h 6fh 70h 7fh 00h common ram (16 bytes) general purpose ram (80 bytes maximum) core registers (12 bytes) special function registers (20 bytes maximum) memory region 7-bit bank offset
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 20 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. table 3-3: pic12(l)f1501 memory map bank 0 bank 1 bank 2 bank 3 bank 4 bank 5 bank 6 bank 7 000h core registers ( ta b l e 3 - 2 ) 080h core registers ( ta b l e 3 - 2 ) 100h core registers ( table 3-2 ) 180h core registers ( table 3-2 ) 200h core registers ( table 3-2 ) 280h core registers ( table 3-2 ) 300h core registers ( table 3-2 ) 380h core registers ( table 3-2 ) 00bh 08bh 10bh 18bh 20bh 28bh 30bh 38bh 00ch porta 08ch trisa 10ch lata 18ch ansela 20ch wpua 28ch ? 30ch ? 38ch ? 00dh ? 08dh ? 10dh ? 18dh ? 20dh ? 28dh ? 30dh ? 38dh ? 00eh ?08eh ?10eh ?18eh ?20eh ?28eh ?30eh ?38eh ? 00fh ?08fh ?10fh ?18fh ?20fh ?28fh ?30fh ?38fh ? 010h ?090h ?110h ?190h ?210h ?290h ? 310h ? 390h ? 011h pir1 091h pie1 111h cm1con0 191h pmadrl 211h ?291h ? 311h ? 391h iocap 012h pir2 092h pie2 112h cm1con1 192h pmadrh 212h ?292h ? 312h ? 392h iocan 013h pir3 093h pie3 113h ? 193h pmdatl 213h ?293h ? 313h ? 393h iocaf 014h ?094h ?114h ? 194h pmdath 214h ?294h ? 314h ? 394h ? 015h tmr0 095h option_reg 115h cmout 195h pmcon1 215h ?295h ? 315h ? 395h ? 016h tmr1l 096h pcon 116h borcon 196h pmcon2 216h ? 296h ? 316h ? 396h ? 017h tmr1h 097h wdtcon 117h fvrcon 197h vregcon 217h ? 297h ? 317h ? 397h ? 018h t1con 098h ?118h daccon0 198h ?218h ? 298h ? 318h ? 398h ? 019h t1gcon 099h osccon 119h daccon1 199h ? 219h ?299h ? 319h ? 399h ? 01ah tmr2 09ah oscstat 11ah ?19ah ? 21ah ?29ah ?31ah ?39ah ? 01bh pr2 09bhadresl11bh ?19bh ? 21bh ?29bh ?31bh ? 39bh ? 01ch t2con 09ch adresh 11ch ? 19ch ? 21ch ? 29ch ? 31ch ? 39ch ? 01dh ? 09dh adcon0 11dh apfcon 19dh ? 21dh ? 29dh ? 31dh ? 39dh ? 01eh ? 09eh adcon1 11eh ? 19eh ? 21eh ? 29eh ? 31eh ? 39eh ? 01fh ? 09fh adcon2 11fh ?19fh ? 21fh ? 29fh ? 31fh ? 39fh ? 020h general purpose register 48 bytes 0a0h unimplemented read as ? 0 ? 120h unimplemented read as ? 0 ? 1a0h unimplemented read as ? 0 ? 220h unimplemented read as ? 0 ? 2a0h unimplemented read as ? 0 ? 320h unimplemented read as ? 0 ? 3a0h unimplemented read as ? 0 ? 04fh 0efh 050h unimplemented read as ? 0 ? 06fh 16fh 1efh 26fh 2efh 36fh 3efh 070h common ram 0f0h common ram (accesses 70h ? 7fh) 170h common ram (accesses 70h ? 7fh) 1f0h common ram (accesses 70h ? 7fh) 270h common ram (accesses 70h ? 7fh) 2f0h common ram (accesses 70h ? 7fh) 370h common ram (accesses 70h ? 7fh) 3f0h common ram (accesses 70h ? 7fh) 07fh 0ffh 17fh 1ffh 27fh 2ffh 37fh 3ffh legend: = unimplemented data memory locations, read as ? 0 ?
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 21 pic12(l)f1501 table 3-3: pic12(l)f1501 memory map (continued) bank 8 bank 9 bank 10 bank 11 bank 12 bank 13 bank 14 bank 15 400h 40bh core registers ( ta b l e 3 - 2 ) 480h 48bh core registers ( ta b l e 3 - 2 ) 500h 50bh core registers ( table 3-2 ) 580h 58bh core registers ( table 3-2 ) 600h 60bh core registers ( table 3-2 ) 680h 68bh core registers ( table 3-2 ) 700h 70bh core registers ( table 3-2 ) 780h 78bh core registers ( table 3-2 ) 40ch ? 48ch ? 50ch ? 58ch ? 60ch ? 68ch ? 70ch ? 78ch ? 40dh ? 48dh ? 50dh ? 58dh ? 60dh ? 68dh ? 70dh ? 78dh ? 40eh ?48eh ?50eh ?58eh ?60eh ?68eh ?70eh ?78eh ? 40fh ?48fh ?50fh ?58fh ?60fh ?68fh ?70fh ?78fh ? 410h ?490h ?510h ?590h ?610h ?690h ? 710h ? 790h ? 411h ?491h ?511h ?591h ? 611h pwm1dcl 691h cwg1dbr 711h ? 791h ? 412h ?492h ?512h ?592h ? 612h pwm1dch 692h cwg1dbf 712h ? 792h ? 413h ?493h ?513h ?593h ? 613h pwm1con 693h cwg1con0 713h ? 793h ? 414h ?494h ?514h ?594h ? 614h pwm2dcl 694h cwg1con1 714h ? 794h ? 415h ?495h ?515h ?595h ? 615h pwm2dch 695h cwg1con2 715h ? 795h ? 416h ?496h ?516h ?596h ? 616h pwm2con 696h ? 716h ? 796h ? 417h ?497h ?517h ?597h ? 617h pwm3dcl 697h ? 717h ? 797h ? 418h ? 498h nco1accl 518h ?598h ? 618h pwm3dch 698h ? 718h ? 798h ? 419h ? 499h nco1acch 519h ?599h ? 619h pwm3con 699h ? 719h ? 799h ? 41ah ? 49ah nco1accu 51ah ?59ah ? 61ah pwm4dcl 69ah ?71ah ?79ah ? 41bh ? 49bh nco1incl 51bh ?59bh ? 61bh pwm4dch 69bh ?71bh ?79bh ? 41ch ? 49ch nco1inch 51ch ? 59ch ? 61ch pwm4con 69ch ? 71ch ? 79ch ? 41dh ? 49dh ? 51dh ? 59dh ? 61dh ? 69dh ? 71dh ? 79dh ? 41eh ? 49eh nco1con 51eh ?59eh ?61eh ?69eh ?71eh ?79eh ? 41fh ? 49fh nco1clk 51fh ?59fh ?61fh ?69fh ?71fh ?79fh ? 420h unimplemented read as ? 0 ? 4a0h unimplemented read as ? 0 ? 520h unimplemented read as ? 0 ? 5a0h unimplemented read as ? 0 ? 620h unimplemented read as ? 0 ? 6a0h unimplemented read as ? 0 ? 720h unimplemented read as ? 0 ? 7a0h unimplemented read as ? 0 ? 46fh 4efh 56fh 5efh 64fh 6efh 76fh 7efh 470h common ram (accesses 70h ? 7fh) 4f0h common ram (accesses 70h ? 7fh) 570h common ram (accesses 70h ? 7fh) 5f0h common ram (accesses 70h ? 7fh) 650h common ram (accesses 70h ? 7fh) 6f0h common ram (accesses 70h ? 7fh) 770h common ram (accesses 70h ? 7fh) 7f0h common ram (accesses 70h ? 7fh) 47fh 4ffh 57fh 5ffh 67fh 6ffh 77fh 7ffh bank 16 bank 17 bank 18 bank 19 bank 20 bank 21 bank 22 bank 23 800h 80bh core registers ( ta b l e 3 - 2 ) 880h 88bh core registers ( ta b l e 3 - 2 ) 900h 90bh core registers ( table 3-2 ) 980h 98bh core registers ( table 3-2 ) a00h a0bh core registers ( table 3-2 ) a80h a8bh core registers ( table 3-2 ) b00h b0bh core registers ( table 3-2 ) b80h b8bh core registers ( table 3-2 ) 80ch unimplemented read as ? 0 ? 88ch unimplemented read as ? 0 ? 90ch unimplemented read as ? 0 ? 98ch unimplemented read as ? 0 ? a0ch unimplemented read as ? 0 ? a8ch unimplemented read as ? 0 ? b0ch unimplemented read as ? 0 ? b8ch unimplemented read as ? 0 ? 86fh 8efh 96fh 9efh a6fh aefh b6fh befh 870h common ram (accesses 70h ? 7fh) 8f0h common ram (accesses 70h ? 7fh) 970h common ram (accesses 70h ? 7fh) 9f0h common ram (accesses 70h ? 7fh) a70h common ram (accesses 70h ? 7fh) af0h common ram (accesses 70h ? 7fh) b70h common ram (accesses 70h ? 7fh) bf0h common ram (accesses 70h ? 7fh) 87fh 8ffh 97fh 9ffh a7fh affh b7fh bffh legend: = unimplemented data memory locations, read as ? 0 ?
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 22 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. table 3-3: pic12(l)f1501 memory map (continued) legend: = unimplemented data memory locations, read as ? 0 ?. bank 24 bank 25 bank 26 bank 27 bank 28 bank 29 bank 30 bank 31 c00h c0bh core registers ( ta b l e 3 - 2 ) c80h c8bh core registers ( ta b l e 3 - 2 ) d00h d0bh core registers ( ta b l e 3 - 2 ) d80h d8bh core registers ( ta b l e 3 - 2 ) e00h e0bh core registers ( ta b l e 3 - 2 ) e80h e8bh core registers ( ta b l e 3 - 2 ) f00h f0bh core registers ( ta b l e 3 - 2 ) f80h f8bh core registers ( ta b l e 3 - 2 ) c0ch ?c8ch ?d0ch ?d8ch ?e0ch ?e8ch ?f0ch see ta b l e 3 - 3 for register mapping details f8ch see ta b l e 3 - 3 for register mapping details c0dh ?c8dh ?d0dh ?d8dh ?e0dh ?e8dh ? f0dh f8dh c0eh ?c8eh ?d0eh ?d8eh ?e0eh ?e8eh ? f0eh f8eh c0fh ?c8fh ?d0fh ?d8fh ?e0fh ?e8fh ? f0fh f8fh c10h ?c90h ?d10h ?d90h ?e10h ?e90h ? f10h f90h c11h ?c91h ?d11h ?d91h ?e11h ?e91h ? f11h f91h c12h ?c92h ?d12h ?d92h ?e12h ?e92h ? f12h f92h c13h ?c93h ?d13h ?d93h ?e13h ?e93h ? f13h f93h c14h ?c94h ?d14h ?d94h ?e14h ?e94h ? f14h f94h c15h ?c95h ?d15h ?d95h ?e15h ?e95h ? f15h f95h c16h ?c96h ?d16h ?d96h ?e16h ?e96h ? f16h f96h c17h ?c97h ?d17h ?d97h ?e17h ?e97h ? f17h f97h c18h ?c98h ?d18h ?d98h ?e18h ?e98h ? f18h f98h c19h ?c99h ?d19h ?d99h ?e19h ?e99h ? f19h f99h c1ah ?c9ah ?d1ah ?d9ah ?e1ah ?e9ah ? f1ah f9ah c1bh ?c9bh ?d1bh ?d9bh ?e1bh ?e9bh ? f1bh f9bh c1ch ?c9ch ?d1ch ?d9ch ?e1ch ?e9ch ? f1ch f9ch c1dh ?c9dh ?d1dh ?d9dh ?e1dh ?e9dh ? f1dh f9dh c1eh ?c9eh ?d1eh ?d9eh ?e1eh ?e9eh ? f1eh f9eh c1fh ?c9fh ?d1fh ?d9fh ?e1fh ?e9fh ? f1fh f9fh c20h unimplemented read as ? 0 ? ca0h unimplemented read as ? 0 ? d20h unimplemented read as ? 0 ? da0h unimplemented read as ? 0 ? e20h unimplemented read as ? 0 ? ea0h unimplemented read as ? 0 ? f20h fa0h c6fh cefh d6fh defh e6fh eefh f6fh fefh c70h common ram (accesses 70h ? 7fh) cf0h common ram (accesses 70h ? 7fh) d70h common ram (accesses 70h ? 7fh) df0h common ram (accesses 70h ? 7fh) e70h common ram (accesses 70h ? 7fh) ef0h common ram (accesses 70h ? 7fh) f70h common ram (accesses 70h ? 7fh) ff0h common ram (accesses 70h ? 7fh) cffh cffh d7fh dffh e7fh effh f7fh fffh
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 23 pic12(l)f1501 table 3-3: pic12(l)f1501 memory map (continued) bank 30 f0ch ? f0dh ? f0eh ? f0fh clcdata f10h clc1con f11h clc1pol f12h clc1sel0 f13h clc1sel1 f14h clc1gls0 f15h clc1gls1 f16h clc1gls2 f17h clc1gls3 f18h clc2con f19h clc2pol f1ah clc2sel0 f1bh clc2sel1 f1ch clc2gls0 f1dh clc2gls1 f1eh clc2gls2 f1fh clc2gls3 f20h unimplemented read as ? 0 ? f6fh bank 31 f8ch fe3h unimplemented read as ? 0 ? fe4h status_shad fe5h wreg_shad fe6h bsr_shad fe7h pclath_shad fe8h fsr0l_shad fe9h fsr0h_shad feah fsr1l_shad febh fsr1h_shad fech ? fedh stkptr feeh tosl fefh tosh legend: = unimplemented data memory locations, read as ? 0 ?.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 24 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 3.2.6 core function registers summary the core function registers listed in ta bl e 3 - 4 can be addressed from any bank. table 3-4: core funct ion registers summary addr name bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 value on por, bor value on all other resets bank 0-31 x00h or x80h indf0 addressing this location uses contents of fsr0h/fsr0l to address data memory (not a physical register) xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu x01h or x81h indf1 addressing this location uses contents of fsr1h/fsr1l to address data memory (not a physical register) xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu x02h or x82h pcl program counter (pc) least significant byte 0000 0000 0000 0000 x03h or x83h status ? ? ?to pd zdcc ---1 1000 ---q quuu x04h or x84h fsr0l indirect data memory address 0 low pointer 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu x05h or x85h fsr0h indirect data memory address 0 high pointer 0000 0000 0000 0000 x06h or x86h fsr1l indirect data memory address 1 low pointer 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu x07h or x87h fsr1h indirect data memory address 1 high pointer 0000 0000 0000 0000 x08h or x88h bsr ? ? ?bsr<4:0> ---0 0000 ---0 0000 x09h or x89h wreg working register 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu x0ah or x8ah pclath ? write buffer for the upper 7 bits of the program counter -000 0000 -000 0000 x0bh or x8bh intcon gie peie tmr0ie inte iocie tmr0if intf iocif 0000 0000 0000 0000 legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, read as ? 0 ?, r = reserved. shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ? 0 ?.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 25 pic12(l)f1501 table 3-5: special function register summary address name bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 value on por, bor value on all other resets bank 0 00ch porta ? ? ra5 ra4 ra3 ra2 ra1 ra0 --xx xxxx --xx xxxx 00dh ? unimplemented ? ? 00eh ? unimplemented ? ? 00fh ? unimplemented ? ? 010h ? unimplemented ? ? 011h pir1 tmr1gif adif ? ? ? ? tmr2if tmr1if 00-- --00 00-- --00 012h pir2 ? ?c1if ? ? nco1if ? ? --0- -0-- --0- -0-- 013h pir3 ? ? ? ? ? ? clc2if clc1if ---- --00 ---- --00 014h ? unimplemented ? ? 015h tmr0 holding register for the 8-bit timer0 count xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 016h tmr1l holding register for the least significant byte of the 16-bit tmr1 count xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 017h tmr1h holding register for the most significant byte of the 16-bit tmr1 count xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 018h t1con tmr1cs<1:0> t1ckps<1:0> ? t1sync ?tmr1on 0000 -0-0 uuuu -u-u 019h t1gcon tmr1ge t1gpol t1gtm t1gspm t1ggo/ done t1gval t1gss<1:0> 0000 0x00 uuuu uxuu 01ah tmr2 timer2 module register 0000 0000 0000 0000 01bh pr2 timer2 period register 1111 1111 1111 1111 01ch t2con ? t2outps<3:0> tmr2on t2ckps<1:0> -000 0000 -000 0000 01dh ? unimplemented ? ? 01eh ? unimplemented ? ? 01fh ? unimplemented ? ? bank 1 08ch trisa ? ? trisa5 trisa4 ? (2) trisa2 trisa1 trisa0 --11 1111 --11 1111 08dh ? unimplemented ? ? 08eh ? unimplemented ? ? 08fh ? unimplemented ? ? 090h ? unimplemented ? ? 091h pie1 tmr1gie adie ? ? ? ? tmr2ie tmr1ie 00-- --00 00-- --00 092h pie2 ? ?c1ie ? ?nco1ie ? ? --0- -0-- -00- -0-- 093h pie3 ? ? ? ? ? ? clc2ie clc1ie ---- --00 ---- --00 094h ? unimplemented ? ? 095h option_reg wpuen intedg tmr0cs tmr0se psa ps<2:0> 1111 1111 1111 1111 096h pcon stkovf stkunf ?rwdt rmclr ri por bor 00-1 11qq qq-q qquu 097h wdtcon ? ? wdtps<4:0> swdten --01 0110 --01 0110 098h ? unimplemented ? ? 099h osccon ? ircf<3:0> ?scs<1:0> -011 1-00 -011 1-00 09ah oscstat ? ? ?hfiofr ? ? lfiofr hfiofs ---0 --00 ---q --qq 09bh adresl a/d result register low xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 09ch adresh a/d result register high xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 09dh adcon0 ? chs<4:0> go/done adon -000 0000 -000 0000 09eh adcon1 adfm adcs<2:0> ? ? adpref<1:0> 0000 --00 0000 --00 09fh adcon2 trigsel<3:0> ? ? ? ? 0000 ---- 0000 ---- legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, r = reserved. shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ? 0 ?. note 1: PIC12F1501 only. 2: unimplemented, read as ? 1 ?.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 26 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. bank 2 10ch lata ? ?lata5lata4 ? lata2 lata1 lata0 --xx -xxx --uu -uuu 10dh ? unimplemented ? ? 10eh ? unimplemented ? ? 10fh ? unimplemented ? ? 110h ? unimplemented ? ? 111h cm1con0 c1on c1out c1oe c1pol ? c1sp c1hys c1sync 0000 -100 0000 -100 112h cm1con1 c1intp c1intn c1pch<1:0> ? c1nch<2:0> 0000 -000 0000 -000 113h ? unimplemented ? ? 114h ? unimplemented ? ? 115h cmout ? ? ? ? ? ? ?mc1out ---- ---0 ---- ---0 116h borcon sboren borfs ? ? ? ? ? borrdy 10-- ---q uu-- ---u 117h fvrcon fvren fvrrdy tsen tsrng cdafvr<1:0> adfvr<1:0> 0q00 0000 0q00 0000 118h daccon0 dacen ? dacoe1 dacoe2 ? dacpss ? ? 0-00 -0-- 0-00 -0-- 119h daccon1 ? ? dacr<4:0> ---0 0000 ---0 0000 11ah to 11ch ? unimplemented ? ? 11dh apfcon cwg1bsel cwg1asel ? ? t1gsel ? clc1sel nco1sel 00-- 0-00 00-- 0-00 11eh ? unimplemented ? ? 11fh ? unimplemented ? ? bank 3 18ch ansela ? ? ? ansa4 ? ansa2 ansa1 ansa0 ---1 -111 ---1 -111 18dh ? unimplemented ? ? 18eh ? unimplemented ? ? 18fh ? unimplemented ? ? 190h ? unimplemented ? ? 191h pmadrl flash program memory address register low byte 0000 0000 0000 0000 192h pmadrh ? flash program memory address register high byte -000 0000 -000 0000 193h pmdatl flash program memory read data register low byte xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 194h pmdath ? ? flash program memory read data register high byte --xx xxxx --uu uuuu 195h pmcon1 ? (2) cfgs lwlo free wrerr wren wr rd 0000 x000 0000 q000 196h pmcon2 flash program memory control register 2 0000 0000 0000 0000 197h vregcon (1) ? ? ????vregpm reserved ---- --01 ---- --01 198h to 19fh ? unimplemented ? ? table 3-5: special function register summary (continued) address name bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 value on por, bor value on all other resets legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, r = reserved. shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ? 0 ?. note 1: PIC12F1501 only. 2: unimplemented, read as ? 1 ?.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 27 pic12(l)f1501 bank 4 20ch wpua ? ? wpua5 wpua4 wpua3 wpua2 wpua1 wpua0 --11 1111 --11 1111 20dh to 21fh ? unimplemented ? ? bank 5 28ch to 29fh ? unimplemented ? ? bank 6 30ch to 31fh ? unimplemented ? ? bank 7 38ch to 390h ? unimplemented ? ? 391h iocap ? ? iocap5 iocap4 iocap3 iocap2 iocap1 iocap0 --00 0000 --00 0000 392h iocan ? ? iocan5 iocan4 iocan3 iocan2 iocan1 iocan0 --00 0000 --00 0000 393h iocaf ? ? iocaf5 iocaf4 iocaf3 iocaf2 iocaf1 iocaf0 --00 0000 --00 0000 394h to 39fh ? unimplemented ? ? bank 8 40ch to 41fh ? unimplemented ? ? bank 9 48ch to 497h ? unimplemented ? ? 498h nco1accl nco1acc<7:0> 0000 0000 0000 0000 499h nco1acch nco1acc<15:8> 0000 0000 0000 0000 49ah nco1accu nco1acc<19:16> 0000 0000 0000 0000 49bh nco1incl nco1inc<7:0> 0000 0000 0000 0000 49ch nco1inch nco1inc<15:8> 0000 0000 0000 0000 49dh ? unimplemented ? ? 49eh nco1con n1en n1oe n1out n1pol ? ? ?n1pfm 0000 ---0 0000 ---0 49fh nco1clk n1pws<2:0> ? ? ?n1cks<1:0> 0000 --00 0000 --00 table 3-5: special function register summary (continued) address name bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 value on por, bor value on all other resets legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, r = reserved. shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ? 0 ?. note 1: PIC12F1501 only. 2: unimplemented, read as ? 1 ?.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 28 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. bank 10 50ch to 51fh ? unimplemented ? ? bank 11 58ch to 59fh ? unimplemented ? ? bank 12 60ch to 610h ? unimplemented ? ? 611h pwm1dcl pwm1dcl<7:6> ? ? ? ? ? ? 00-- ---- 00-- ---- 612h pwm1dch pwm1dch<7:0> xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 613h pwm1con0 pwm1en pwm1oe pwm1out pwm1pol ? ? ? ? 0000 ---- 0000 ---- 614h pwm2dcl pwm2dcl<7:6> ? ? ? ? ? ? 00-- ---- 00-- ---- 615h pwm2dch pwm2dch<7:0> xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 616h pwm2con0 pwm2en pwm2oe pwm2out pwm2pol ? ? ? ? 0000 ---- 0000 ---- 617h pwm3dcl pwm3dcl<7:6> ? ? ? ? ? ? 00-- ---- 00-- ---- 618h pwm3dch pwm3dch<7:0> xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 619h pwm3con0 pwm3en pwm3oe pwm3out pwm3pol ? ? ? ? 0000 ---- 0000 ---- 61ah pwm4dcl pwm4dcl<7:6> ? ? ? ? ? ? 00-- ---- 00-- ---- 61bh pwm4dch pwm4dch<7:0> xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 61ch pwm4con0 pwm4en pwm4oe pwm4out pwm4pol ? ? ? ? 0000 ---- 0000 ---- 61dh to 61fh ? unimplemented ? ? bank 13 68ch to 690h ? unimplemented ? ? 691h cwg1dbr ? ?cwg1dbr<5:0> --00 0000 --00 0000 692h cwg1dbf ? ?cwg1dbf<5:0> --xx xxxx --xx xxxx 693h cwg1con0 g1en g1oeb g1oea g1polb g1pola ? ?g1cs0 0000 0--0 0000 0--0 694h cwg1con1 g1asdlb<1:0> g1asdla<1:0> ? g1is<2:0> 0000 -000 0000 -000 695h cwg1con2 g1ase g 1 arsen ? ? ? g1asdc1 g1asdflt g1asdclc2 00-- -000 00-- -000 696h to 69fh ? unimplemented ? ? bank 14-29 table 3-5: special function register summary (continued) address name bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 value on por, bor value on all other resets legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, r = reserved. shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ? 0 ?. note 1: PIC12F1501 only. 2: unimplemented, read as ? 1 ?.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 29 pic12(l)f1501 banks 14-29 x0ch/ x8ch ? x1fh/ x9fh ? unimplemented ? ? bank 30 f0ch to f0eh ? unimplemented ? ? f0fh clcdata ? ? ? ? ? ? mlc1out mlc2out ---- --00 ---- --00 f10h clc1con lc1en lc1oe lc1out lc1intp lc1intn lc1mode<2:0> 0000 0000 0000 0000 f11h clc1pol lc1pol ? ? ? lc1g4pol lc1g3pol lc1g2pol lc1g1pol 0--- xxxx 0--- uuuu f12h clc1sel0 ? lc1d2s<2:0> ? lc1d1s<2:0> -xxx -xxx -uuu -uuu f13h clc1sel1 ? lc1d4s<2:0> ? lc1d3s<2:0> -xxx -xxx -uuu -uuu f14h clc1gls0 lc1g1d4t lc1g1d4n lc1g1d3t lc1g1d3n lc1g1d2t lc1g1d2n lc1g1d1t lc1g1d1n xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu f15h clc1gls1 lc1g2d4t lc1g2d4n lc1g2d3t lc1g2d3n lc1g2d2t lc1g2d2n lc1g2d1t lc1g2d1n xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu f16h clc1gls2 lc1g3d4t lc1g3d4n lc1g3d3t lc1g3d3n lc1g3d2t lc1g3d2n lc1g3d1t lc1g3d1n xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu f17h clc1gls3 lc1g4d4t lc1g4d4n lc1g4d3t lc1g4d3n lc1g4d2t lc1g4d2n lc1g4d1t lc1g4d1n xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu f18h clc2con lc2en lc2oe lc2out lc2intp lc2intn lc2mode<2:0> 0000 0000 0000 0000 f19h clc2pol lc2pol ? ? ? lc2g4pol lc2g3pol lc2g2pol lc2g1pol 0--- xxxx 0--- uuuu f1ah clc2sel0 ? lc2d2s<2:0> ? lc2d1s<2:0> -xxx -xxx -uuu -uuu f1bh clc2sel1 ? lc2d4s<2:0> ? lc2d3s<2:0> -xxx -xxx -uuu -uuu f1ch clc2gls0 lc2g1d4t lc2g1d4n lc2g1d3t lc2g1d3n lc2g1d2t lc2g1d2n lc2g1d1t lc2g1d1n xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu f1dh clc2gls1 lc2g2d4t lc2g2d4n lc2g2d3t lc2g2d3n lc2g2d2t lc2g2d2n lc2g2d1t lc2g2d1n xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu f1eh clc2gls2 lc2g3d4t lc2g3d4n lc2g3d3t lc2g3d3n lc2g3d2t lc2g3d2n lc2g3d1t lc2g3d1n xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu f1fh clc2gls3 lc2g4d4t lc2g4d4n lc2g4d3t lc2g4d3n lc2g4d2t lc2g4d2n lc2g4d1t lc2g4d1n xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu f20h to f6fh ? unimplemented ? ? table 3-5: special function register summary (continued) address name bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 value on por, bor value on all other resets legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, r = reserved. shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ? 0 ?. note 1: PIC12F1501 only. 2: unimplemented, read as ? 1 ?.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 30 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. bank 31 f8ch ? fe3h ? unimplemented ? ? fe4h status_ shad ? ? ? ? ? z_shad dc_shad c_shad ---- -xxx ---- -uuu fe5h wreg_ shad working register shadow xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu fe6h bsr_ shad ? ? ? bank select register shadow ---x xxxx ---u uuuu fe7h pclath_ shad ? program counter latch high register shadow -xxx xxxx uuuu uuuu fe8h fsr0l_ shad indirect data memory address 0 low pointer shadow xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu fe9h fsr0h_ shad indirect data memory address 0 high pointer shadow xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu feah fsr1l_ shad indirect data memory address 1 low pointer shadow xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu febh fsr1h_ shad indirect data memory address 1 high pointer shadow xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu fech ? unimplemented ? ? fedh stkptr ? ? ? current stack pointer ---1 1111 ---1 1111 feeh tosl top-of-stack low byte xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu fefh tosh ? top-of-stack high byte -xxx xxxx -uuu uuuu table 3-5: special function register summary (continued) address name bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 value on por, bor value on all other resets legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, r = reserved. shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ? 0 ?. note 1: PIC12F1501 only. 2: unimplemented, read as ? 1 ?.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 31 pic12(l)f1501 3.3 pcl and pclath the program counter (pc) is 15 bits wide. the low byte comes from the pcl register, which is a readable and writable register. the high byte (pc<14:8>) is not directly readable or writable and comes from pclath. on any reset, the pc is cleared. figure 3-3 shows the five situations for the loading of the pc. figure 3-3: loading of pc in different situations 3.3.1 modifying pcl executing any instruction with the pcl register as the destination simultaneously causes the program coun- ter pc<14:8> bits (pch) to be replaced by the contents of the pclath register. this allows the entire contents of the program counter to be changed by writing the desired upper 7 bits to the pclath register. when the lower 8 bits are written to the pcl register, all 15 bits of the program counter will change to the values con- tained in the pclath register and those being written to the pcl register. 3.3.2 computed goto a computed goto is accomplished by adding an offset to the program counter ( addwf pcl ). when performing a table read using a computed goto method, care should be exercised if the table location crosses a pcl memory boundary (each 256-byte block). refer to application note an556, ?implementing a table read? (ds00556). 3.3.3 computed function calls a computed function call allows programs to maintain tables of functions and provide another way to execute state machines or look-up tables. when performing a table read using a computed function call , care should be exercised if the table location crosses a pcl memory boundary (each 256-byte block). if using the call instruction, the pch<2:0> and pcl registers are loaded with the operand of the call instruction. pch<6:3> is loaded with pclath<6:3>. the callw instruction enables computed calls by com- bining pclath and w to form the destination address. a computed callw is accomplished by loading the w register with the desired address and executing callw . the pcl register is loaded with the value of w and pch is loaded with pclath. 3.3.4 branching the branching instructions add an offset to the pc. this allows relocatable code and code that crosses page boundaries. there are two forms of branching, brw and bra . the pc will have incremented to fetch the next instruction in both cases. when using either branching instruction, a pcl memory boundary may be crossed. if using brw , load the w register with the desired unsigned address and execute brw . the entire pc will be loaded with the address pc + 1 + w. if using bra , the entire pc will be loaded with pc + 1 +, the signed value of the operand of the bra instruction. pcl pch 0 14 pc pcl pch 0 14 pc alu result 8 7 6 pclath 0 instruction with pcl as destination goto, call opcode <10:0> 11 4 6 pclath 0 pcl pch 0 14 pc w 8 7 6 pclath 0 callw pcl pch 0 14 pc pc + w 15 brw pcl pch 0 14 pc pc + opcode <8:0> 15 bra
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 32 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 3.4 stack all devices have a 16-level x 15-bit wide hardware stack (refer to figures 3-4 through 3-7 ). the stack space is not part of either program or data space. the pc is pushed onto the stack when call or callw instructions are executed or an interrupt causes a branch. the stack is poped in the event of a return , retlw or a retfie instruction execution. pclath is not affected by a push or pop operation. the stack operates as a circular buffer if the stvren bit is programmed to ? 0 ? (configuration words). this means that after the stack has been pushed sixteen times, the seventeenth push overwrites the value that was stored from the first push. the eighteenth push overwrites the second push (and so on). the stkovf and stkunf flag bits will be set on an over- flow/underflow, regardless of whether the reset is enabled. 3.4.1 accessing the stack the stack is available through the tosh, tosl and stkptr registers. stkptr is the current value of the stack pointer. tosh:tosl register pair points to the top of the stack. both registers are read/writable. tos is split into tosh and tosl due to the 15-bit size of the pc. to access the stack, adjust the value of stkptr, which will position tosh:tosl, then read/write to tosh:tosl. stkptr is 5 bits to allow detection of overflow and underflow. during normal program operation, call, callw and interrupts will increment stkptr while retlw , return , and retfie will decrement stkptr. at any time, stkptr can be inspected to see how much stack is left. the stkptr always points at the currently used place on the stack. therefore, a call or callw will increment the stkptr and then write the pc, and a return will unload the pc and then decrement the stkptr. reference figure 3-4 through figure 3-7 for examples of accessing the stack. figure 3-4: accessing the stack example 1 note 1: there are no instructions/mnemonics called push or pop. these are actions that occur from the execution of the call, callw , return , retlw and retfie instructions or the vectoring to an interrupt address. note: care should be taken when modifying the stkptr while interrupts are enabled. 0x0f 0x0e 0x0d 0x0c 0x0b 0x0a 0x09 0x08 0x07 0x06 0x05 0x04 0x03 0x02 0x01 0x00 0x0000 stkptr = 0x1f initial stack configuration: after reset, the stack is empty. the empty stack is initialized so the stack pointer is pointing at 0x1f. if the stack overflow/underflow reset is enabled, the tosh/tosl registers will return ? 0 ?. if the stack overflow/underflow reset is disabled, the tosh/tosl registers will return the contents of stack address 0x0f. 0x1f stkptr = 0x1f stack reset disabled (stvren = 0 ) stack reset enabled (stvren = 1 ) tosh:tosl tosh:tosl
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 33 pic12(l)f1501 figure 3-5: accessing the stack example 2 figure 3-6: accessing the stack example 3 0x0f 0x0e 0x0d 0x0c 0x0b 0x0a 0x09 0x08 0x07 0x06 0x05 0x04 0x03 0x02 0x01 return address 0x00 stkptr = 0x00 this figure shows the stack configuration after the first call or a single interrupt. if a return instruction is executed, the return addre ss will be placed in the program counter and the stack pointer decremented to the empty state (0x1f). tosh:tosl 0x0f 0x0e 0x0d 0x0c 0x0b 0x0a 0x09 0x08 0x07 return address 0x06 return address 0x05 return address 0x04 return address 0x03 return address 0x02 return address 0x01 return address 0x00 stkptr = 0x06 after seven call s or six call s and an interrupt, the stack looks like the figure on the left. a series of return instructions will repeatedly place the return addresses into the program counter and pop the stack. tosh:tosl
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 34 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. figure 3-7: accessing the stack example 4 3.4.2 overflow/underflow reset if the stvren bit in configuration words is programmed to ? 1 ?, the device will be reset if the stack is pushed beyond the sixteenth level or poped beyond the first level, setting the appropriate bits (stkovf or stkunf, respectively) in the pcon register. 3.5 indirect addressing the indfn registers are not physical registers. any instruction that accesses an indfn register actually accesses the register at the address specified by the file select registers (fsr). if the fsrn address specifies one of the two indfn registers, the read will return ? 0 ? and the write will not occur (though status bits may be affected). the fsrn register value is created by the pair fsrnh and fsrnl. the fsr registers form a 16-bit address that allows an addressing space with 65536 locations. these locations are divided into three memory regions: ? traditional data memory ? linear data memory ? program flash memory 0x0f 0x0e 0x0d 0x0c 0x0b 0x0a 0x09 0x08 0x07 0x06 0x05 0x04 0x03 0x02 0x01 return address 0x00 stkptr = 0x10 when the stack is full, the next call or an interrupt will set the stack pointer to 0x10. this is identical to address 0x00 so the stack will wrap and overwrite the return address at 0x00. if the stack overflow/underflow reset is enabled, a reset will occur and location 0x00 will not be overwritten. return address return address return address return address return address return address return address return address return address return address return address return address return address return address return address tosh:tosl
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 35 pic12(l)f1501 figure 3-8: indirect addressing 0x0000 0x0fff traditional fsr address range data memory 0x1000 reserved linear data memory reserved 0x2000 0x29af 0x29b0 0x7fff 0x8000 0xffff 0x0000 0x0fff 0x0000 0x7fff program flash memory note: not all memory regions are completely implemented. consult device memory tables for memory limits. 0x1fff
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 36 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 3.5.1 traditional data memory the traditional data memory is a region from fsr address 0x000 to fsr address 0xfff. the addresses correspond to the absolute addresses of all sfr, gpr and common registers. figure 3-9: traditio nal data memory map indirect addressing direct addressing bank select location select 4bsr 6 0 from opcode fsrxl 70 bank select location select 00000 00001 00010 11111 0x00 0x7f bank 0 bank 1 bank 2 bank 31 0 fsrxh 70 0000
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 37 pic12(l)f1501 3.5.2 linear data memory the linear data memory is the region from fsr address 0x2000 to fsr address 0x29af. this region is a virtual region that points back to the 80-byte blocks of gpr memory in all the banks. unimplemented memory reads as 0x00. use of the linear data memory region allows buffers to be larger than 80 bytes because incrementing the fsr beyond one bank will go directly to the gpr memory of the next bank. the 16 bytes of common memory are not included in the linear data memory region. figure 3-10: linear data memory map 3.5.3 program flash memory to make constant data access easier, the entire program flash memory is mapped to the upper half of the fsr address space. when the msb of fsrnh is set, the lower 15 bits are the address in program memory which will be accessed through indf. only the lower 8 bits of each memory location is accessible via indf. writing to the program flash memory cannot be accomplished via the fsr/indf interface. all instructions that access program flash memory via the fsr/indf interface will require one additional instruction cycle to complete. figure 3-11: program flash memory map 7 0 1 7 0 0 location select 0x2000 fsrnh fsrnl 0x020 bank 0 0x06f 0x0a0 bank 1 0x0ef 0x120 bank 2 0x16f 0xf20 bank 30 0xf6f 0x29af 0 7 1 7 0 0 location select 0x8000 fsrnh fsrnl 0x0000 0x7fff 0xffff program flash memory (low 8 bits)
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 38 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. notes:
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 39 pic12(l)f1501 4.0 device configuration device configuration consists of configuration words, code protection and device id. 4.1 configuration words there are several configuration word bits that allow different oscillator and memory protection options. these are implemented as configuration word 1 at 8007h and configuration word 2 at 8008h.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 40 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. register 4-1: config1: configuration word 1 u-1 u-1 r/p-1 r/p-1 r/p-1 u-1 ? ? clkouten boren<1:0> ? bit 13 bit 8 r/p-1 r/p-1 r/p-1 r/p-1 r/p-1 u-1 r/p-1 r/p-1 cp mclre pwrte wdte<1:0> ? fosc<1:0> bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit p = programmable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?1? ?0? = bit is cleared ?1? = bit is set -n = value when blank or after bulk erase bit 13-12 unimplemented: read as ? 1 ? bit 11 clkouten : clock out enable bit 1 = clkout function is disabled. i/o function on the clkout pin 0 = clkout function is enabled on the clkout pin bit 10-9 boren<1:0>: brown-out reset enable bits (1) 11 = bor enabled 10 = bor enabled during operation and disabled in sleep 01 = bor controlled by sboren bit of the borcon register 00 = bor disabled bit 8 unimplemented: read as ? 1 ? bit 7 cp : code protection bit (2) 1 = program memory code protection is disabled 0 = program memory code protection is enabled bit 6 mclre: mclr /v pp pin function select bit if lvp bit = 1 : this bit is ignored. if lvp bit = 0 : 1 =mclr /v pp pin function is mclr ; weak pull-up enabled. 0 =mclr /v pp pin function is digital input; mclr internally disabled; weak pull-up under control of wpue3 bit. bit 5 pwrte : power-up timer enable bit 1 = pwrt disabled 0 = pwrt enabled bit 4-3 wdte<1:0>: watchdog timer enable bits 11 = wdt enabled 10 = wdt enabled while running and disabled in sleep 01 = wdt controlled by the swdten bit in the wdtcon register 00 = wdt disabled bit 2 unimplemented: read as ? 1 ? bit 1-0 fosc<1:0>: oscillator selection bits 11 = ech: external clock, high-power mode: on clkin pin 10 = ecm: external clock, medium-power mode: on clkin pin 01 = ecl: external clock, low-power mode: on clkin pin 00 = intosc oscillator: i/o function on clkin pin note 1: enabling brown-out reset does not automatically enable power-up timer. 2: once enabled, code-protect can only be disabled by bulk erasing the device.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 41 pic12(l)f1501 register 4-2: config2: configuration word 2 r/p-1 u-1 r/p-1 r/p-1 r/p-1 u-1 lvp ?lpbor borv stvren ? bit 13 bit 8 u-1u-1u-1u-1u-1u-1r/p-1r/p-1 ? ? ? ? ? ?wrt<1:0> bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit p = programmable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?1? ?0? = bit is cleared ?1? = bit is set -n = value when blank or after bulk erase bit 13 lvp: low-voltage programming enable bit (1) 1 = low-voltage programming enabled 0 = high-voltage on mclr must be used for programming bit 12 unimplemented: read as ? 1 ? bit 11 lpbor : low-power bor enable bit 1 = low-power brown-out reset is disabled 0 = low-power brown-out reset is enabled bit 10 borv: brown-out reset voltage selection bit (2) 1 = brown-out reset voltage ( vbor ), low trip point selected 0 = brown-out reset voltage ( vbor ), high trip point selected bit 9 stvren: stack overflow/underflow reset enable bit 1 = stack overflow or underflow will cause a reset 0 = stack overflow or underflow will not cause a reset bit 8-2 unimplemented: read as ? 1 ? bit 1-0 wrt<1:0>: flash memory self-write protection bits 1 kw flash memory : 11 = write protection off 10 = 000h to 0ffh write-protected, 100h to 3ffh may be modified 01 = 000h to 1ffh write-protected, 200h to 3ffh may be modified 00 = 000h to 3ffh write-protected, no addresses may be modified note 1: the lvp bit cannot be programmed to ? 0 ? when programming mode is entered via lvp. 2: see vbor parameter for specific trip point voltages.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 42 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 4.2 code protection code protection allows the device to be protected from unauthorized access. internal access to the program memory is unaffected by any code protection setting. 4.2.1 program memory protection the entire program memory space is protected from external reads and writes by the cp bit in configuration words. when cp = 0 , external reads and writes of program memory are inhibited and a read will return all ? 0 ?s. the cpu can continue to read program memory, regardless of the protection bit settings. writing the program memory is dependent upon the write protection setting. see section 4.3 ?write protection? for more information. 4.3 write protection write protection allows the device to be protected from unintended self-writes. applications, such as bootloader software, can be protected while allowing other regions of the program memory to be modified. the wrt<1:0> bits in configuration words define the size of the program memory block that is protected. 4.4 user id four memory locations (8000h-8003h) are designated as id locations where the user can store checksum or other code identification numbers. these locations are readable and writable during normal execution. see section 10.4 ?user id, device id and configuration word access? for more information on accessing these memory locations. for more information on checksum calculation, see the ? pic12(l)f1501/pic16(l)f150x memory programming specification ? (ds41573).
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 43 pic12(l)f1501 4.5 device id and revision id the memory location 8006h is where the device id and revision id are stored. the upper nine bits hold the device id. the lower five bits hold the revision id. see section 10.4 ?user id, device id and configuration word access? for more information on accessing these memory locations. development tools, such as device programmers and debuggers, may be used to read the device id and revision id. register 4-3: deviceid: device id register rrrrrr dev<8:3> bit 13 bit 8 rrrrrrrr dev<2:0> rev<4:0> bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?1? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = va lue at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared p = programmable bit bit 13-5 dev<8:0>: device id bits bit 4-0 rev<4:0>: revision id bits these bits are used to identify the revision (see table under dev<8:0> above). device deviceid<13:0> values dev<8:0> rev<4:0> PIC12F1501 10 1100 110 x xxxx pic12lf1501 10 1101 100 x xxxx
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 44 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. notes:
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 45 pic12(l)f1501 5.0 oscillator module 5.1 overview the oscillator module has a wide variety of clock sources and selection features that allow it to be used in a wide range of applications while maximizing perfor- mance and minimizing power consumption. figure 5-1 illustrates a block diagram of the oscillator module. the oscillator module can be configured in one of the following clock modes. 1. ecl ? external clock low-power mode (0 mhz to 0.5 mhz) 2. ecm ? external clock medium-power mode (0.5 mhz to 4 mhz) 3. ech ? external clock high-power mode (4 mhz to 20 mhz) 4. intosc ? internal oscillator (31 khz to 16 mhz) clock source modes are selected by the fosc<1:0> bits in the configuration words. the fosc bits determine the type of oscillator that will be used when the device is first powered. the ec clock mode relies on an external logic level signal as the device clock source. the intosc internal oscillator block produces low and high-frequency clock sources, designated lfintosc and hfintosc. (see internal oscillator block, figure 5-1 ). a wide selection of device clock frequencies may be derived from these clock sources. figure 5-1: simplified pic ? mcu clock source block diagram fosc<1:0> ec cpu and postscaler mux mux 16 mhz 8 mhz 4 mhz 2 mhz 1 mhz 250 khz 500 khz ircf<3:0> 31 khz 16 mhz source internal oscillator block wdt, pwrt and other modules 16 mhz internal oscillator (hfintosc) clock control scs<1:0> 31 khz (lfintosc) 31 khz source 125 khz 31.25 khz 62.5 khz peripherals sleep clkin clkin ec
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 46 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 5.2 clock source types clock sources can be classified as external or internal. external clock sources rely on external circuitry for the clock source to function. examples are: oscillator mod- ules (ec mode). internal clock sources are contained within the oscillator module. the oscillator block has two internal oscillators that are used to generate two system clock sources: the 16 mhz high-frequency internal oscillator (hfintosc) and the 31 khz low-frequency internal oscillator (lfintosc). the system clock can be selected between external or internal clock sources via the system clock select (scs) bits in the osccon register. see section 5.3 ?clock switching? for additional information. 5.2.1 external clock sources an external clock source can be used as the device system clock by performing one of the following actions: ? program the fosc<1:0> bits in the configuration words to select an external clock source that will be used as the default system clock upon a device reset. ? clear the scs<1:0> bits in the osccon register to switch the system clock source to: - an external clock source determined by the value of the fosc bits. see section 5.3 ?clock switching? for more informa- tion. 5.2.1.1 ec mode the external clock (ec) mode allows an externally generated logic level signal to be the system clock source. when operating in this mode, an external clock source is connected to the clkin input. clkout is available for general purpose i/o or clkout. figure 5-2 shows the pin connections for ec mode. ec mode has 3 power modes to select from through configuration words: ? high power, 4-20 mhz (fosc = 11 ) ? medium power, 0.5-4 mhz (fosc = 10 ) ? low power, 0-0.5 mhz (fosc = 01 ) when ec mode is selected, there is no delay in opera- tion after a power-on reset (por) or wake-up from sleep. because the pic ? mcu design is fully static, stopping the external clock input will have the effect of halting the device while leaving all data intact. upon restarting the external clock, the device will resume operation as if no time had elapsed. figure 5-2: external clock (ec) mode operation clkin clkout clock from ext. system pic ? mcu f osc /4 or i/o (1) note 1: output depends upon clkouten bit of the configuration words.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 47 pic12(l)f1501 5.2.2 internal clock sources the device may be configured to use the internal oscil- lator block as the system clock by performing one of the following actions: ? program the fosc<1:0> bits in configuration words to select the intosc clock source, which will be used as the default system clock upon a device reset. ? write the scs<1:0> bits in the osccon register to switch the system clock source to the internal oscillator during run-time. see section 5.3 ?clock switching? for more information. in intosc mode, clkin is available for general purpose i/o. clkout is available for general purpose i/o or clkout. the function of the clkout pin is determined by the c lkouten bit in configuration words. the internal oscillator block has two independent oscillators clock sources. 1. the hfintosc (high-frequency internal oscillator) is factory calibrated and operates at 16 mhz. 2. the lfintosc (low-frequency internal oscillator) is uncalibrated and operates at 31 khz. 5.2.2.1 hfintosc the high-frequency internal oscillator (hfintosc) is a factory calibrated 16 mhz internal clock source. the outputs of the hfintosc connects to a prescaler and multiplexer (see figure 5-1 ). one of multiple frequencies derived from the hfintosc can be selected via software using the ircf<3:0> bits of the osccon register. see section 5.2.2.4 ?internal oscillator clock switch timing? for more information. the hfintosc is enabled by: ? configure the ircf<3:0> bits of the osccon register for the desired hf frequency, and ?fosc<1:0> = 00 , or ? set the system clock source (scs) bits of the osccon register to ? 1x ?. a fast start-up oscillator allows internal circuits to power-up and stabilize before switching to hfintosc. the high-frequency internal oscillator ready bit (hfiofr) of the oscstat register indicates when the hfintosc is running. the high-frequency internal oscillator stable bit (hfiofs) of the oscstat register indicates when the hfintosc is running within 0.5% of its final value. 5.2.2.2 lfintosc the low-frequency internal oscillator (lfintosc) is an uncalibrated 31 khz internal clock source. the output of the lfintosc connects to a multiplexer (see figure 5-1 ). select 31 khz, via software, using the ircf<3:0> bits of the osccon register. see section 5.2.2.4 ?internal oscillator clock switch timing? for more information. the lfintosc is also the frequency for the power-up timer (pwrt) and watchdog timer (wdt). the lfintosc is enabled by selecting 31 khz (ircf<3:0> bits of the osccon register = 000x) as the system clock source (scs bits of the osccon register = 1x ), or when any of the following are enabled: ? configure the ircf<3:0> bits of the osccon register for the desired lf frequency, and ?fosc<1:0> = 00 , or ? set the system clock source (scs) bits of the osccon register to ? 1x ? peripherals that use the lfintosc are: ? power-up timer (pwrt) ? watchdog timer (wdt) the low-frequency internal oscillator ready bit (lfiofr) of the oscstat register indicates when the lfintosc is running.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 48 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 5.2.2.3 internal oscillator frequency selection the system clock speed can be selected via software using the internal oscillator frequency select bits ircf<3:0> of the osccon register. the outputs of the 16 mhz hfintosc postscaler and the lfintosc connect to a multiplexer (see figure 5-1 ). the internal oscillator frequency select bits ircf<3:0> of the osccon register select the frequency output of the internal oscillators. one of the following frequencies can be selected via software: ?hfintosc -16 mhz -8 mhz -4 mhz -2 mhz -1 mhz - 500 khz (default after reset) - 250 khz - 125 khz - 62.5 khz - 31.25 khz ?lfintosc -31 khz the ircf<3:0> bits of the osccon register allow duplicate selections for some frequencies. these dupli- cate choices can offer system design trade-offs. lower power consumption can be obtained when changing oscillator sources for a given frequency. faster transi- tion times can be obtained between frequency changes that use the same oscillator source. 5.2.2.4 internal oscillator clock switch timing when switching between the hfintosc and the lfintosc, the new oscillator may already be shut down to save power (see figure 5-3 ). if this is the case, there is a delay after the ircf<3:0> bits of the osccon register are modified before the frequency selection takes place. the oscstat register will reflect the current active status of the hfintosc and lfintosc oscillators. the sequence of a frequency selection is as follows: 1. ircf<3:0> bits of the osccon register are modified. 2. if the new clock is shut down, a clock start-up delay is started. 3. clock switch circuitry waits for a falling edge of the current clock. 4. clock switch is complete. see figure 5-3 for more details. if the internal oscillator speed is switched between two clocks of the same source, there is no start-up delay before the new frequency is selected. start-up delay specifications are located in the oscillator tables of section 27.0 ?electrical specifications? . note: following any reset, the ircf<3:0> bits of the osccon register are set to ? 0111 ? and the frequency selection is set to 500 khz. the user can modify the ircf bits to select a different frequency.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 49 pic12(l)f1501 figure 5-3: internal oscillator switch timing hfintosc lfintosc ircf <3:0> system clock hfintosc lfintosc ircf <3:0> system clock ?? 0 ?? 0 ?? 0 ?? 0 start-up time 2-cycle sync running 2-cycle sync running hfintosc lfintosc (wdt disabled) hfintosc lfintosc (wdt enabled) lfintosc hfintosc ircf <3:0> system clock = 0 ? 0 start-up time 2-cycle sync running lfintosc hfintosc lfintosc turns off unless wdt is enabled
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 50 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 5.3 clock switching the system clock source can be switched between external and internal clock sources via software using the system clock select (scs) bits of the osccon register. the following clock sources can be selected using the scs bits: ? default system oscillator determined by fosc bits in configuration words ? internal oscillator block (intosc) 5.3.1 system clock select (scs) bits the system clock select (scs) bits of the osccon register selects the system clock source that is used for the cpu and peripherals. ? when the scs bits of the osccon register = 00 , the system clock source is determined by value of the fosc<1:0> bits in the configuration words. ? when the scs bits of the osccon register = 1x , the system clock source is chosen by the internal oscillator frequency selected by the ircf<3:0> bits of the osccon register. after a reset, the scs bits of the osccon register are always cleared. when switching between clock sources, a delay is required to allow the new clock to stabilize. these oscil- lator delays are shown in tab le 5 -2 . table 5-1: oscillator switching delays switch from switch to frequency oscillator delay sleep/por lfintosc hfintosc 31 khz 31.25khz-16mhz 2 cycles ec dc ? 20 mhz lfintosc ec dc ? 20 mhz 1 cycle of each any clock source hfintosc 31.25 khz-16 mhz 2 ? s (approx.) any clock source lfintosc 31 khz 1 cycle of each
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 51 pic12(l)f1501 5.4 oscillator control registers register 5-1: osccon: os cillator control register u-0 r/w-0/0 r/w-1/1 r/w-1/1 r/w-1/1 u-0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 ? ircf<3:0> ? scs<1:0> bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 6-3 ircf<3:0>: internal oscillator frequency select bits 1111 =16mhz 1110 =8mhz 1101 =4mhz 1100 =2mhz 1011 =1mhz 1010 =500khz (1) 1001 =250khz (1) 1000 =125khz (1) 0111 = 500 khz (default upon reset) 0110 =250khz 0101 =125khz 0100 =62.5khz 001x =31.25khz 000x = 31 khz (lfintosc) bit 2 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 1-0 scs<1:0>: system clock select bits 1x = internal oscillator block 01 = reserved 00 = clock determined by fosc<1:0> in configuration words note 1: duplicate frequency derived from hfintosc.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 52 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. table 5-2: summary of registers asso ciated with clock sources table 5-3: summary of configuration word wi th clock sources register 5-2: oscstat: oscillator status register u-0 u-0 u-0 r-0/q u-0 u-0 r-0/q r-0/q ? ? ? hfiofr ? ? lfiofr hfiofs bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared q = conditional bit 7-5 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 4 hfiofr: high-frequency internal oscillator ready bit 1 = 16 mhz internal oscillator (hfintosc) is ready 0 = 16 mhz internal oscillator (hfintosc) is not ready bit 3-2 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 1 lfiofr: low-frequency internal oscillator ready bit 1 = 31 khz internal oscillator (lfintosc) is ready 0 = 31 khz internal oscillator (lfintosc) is not ready bit 0 hfiofs: high-frequency internal oscillator stable bit 1 = 16 mhz internal oscillator (hfintosc) is stable 0 = 16 mhz internal oscillator (hfintosc) is not yet stable name bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 register on page osccon ? ircf<3:0> ?scs<1:0> 51 oscstat ? ? ? hfiofr ? ? lfiofr hfiofs 52 legend: ? = unimplemented location, read as ? 0 ?. shaded cells are not used by clock sources. name bits bit -/7 bit -/6 bit 13/5 bit 12/4 bit 11/3 bit 10/2 bit 9/1 bit 8/0 register on page config1 13:8 ? ? ? ?clkouten boren<1:0> ? 40 7:0 cp mclre pwrte wdte<1:0> ? fosc<1:0> legend: ? = unimplemented location, read as ? 0 ?. shaded cells are not used by clock sources.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 53 pic12(l)f1501 6.0 resets there are multiple ways to reset this device: ? power-on reset (por) ? brown-out reset (bor) ? low-power brown-out reset (lpbor) ?mclr reset ?wdt reset ? reset instruction ? stack overflow ? stack underflow ? programming mode exit to allow v dd to stabilize, an optional power-up timer can be enabled to extend the reset time after a bor or por event. a simplified block diagram of the on-chip reset circuit is shown in figure 6-1 . figure 6-1: simplified block di agram of on-chip reset circuit note 1: see table 6-1 for bor active conditions. device reset power-on reset wdt time-out brown-out reset lpbor reset reset instruction mclre sleep bor active (1) pwrt r done pwrte lfintosc v dd icsp? programming mode exit stack pointer mclr
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 54 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 6.1 power-on reset (por) the por circuit holds the device in reset until v dd has reached an acceptable level for minimum operation. slow rising v dd , fast operating speeds or analog performance may require greater than minimum v dd . the pwrt, bor or mclr features can be used to extend the start-up period until all device operation conditions have been met. 6.1.1 power-up timer (pwrt) the power-up timer provides a nominal 64 ms time-out on por or brown-out reset. the device is held in reset as long as pwrt is active. the pwrt delay allows additional time for the v dd to rise to an acceptable level. the power-up timer is enabled by clearing the pwrte bit in configuration words. the power-up timer starts after the release of the por and bor. for additional information, refer to application note an607, ?power-up trouble shooting? (ds00607). 6.2 brown-out reset (bor) the bor circuit holds the device in reset when v dd reaches a selectable minimum level. between the por and bor, complete voltage range coverage for execution protection can be implemented. the brown-out reset module has four operating modes controlled by the boren<1:0> bits in configu- ration words. the four operating modes are: ? bor is always on ? bor is off when in sleep ? bor is controlled by software ? bor is always off refer to tab le 6 - 1 for more information. the brown-out reset voltage level is selectable by configuring the borv bit in configuration words. a v dd noise rejection filter prevents the bor from trig- gering on small events. if v dd falls below v bor for a duration greater than parameter t bordc , the device will reset. see figure 6-2 for more information. table 6-1: bor operating modes 6.2.1 bor is always on when the boren bits of configuration words are pro- grammed to ? 11 ?, the bor is always on. the device start-up will be delayed until the bor is ready and v dd is higher than the bor threshold. bor protection is active during sleep. the bor does not delay wake-up from sleep. 6.2.2 bor is off in sleep when the boren bits of configuration words are pro- grammed to ? 10 ?, the bor is on, except in sleep. the device start-up will be delayed until the bor is ready and v dd is higher than the bor threshold. bor protection is not active during sleep. the device wake-up will be delayed until the bor is ready. 6.2.3 bor controlled by software when the boren bits of configuration words are programmed to ? 01 ?, the bor is controlled by the sboren bit of the borcon register. the device start-up is not delayed by the bor ready condition or the v dd level. bor protection begins as soon as the bor circuit is ready. the status of the bor circuit is reflected in the borrdy bit of the borcon register. bor protection is unchanged by sleep. boren<1:0> sboren device mode bor mode instruction execution upon: release of por or wake-up from sleep 11 x x active waits for bor ready (1) (borrdy = 1 ) 10 x awake active waits for bor ready (borrdy = 1 ) sleep disabled 01 1 x active waits for bor ready (1) (borrdy = 1 ) 0 xdisabled begins immediately (borrdy = x ) 00 x xdisabled note 1: in these specific cases, ?release of por? and ?wake-up from sleep?, there is no delay in start-up. the bor ready flag, (borrdy = 1 ), will be set before the cpu is ready to execute instructions because the bor circuit is forced on by the boren<1:0> bits.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 55 pic12(l)f1501 figure 6-2: brown -out situations register 6-1: borco n: brown-out reset control register r/w-1/u r/w-0/u u-0 u-0 u-0 u-0 u-0 r-q/u sboren borfs ? ? ? ? ?borrdy bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared q = value depends on condition bit 7 sboren: software brown-out reset enable bit if boren <1:0> in configuration words ? 01 : sboren is read/write, but has no effect on the bor. if boren <1:0> in configuration words = 01 : 1 = bor enabled 0 = bor disabled bit 6 borfs: brown-out reset fast start bit (1) if boren<1:0> = 11 (always on) or boren<1:0> = 00 (always off) borfs is read/write, but has no effect. if boren <1:0> = 10 (disabled in sleep) or boren<1:0> = 01 (under software control): 1 = band gap is forced on always (covers sleep/wake-up/operating cases) 0 = band gap operates normally, and may turn off bit 5-1 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 0 borrdy: brown-out reset circuit ready status bit 1 = the brown-out reset circuit is active 0 = the brown-out reset circuit is inactive note 1: boren<1:0> bits are located in configuration words. t pwrt (1) v bor v dd internal reset v bor v dd internal reset t pwrt (1) < t pwrt t pwrt (1) v bor v dd internal reset note 1: t pwrt delay only if pwrte bit is programmed to ? 0 ?.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 56 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 6.3 low-power brown-out reset (lpbor) the low-power brown-out reset (lpbor) is an essential part of the reset subsystem. refer to figure 6-1 to see how the bor interacts with other modules. the lpbor is used to monitor the external v dd pin. when too low of a voltage is detected, the device is held in reset. when this occurs, a register bit (bor ) is changed to indicate that a bor reset has occurred. the same bit is set for both the bor and the lpbor. refer to register 6-2 . 6.3.1 enabling lpbor the lpbor is controlled by the lpbor bit of configuration words. when the device is erased, the lpbor module defaults to disabled. 6.3.1.1 lpbor module output the output of the lpbor module is a signal indicating whether or not a reset is to be asserted. this signal is or?d together with the reset signal of the bor mod- ule to provide the generic bor signal which goes to the pcon register and to the power control block. 6.4 mclr the mclr is an optional external input that can reset the device. the mclr function is controlled by the mclre bit of configuration words and the lvp bit of configuration words ( table 6-2 ). 6.4.1 mclr enabled when mclr is enabled and the pin is held low, the device is held in reset. the mclr pin is connected to v dd through an internal weak pull-up. the device has a noise filter in the mclr reset path. the filter will detect and ignore small pulses. 6.4.2 mclr disabled when mclr is disabled, the pin functions as a general purpose input and the internal weak pull-up is under software control. see section 11.2 ?porta regis- ters? for more information. 6.5 watchdog timer (wdt) reset the watchdog timer generates a reset if the firmware does not issue a clrwdt instruction within the time-out period. the to and pd bits in the status register are changed to indicate the wdt reset. see section 9.0 ?watchdog timer? for more information. 6.6 reset instruction a reset instruction will cause a device reset. the ri bit in the pcon register will be set to ? 0 ?. see ta b l e 6 - 4 for default conditions after a reset instruction has occurred. 6.7 stack overflow/underflow reset the device can reset when the stack overflows or underflows. the stkovf or stkunf bits of the pcon register indicate the reset condition. these resets are enabled by setting the stvren bit in configuration words. see section 3.4.2 ?overflow/underflow reset? for more information. 6.8 programming mode exit upon exit of programming mode, the device will behave as if a por had just occurred. 6.9 power-up timer the power-up timer optionally delays device execution after a bor or por event. this timer is typically used to allow v dd to stabilize before allowing the device to start running. the power-up timer is controlled by the pwrte bit of configuration words. 6.10 start-up sequence upon the release of a por or bor, the following must occur before the device will begin executing: 1. power-up timer runs to completion (if enabled). 2. mclr must be released (if enabled). the total time-out will vary based on oscillator configu- ration and power-up timer configuration. see section 5.0 ?oscillator module? for more informa- tion. the power-up timer runs independently of mclr reset. if mclr is kept low long enough, the power-up timer will expire. upon bringing mclr high, the device will begin execution immediately (see figure 6-3 ). this is useful for testing purposes or to synchronize more than one device operating in parallel. table 6-2: mclr configuration mclre lvp mclr 00 disabled 10 enabled x1 enabled note: a reset does not drive the mclr pin low.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 57 pic12(l)f1501 figure 6-3: reset start-up sequence t mclr t pwrt v dd internal por power-up timer mclr internal reset internal oscillator oscillator f osc external clock (ec) clkin f osc
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 58 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 6.11 determining the cause of a reset upon any reset, multiple bits in the status and pcon registers are updated to indicate the cause of the reset. ta b l e 6 - 3 and tab le 6 - 4 show the reset conditions of these registers. table 6-3: reset status bits and their significance table 6-4: reset condition for special registers (2) stkovf stkunf rwdt rmclr ri por bor to pd condition 0 0 1 1 10 x11 power-on reset 0 0 1 1 10 x0x illegal, to is set on por 0 0 1 1 10 xx0 illegal, pd is set on por 0 0 u 1 1u 011 brown-out reset u u 0 u uu u0u wdt reset u u u u uu u00 wdt wake-up from sleep u u u u uu u10 interrupt wake-up from sleep u u u 0 uu uuu mclr reset during normal operation u u u 0 uu u10 mclr reset during sleep u u u u 0 u u u u reset instruction executed 1 u u u uu uuu stack overflow reset (stvren = 1 ) u 1 u u uu uuu stack underflow reset (stvren = 1 ) condition program counter status register pcon register power-on reset 0000h ---1 1000 00-- 110x mclr reset during normal operation 0000h ---u uuuu uu-- 0uuu mclr reset during sleep 0000h ---1 0uuu uu-- 0uuu wdt reset 0000h ---0 uuuu uu-- uuuu wdt wake-up from sleep pc + 1 ---0 0uuu uu-- uuuu brown-out reset 0000h ---1 1uuu 00-- 11u0 interrupt wake-up from sleep pc + 1 (1) ---1 0uuu uu-- uuuu reset instruction executed 0000h ---u uuuu uu-- u0uu stack overflow reset (stvren = 1 ) 0000h ---u uuuu 1u-- uuuu stack underflow reset (stvren = 1 ) 0000h ---u uuuu u1-- uuuu legend: u = unchanged, x = unknown, - = unimplemented bit, reads as ? 0 ?. note 1: when the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the global interrupt enable bit (gie) is set, the return address is pushed on the stack and pc is loaded with the interrupt vector (0004h) after execution of pc + 1. 2: if a status bit is not implemented, that bit will be read as ? 0 ?.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 59 pic12(l)f1501 6.12 power control (pcon) register the power control (pcon) register contains flag bits to differentiate between a: ? power-on reset (por ) ? brown-out reset (bor ) ? reset instruction reset (ri ) ?mclr reset (rmclr ) ? watchdog timer reset (rwdt ) ? stack underflow reset (stkunf) ? stack overflow reset (stkovf) the pcon register bits are shown in register 6-2 . register 6-2: pcon: power control register r/w/hs-0/q r/w/hs-0/q u-0 r/w/hc-1/q r/w/ hc-1/q r/w/hc-1/q r/w/hc-q/u r/w/hc-q/u stkovf stkunf ? rwdt rmclr ri por bor bit 7 bit 0 legend: hc = bit is cleared by hardware hs = bit is set by hardware r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared q = value depends on condition bit 7 stkovf: stack overflow flag bit 1 = a stack overflow occurred 0 = a stack overflow has not occurred or cleared by firmware bit 6 stkunf: stack underflow flag bit 1 = a stack underflow occurred 0 = a stack underflow has not occurred or cleared by firmware bit 5 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 4 rwdt : watchdog timer reset flag bit 1 = a watchdog timer reset has not occurred or set by firmware 0 = a watchdog timer reset has occurred (cleared by hardware) bit 3 rmclr : mclr reset flag bit 1 = a mclr reset has not occurred or set by firmware 0 = a mclr reset has occurred (cleared by hardware) bit 2 ri : reset instruction flag bit 1 = a reset instruction has not been executed or set by firmware 0 = a reset instruction has been executed (cleared by hardware) bit 1 por : power-on reset status bit 1 = no power-on reset occurred 0 = a power-on reset occurred (must be set in software after a power-on reset occurs) bit 0 bor : brown-out reset status bit 1 = no brown-out reset occurred 0 = a brown-out reset occurred (must be set in software after a power-on reset or brown-out reset occurs)
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 60 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. table 6-5: summary of registers associated with resets table 6-6: summary of config uration word with resets name bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 register on page borcon sboren borfs ? ? ? ? ? borrdy 55 pcon stkovf stkunf ?rwdt rmclr ri por bor 59 status ? ? ?to pd z dc c 18 wdtcon ? ? wdtps<4:0> swdten 81 legend: ? = unimplemented bit, reads as ? 0 ?. shaded cells are not used by resets. note 1: other (non power-up) resets include mclr reset and watchdog timer reset during normal operation. name bits bit -/7 bit -/6 bit 13/5 bit 12/4 bit 11/3 bit 10/2 bit 9/1 bit 8/0 register on page config1 13:8 ? ? ? ? clkouten boren<1:0> ? 40 7:0 cp mclre pwrte wdte<1:0> ? fosc<1:0> config2 13:8 ? ? lvp ? lpbor borv stvren ? 41 7:0 ? ? ? ? ? ? wrt<1:0> legend: ? = unimplemented location, read as ? 0 ?. shaded cells are not used by resets.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 61 pic12(l)f1501 7.0 interrupts the interrupt feature allows certain events to preempt normal program flow. firmware is used to determine the source of the interrupt and act accordingly. some interrupts can be configured to wake the mcu from sleep mode. this chapter contains the following information for interrupts: ? operation ? interrupt latency ? interrupts during sleep ?int pin ? automatic context saving many peripherals produce interrupts. refer to the corresponding chapters for details. a block diagram of the interrupt logic is shown in figure 7-1 . figure 7-1: interrupt logic tmr0if tmr0ie intf inte iocif iocie interrupt to cpu wake-up (if in sleep mode) gie (tmr1if) pir1<0> pirn<7> pien<7> peie peripheral interrupts (tmr1if) pir1<0>
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 62 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 7.1 operation interrupts are disabled upon any device reset. they are enabled by setting the following bits: ? gie bit of the intcon register ? interrupt enable bit(s) for the specific interrupt event(s) ? peie bit of the intcon register (if the interrupt enable bit of the interrupt event is contained in the pie1, pie2 and pie3 registers) the intcon, pir1, pir2 and pir3 registers record individual interrupts via interrupt flag bits. interrupt flag bits will be set, regardless of the status of the gie, peie and individual interrupt enable bits. the following events happen when an interrupt event occurs while the gie bit is set: ? current prefetched instruction is flushed ? gie bit is cleared ? current program counter (pc) is pushed onto the stack ? critical registers are automatically saved to the shadow registers (see ? section 7.5 ?automatic context saving? .? ) ? pc is loaded with the interrupt vector 0004h the firmware within the interrupt service routine (isr) should determine the source of the interrupt by polling the interrupt flag bits. the interrupt flag bits must be cleared before exiting the isr to avoid repeated interrupts. because the gie bit is cleared, any interrupt that occurs while executing the isr will be recorded through its interrupt flag, but will not cause the processor to redirect to the interrupt vector. the retfie instruction exits the isr by popping the previous address from the stack, restoring the saved context from the shadow registers and setting the gie bit. for additional information on a specific interrupt?s operation, refer to its peripheral chapter. 7.2 interrupt latency interrupt latency is defined as the time from when the interrupt event occurs to the time code execution at the interrupt vector begins. the latency for synchronous interrupts is 3 or 4 instruction cycles. for asynchronous interrupts, the latency is 3 to 5 instruction cycles, depending on when the interrupt occurs. see figure 7-2 and figure 7.3 for more details. note 1: individual interrupt flag bits are set, regardless of the state of any other enable bits. 2: all interrupts will be ignored while the gie bit is cleared. any interrupt occurring while the gie bit is clear will be serviced when the gie bit is set again.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 63 pic12(l)f1501 figure 7-2: interrupt latency q1 q2 q3 q4 q1 q2 q3 q4 q1 q2 q3 q4 q1 q2 q3 q4 q1 q2 q3 q4 q1 q2 q3 q4 fosc clkr pc 0004h 0005h pc inst(0004h) nop gie q1 q2 q3 q4 q1 q2 q3 q4 1 cycle instruction at pc pc inst(0004h) nop 2 cycle instruction at pc fsr addr pc+1 pc+2 0004h 0005h pc inst(0004h) nop gie pc pc-1 3 cycle instruction at pc execute interrupt inst(pc) interrupt sampled during q1 inst(pc) pc-1 pc+1 nop pc new pc/ pc+1 0005h pc-1 pc+1/fsr addr 0004h nop interrupt gie interrupt inst(pc) nop nop fsr addr pc+1 pc+2 0004h 0005h pc inst(0004h) nop gie pc pc-1 3 cycle instruction at pc interrupt inst(pc) nop nop nop inst(0005h) execute execute execute
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 64 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. figure 7-3: int pin interrupt timing q2 q1 q3 q4 q2 q1 q3 q4 q2 q1 q3 q4 q2 q1 q3 q4 q2 q1 q3 q4 f osc clkout int pin intf gie instruction flow pc instruction fetched instruction executed interrupt latency pc pc + 1 pc + 1 0004h 0005h inst (0004h) inst (0005h) forced nop inst (pc) inst (pc + 1) inst (pc ? 1) inst (0004h) forced nop inst (pc) ? note 1: intf flag is sampled here (every q1). 2: asynchronous interrupt latency = 3-5 t cy . synchronous latency = 3-4 t cy , where t cy = instruction cycle time. latency is the same whether inst (pc) is a single cycle or a 2-cycle instruction. 3: for minimum width of int pulse, refer to ac specifications in section 27.0 ?electrical specifications? ? . 4: intf is enabled to be set any time during the q4-q1 cycles. (1) (2) (3) (4) (1)
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 65 pic12(l)f1501 7.3 interrupts during sleep some interrupts can be used to wake from sleep. to wake from sleep, the peripheral must be able to operate without the system clock. the interrupt source must have the appropriate interrupt enable bit(s) set prior to entering sleep. on waking from sleep, if the gie bit is also set, the processor will branch to the interrupt vector. otherwise, the processor will continue executing instructions after the sleep instruction. the instruction directly after the sleep instruction will always be executed before branching to the isr. refer to section 8.0 ?power-down mode (sleep)? for more details. 7.4 int pin the int pin can be used to generate an asynchronous edge-triggered interrupt. this interrupt is enabled by setting the inte bit of the intcon register. the intedg bit of the option_reg register determines on which edge the interrupt will occur. when the intedg bit is set, the rising edge will cause the interrupt. when the intedg bit is clear, the falling edge will cause the interrupt. the intf bit of the intcon register will be set when a valid edge appears on the int pin. if the gie and inte bits are also set, the processor will redirect program execution to the interrupt vector. 7.5 automatic context saving upon entering an interrupt, the return pc address is saved on the stack. additionally, the following registers are automatically saved in the shadow registers: ? w register ? status register (except for to and pd ) ? bsr register ? fsr registers ? pclath register upon exiting the interrupt service routine, these regis- ters are automatically restored. any modifications to these registers during the isr will be lost. if modifica- tions to any of these registers are desired, the corre- sponding shadow register should be modified and the value will be restored when exiting the isr. the shadow registers are available in bank 31 and are readable and writable. depending on the user?s appli- cation, other registers may also need to be saved.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 66 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 7.6 interrupt control registers 7.6.1 intcon register the intcon register is a readable and writable register, that contains the various enable and flag bits for tmr0 register overflow, interrupt-on-change and external int pin interrupts. note: interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt condition occurs, regardless of the state of its corresponding enable bit or the global interrupt enable bit, gie, of the intcon register. user software should ensure the appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear prior to enabling an interrupt. register 7-1: intcon: interrupt control register r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r-0/0 gie peie tmr0ie inte iocie tmr0if intf iocif (1) bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7 gie: global interrupt enable bit 1 = enables all active interrupts 0 = disables all interrupts bit 6 peie: peripheral interrupt enable bit 1 = enables all active peripheral interrupts 0 = disables all peripheral interrupts bit 5 tmr0ie: timer0 overflow interrupt enable bit 1 = enables the timer0 interrupt 0 = disables the timer0 interrupt bit 4 inte: int external interrupt enable bit 1 = enables the int external interrupt 0 = disables the int external interrupt bit 3 iocie: interrupt-on-change enable bit 1 = enables the interrupt-on-change 0 = disables the interrupt-on-change bit 2 tmr0if: timer0 overflow interrupt flag bit 1 = tmr0 register has overflowed 0 = tmr0 register did not overflow bit 1 intf: int external interrupt flag bit 1 = the int external interrupt occurred 0 = the int external interrupt did not occur bit 0 iocif: interrupt-on-change interrupt flag bit (1) 1 = when at least one of the interrupt-on-change pins changed state 0 = none of the interrupt-on-change pins have changed state note 1: the iocif flag bit is read-only and cleared when all the interrupt-on-change flags in the iocbf register have been cleared by software.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 67 pic12(l)f1501 7.6.2 pie1 register the pie1 register contains the interrupt enable bits, as shown in register 7-2 . note: bit peie of the intcon register must be set to enable any peripheral interrupt. register 7-2: pie1: peripheral interrupt enable register 1 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 u-0 u-0 u-0 u-0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 tmr1gie adie ? ? ? ? tmr2ie tmr1ie bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7 tmr1gie: timer1 gate interrupt enable bit 1 = enables the timer1 gate acquisition interrupt 0 = disables the timer1 gate acquisition interrupt bit 6 adie: a/d converter (adc) interrupt enable bit 1 = enables the adc interrupt 0 = disables the adc interrupt bit 5-2 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 1 tmr2ie: tmr2 to pr2 match interrupt enable bit 1 = enables the timer2 to pr2 match interrupt 0 = disables the timer2 to pr2 match interrupt bit 0 tmr1ie: timer1 overflow interrupt enable bit 1 = enables the timer1 overflow interrupt 0 = disables the timer1 overflow interrupt
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 68 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 7.6.3 pie2 register the pie2 register contains the interrupt enable bits, as shown in register 7-3 . note: bit peie of the intcon register must be set to enable any peripheral interrupt. register 7-3: pie2: peripheral interrupt enable register 2 u-0 u-0 r/w-0/0 u-0 u-0 r/w-0/0 u-0 u-0 ? ?c1ie ? ? nco1ie ? ? bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7-6 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 5 c1ie: comparator c1 interrupt enable bit 1 = enables the comparator c1 interrupt 0 = disables the comparator c1 interrupt bit 4-3 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 2 nco1ie: numerically controlled oscillator interrupt enable bit 1 = enables the nco interrupt 0 = disables the nco interrupt bit 1-0 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ?
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 69 pic12(l)f1501 7.6.4 pie3 register the pie3 register contains the interrupt enable bits, as shown in register 7-4 . note: bit peie of the intcon register must be set to enable any peripheral interrupt. register 7-4: pie3: peripheral interrupt enable register 3 u-0 u-0 u-0 u-0 u-0 u-0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 ? ? ? ? ? ? clc2ie clc1ie bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7-2 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 1 clc2ie: configurable logic block 2 interrupt enable bit 1 = enables the clc 2 interrupt 0 = disables the clc 2 interrupt bit 0 clc1ie: configurable logic block 1 interrupt enable bit 1 = enables the clc 1 interrupt 0 = disables the clc 1 interrupt
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 70 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 7.6.5 pir1 register the pir1 register contains the interrupt flag bits, as shown in register 7-5 . note: interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt condition occurs, regardless of the state of its corresponding enable bit or the global interrupt enable bit, gie, of the intcon register. user software should ensure the appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear prior to enabling an interrupt. register 7-5: pir1: peripheral interrupt request register 1 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 u-0 u-0 u-0 u-0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 tmr1gif adif ? ? ? ? tmr2if tmr1if bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7 tmr1gif: timer1 gate interrupt flag bit 1 = interrupt is pending 0 = interrupt is not pending bit 6 adif: a/d converter interrupt flag bit 1 = interrupt is pending 0 = interrupt is not pending bit 5-2 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 1 tmr2if: timer2 to pr2 interrupt flag bit 1 = interrupt is pending 0 = interrupt is not pending bit 0 tmr1if: timer1 overflow interrupt flag bit 1 = interrupt is pending 0 = interrupt is not pending
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 71 pic12(l)f1501 7.6.6 pir2 register the pir2 register contains the interrupt flag bits, as shown in register 7-6 . note: interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt condition occurs, regardless of the state of its corresponding enable bit or the global interrupt enable bit, gie, of the intcon register. user software should ensure the appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear prior to enabling an interrupt. register 7-6: pir2: peripheral interrupt request register 2 u-0 u-0 r/w-0/0 u-0 u-0 r/w-0/0 u-0 u-0 ? ?c1if ? ? nco1if ? ? bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7-6 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 5 c1if: numerically controlled oscillator flag bit 1 = interrupt is pending 0 = interrupt is not pending bit 4-3 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 2 nco1if: numerically controlled oscillator flag bit 1 = interrupt is pending 0 = interrupt is not pending bit 1-0 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ?
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 72 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 7.6.7 pir3 register the pir3 register contains the interrupt flag bits, as shown in register 7-7 . note: interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt condition occurs, regardless of the state of its corresponding enable bit or the global enable bit, gie, of the intcon register. user software should ensure the appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear prior to enabling an interrupt. register 7-7: pir3: peripheral interrupt request register 3 u-0 u-0 u-0 u-0 u-0 u-0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 ? ? ? ? ? ? clc2if clc1if bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7-2 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 1 clc2if: configurable logic block 2 interrupt flag bit 1 = interrupt is pending 0 = interrupt is not pending bit 0 clc1if: configurable logic block 1 interrupt flag bit 1 = interrupt is pending 0 = interrupt is not pending
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 73 pic12(l)f1501 table 7-1: summary of registers associated with interrupts name bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 register on page intcon gie peie tmr0ie inte iocie tmr0if intf iocif 66 option_reg wpuen intedg tmr0cs tmr0se psa ps<2:0> 143 pie1 tmr1gie adie ? ? ? ? tmr2ie tmr1ie 67 pie2 ? ? c1ie ? ? nco1ie ? ? 68 pie3 ? ? ? ? ? ? clc2ie clc1ie 69 pir1 tmr1gif adif ? ? ? ? tmr2if tmr1if 70 pir2 ? ? c1if ? ? nco1if ? ? 71 pir3 ? ? ? ? ? ? clc2if clc1if 72 legend: ? = unimplemented location, read as ? 0 ?. shaded cells are not used by interrupts.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 74 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. notes:
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 75 pic12(l)f1501 8.0 power-down mode (sleep) the power-down mode is entered by executing a sleep instruction. upon entering sleep mode, the following conditions exist: 1. wdt will be cleared but keeps running, if enabled for operation during sleep. 2. pd bit of the status register is cleared. 3. to bit of the status register is set. 4. cpu clock is disabled. 5. 31 khz lfintosc is unaffected and peripherals that operate from it may continue operation in sleep. 6. adc is unaffected, if the dedicated frc clock is selected. 7. i/o ports maintain the status they had before sleep was executed (driving high, low or high-impedance). 8. resets other than wdt are not affected by sleep mode. refer to individual chapters for more details on peripheral operation during sleep. to minimize current consumption, the following conditions should be considered: ? i/o pins should not be floating ? external circuitry sinking current from i/o pins ? internal circuitry sourcing current from i/o pins ? current draw from pins with internal weak pull-ups ? modules using 31 khz lfintosc ? cwg, nco and clc modules using hfintosc i/o pins that are high-impedance inputs should be pulled to v dd or v ss externally to avoid switching currents caused by floating inputs. examples of internal circuitry that might be sourcing current include the fvr module. see section 13.0 ?fixed voltage reference (fvr)? for more information on this module. 8.1 wake-up from sleep the device can wake-up from sleep through one of the following events: 1. external reset input on mclr pin, if enabled 2. bor reset, if enabled 3. por reset 4. watchdog timer, if enabled 5. any external interrupt 6. interrupts by peripherals capable of running dur- ing sleep (see individual peripheral for more information) the first three events will cause a device reset. the last three events are considered a continuation of pro- gram execution. to determine whether a device reset or wake-up event occurred, refer to section 6.11 ?determining the cause of a reset? . when the sleep instruction is being executed, the next instruction (pc + 1) is prefetched. for the device to wake-up through an interrupt event, the corresponding interrupt enable bit must be enabled. wake-up will occur regardless of the state of the gie bit. if the gie bit is disabled, the device continues execution at the instruction after the sleep instruction. if the gie bit is enabled, the device executes the instruction after the sleep instruction, the device will then call the interrupt service routine. in cases where the execution of the instruction following sleep is not desirable, the user should have a nop after the sleep instruction. the wdt is cleared when the device wakes up from sleep, regardless of the source of wake-up. 8.1.1 wake-up using interrupts when global interrupts are disabled (gie cleared) and any interrupt source has both its interrupt enable bit and interrupt flag bit set, one of the following will occur: ? if the interrupt occurs before the execution of a sleep instruction: - sleep instruction will execute as a nop . - wdt and wdt prescaler will not be cleared -to bit of the status register will not be set -pd bit of the status register will not be cleared. ? if the interrupt occurs during or after the execu- tion of a sleep instruction: - sleep instruction will be completely exe- cuted - device will immediately wake-up from sleep - wdt and wdt prescaler will be cleared -to bit of the status register will be set -pd bit of the status register will be cleared
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 76 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. even if the flag bits were checked before executing a sleep instruction, it may be possible for flag bits to become set before the sleep instruction completes. to determine whether a sleep instruction executed, test the pd bit. if the pd bit is set, the sleep instruction was executed as a nop . figure 8-1: wake-up from sleep through interrupt q1 q2 q3 q4 q1 q2 q3 q4 q1 q1 q2 q3 q4 q1 q2 q3 q4 q1 q2 q3 q4 q1 q2 q3 q4 clkin (1) clkout (2) interrupt flag gie bit (intcon reg.) instruction flow pc instruction fetched instruction executed pc pc + 1 pc + 2 inst(pc) = sleep inst(pc - 1) inst(pc + 1) sleep processor in sleep interrupt latency (3) inst(pc + 2) inst(pc + 1) inst(0004h) inst(0005h) inst(0004h) forced nop pc + 2 0004h 0005h forced nop pc + 2 note 1: external clock. high, medium, low mode assumed. 2: clkout is shown here for timing reference. 3: gie = 1 assumed. in this case after wake-up, the processor calls the isr at 0004h. if gie = 0 , execution will continue in-line.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 77 pic12(l)f1501 8.2 low-power sleep mode the PIC12F1501 device contains an internal low dropout (ldo) voltage regulator, which allows the device i/o pins to operate at voltages up to 5.5v while the internal device logic operates at a lower voltage. the ldo and its associated reference circuitry must remain active when the device is in sleep mode. the PIC12F1501 allows the user to optimize the operating current in sleep, depending on the application requirements. a low-power sleep mode can be selected by setting the vregpm bit of the vregcon register. with this bit set, the ldo and reference circuitry are placed in a low-power state when the device is in sleep. 8.2.1 sleep current vs. wake-up time in the default operating mode, the ldo and reference circuitry remain in the normal configuration while in sleep. the device is able to exit sleep mode quickly since all circuits remain active. in low-power sleep mode, when waking up from sleep, an extra delay time is required for these circuits to return to the normal con- figuration and stabilize. the low-power sleep mode is beneficial for applica- tions that stay in sleep mode for long periods of time. the normal mode is beneficial for applications that need to wake from sleep quickly and frequently. 8.2.2 peripheral usage in sleep some peripherals that can operate in sleep mode will not operate properly with the low-power sleep mode selected. the ldo will remain in the normal power mode when those peripherals are enabled. the low-power sleep mode is intended for use with these peripherals: ? brown-out reset (bor) ? watchdog timer (wdt) ? external interrupt pin/interrupt-on-change pins ? timer1 (with external clock source) the complementary waveform generator (cwg), the numerically controlled oscillator (nco) and the con- figurable logic cell (clc) modules can utilize the hfintosc oscillator as either a clock source or as an input source. under certain conditions, when the hfintosc is selected for use with the cwg, nco or clc modules, the hfintosc will remain active during sleep. this will have a direct effect on the sleep mode current. please refer to sections 22.5 ?operation during sleep? , 23.7 ?operation in sleep? and 24.10 ?oper- ation during sleep? for more information. note: the pic12lf1501 does not have a con- figurable low-power sleep mode. pic12lf1501 is an unregulated device and is always in the lowest power state when in sleep, with no wake-up time pen- alty. this device has a lower maximum v dd and i/o voltage than the PIC12F1501. see section 25.0 ?electri- cal specifications? for more information.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 78 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. table 8-1: summary of registers as sociated with power-down mode register 8-1: vregcon: voltag e regulator control register (1) u-0 u-0 u-0 u-0 u-0 u-0 r/w-0/0 r/w-1/1 ? ? ? ? ? ?vregpm reserved bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7-2 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 1 vregpm: voltage regulator power mode selection bit 1 = low-power sleep mode enabled in sleep draws lowest current in sleep, slower wake-up 0 = normal power mode enabled in sleep draws higher current in sleep, faster wake-up bit 0 reserved: read as ? 1 ?. maintain this bit set. note 1: PIC12F1501 only. name bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 register on page intcon gie peie tmr0ie inte iocie tmr0if intf iocif 66 iocaf ? ? iocaf5 iocaf4 iocaf3 iocaf2 iocaf1 iocaf0 107 iocan ? ? iocan5 iocan4 iocan3 iocan2 iocan1 iocan0 107 iocap ? ? iocap5 iocap4 iocap3 iocap2 iocap1 iocap0 107 pie1 tmr1gie adie ? ? ? ? tmr2ie tmr1ie 67 pie2 ? ? c1ie ? ? nco1ie ? ? 68 pie3 ? ? ? ? ? ? clc2ie clc1ie 69 pir1 tmr1gif adif ? ? ? ? tmr2if tmr1if 70 pir2 ? ? c1if ? ? nco1if ? ? 71 pir3 ? ? ? ? ? ? clc2if clc1if 72 status ? ? ?to pd z dc c 18 wdtcon ? ? wdtps<4:0> swdten 81 legend: ? = unimplemented, read as ? 0 ?. shaded cells are not used in power-down mode.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 79 pic12(l)f1501 9.0 watchdog timer the watchdog timer is a system timer that generates a reset if the firmware does not issue a clrwdt instruction within the time-out period. the watchdog timer is typically used to recover the system from unexpected events. the wdt has the following features: ? independent clock source ? multiple operating modes - wdt is always on - wdt is off when in sleep - wdt is controlled by software - wdt is always off ? configurable time-out period is from 1 ms to 256 seconds (typical) ? multiple reset conditions ? operation during sleep figure 9-1: watchdog ti mer block diagram lfintosc 23-bit programmable prescaler wdt wdt time-out wdtps<4:0> swdten sleep wdte<1:0> = 11 wdte<1:0> = 01 wdte<1:0> = 10
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 80 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 9.1 independent clock source the wdt derives its time base from the 31 khz lfintosc internal oscillator. time intervals in this chapter are based on a nominal interval of 1 ms. see section 27.0 ?electrical specifications? for the lfintosc tolerances. 9.2 wdt operating modes the watchdog timer module has four operating modes controlled by the wdte<1:0> bits in configuration words. see ta b l e 9 - 1 . 9.2.1 wdt is always on when the wdte bits of configuration words are set to ? 11 ?, the wdt is always on. wdt protection is active during sleep. 9.2.2 wdt is off in sleep when the wdte bits of configuration words are set to ? 10 ?, the wdt is on, except in sleep. wdt protection is not active during sleep. 9.2.3 wdt controlled by software when the wdte bits of configuration words are set to ? 01 ?, the wdt is controlled by the swdten bit of the wdtcon register. wdt protection is unchanged by sleep. see table 9-1 for more details. table 9-1: wdt operating modes 9.3 time-out period the wdtps bits of the wdtcon register set the time-out period from 1 ms to 256 seconds (nominal). after a reset, the default time-out period is 2 seconds. 9.4 clearing the wdt the wdt is cleared when any of the following condi- tions occur: ?any reset ? clrwdt instruction is executed ? device enters sleep ? device wakes up from sleep ? oscillator fail ? wdt is disabled see table 9-2 for more information. 9.5 operation during sleep when the device enters sleep, the wdt is cleared. if the wdt is enabled during sleep, the wdt resumes counting. when the device exits sleep, the wdt is cleared again. when a wdt time-out occurs while the device is in sleep, no reset is generated. instead, the device wakes up and resumes operation. the to and pd bits in the status register are changed to indicate the event. the rwdt bit in the pcon register can also be used. see section 3.0 ?memory organization? for more information. wdte<1:0> swdten device mode wdt mode 11 x xactive 10 x awake active sleep disabled 01 1 x active 0 disabled 00 x x disabled table 9-2: wdt clearing conditions conditions wdt wdte<1:0> = 00 cleared wdte<1:0> = 01 and swdten = 0 wdte<1:0> = 10 and enter sleep clrwdt command oscillator fail detected exit sleep + system clock = intosc, extclk change intosc divider (ircf bits) unaffected
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 81 pic12(l)f1501 9.6 watchdog control register register 9-1: wdtcon: wat chdog timer control register u-0 u-0 r/w-0/0 r/w-1/1 r/w-0/0 r/w-1/1 r/w-1/1 r/w-0/0 ? ? wdtps<4:0> swdten bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7-6 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 5-1 wdtps<4:0>: watchdog timer period select bits (1) bit value = prescale rate 00000 = 1:32 (interval 1 ms nominal) 00001 = 1:64 (interval 2 ms nominal) 00010 = 1:128 (interval 4 ms nominal) 00011 = 1:256 (interval 8 ms nominal) 00100 = 1:512 (interval 16 ms nominal) 00101 = 1:1024 (interval 32 ms nominal) 00110 = 1:2048 (interval 64 ms nominal) 00111 = 1:4096 (interval 128 ms nominal) 01000 = 1:8192 (interval 256 ms nominal) 01001 = 1:16384 (interval 512 ms nominal) 01010 = 1:32768 (interval 1s nominal) 01011 = 1:65536 (interval 2s nominal) (reset value) 01100 = 1:131072 (2 17 ) (interval 4s nominal) 01101 = 1:262144 (2 18 ) (interval 8s nominal) 01110 = 1:524288 (2 19 ) (interval 16s nominal) 01111 = 1:1048576 (2 20 ) (interval 32s nominal) 10000 = 1:2097152 (2 21 ) (interval 64s nominal) 10001 = 1:4194304 (2 22 ) (interval 128s nominal) 10010 = 1:8388608 (2 23 ) (interval 256s nominal) 10011 = reserved. results in minimum interval (1:32) ? ? ? 11111 = reserved. results in minimum interval (1:32) bit 0 swdten: software enable/disable for watchdog timer bit if wdte<1:0> = 00 : this bit is ignored. if wdte<1:0> = 01 : 1 = wdt is turned on 0 = wdt is turned off if wdte<1:0> = 1x : this bit is ignored. note 1: times are approximate. wdt time is based on 31 khz lfintosc.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 82 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. table 9-3: summary of registers associated with watchdog timer table 9-4: summary of configuration word with watchdog timer name bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 register on page osccon ? ircf<3:0> ?scs<1:0> 51 pcon stkovf stkunf ?rwdt rmclr ri por bor 59 status ? ? ?to pd z dc c 18 wdtcon ? ? wdtps<4:0> swdten 81 legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, ? = unimplemented locations read as ? 0 ?. shaded cells are not used by watchdog timer. name bits bit -/7 bit -/6 bit 13/5 bit 12/4 bit 11/3 bit 10/2 bit 9/1 bit 8/0 register on page config1 13:8 ? ? ? ? clkouten boren<1:0> ? 40 7:0 cp mclre pwrte wdte<1:0> ? fosc<1:0> legend: ? = unimplemented location, read as ? 0 ?. shaded cells are not used by watchdog timer.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 83 pic12(l)f1501 10.0 flash program memory control the flash program memory is readable and writable during normal operation over the full v dd range. program memory is indirectly addressed using special function registers (sfrs). the sfrs used to access program memory are: ?pmcon1 ?pmcon2 ?pmdatl ?pmdath ? pmadrl ?pmadrh when accessing the program memory, the pmdath:pmdatl register pair forms a 2-byte word that holds the 14-bit data for read/write, and the pmadrh:pmadrl register pair forms a 2-byte word that holds the 15-bit address of the program memory location being read. the write time is controlled by an on-chip timer. the write/ erase voltages are generated by an on-chip charge pump. the flash program memory can be protected in two ways; by code protection (cp bit in configuration words) and write protection (wrt<1:0> bits in configuration words). code protection (cp = 0 ) (1) , disables access, reading and writing, to the flash program memory via external device programmers. code protection does not affect the self-write and erase functionality. code protection can only be reset by a device programmer performing a bulk erase to the device, clearing all flash program memory, configuration bits and user ids. write protection prohibits self-write and erase to a portion or all of the flash program memory as defined by the bits wrt<1:0>. write protection does not affect a device programmers ability to read, write or erase the device. 10.1 pmadrl and pmadrh registers the pmadrh:pmadrl register pair can address up to a maximum of 16k words of program memory. when selecting a program address value, the msb of the address is written to the pmadrh register and the lsb is written to the pmadrl register. 10.1.1 pmcon1 and pmcon2 registers pmcon1 is the control register for flash program memory accesses. control bits rd and wr initiate read and write, respectively. these bits cannot be cleared, only set, in software. they are cleared by hardware at completion of the read or write operation. the inability to clear the wr bit in software prevents the accidental, premature termination of a write operation. the wren bit, when set, will allow a write operation to occur. on power-up, the wren bit is clear. the wrerr bit is set when a write operation is interrupted by a reset during normal operation. in these situations, following reset, the user can check the wrerr bit and execute the appropriate error handling routine. the pmcon2 register is a write-only register. attempting to read the pmcon2 register will return all ? 0 ?s. to enable writes to the program memory, a specific pattern (the unlock sequence), must be written to the pmcon2 register. the required unlock sequence prevents inadvertent writes to the program memory write latches and flash program memory. 10.2 flash program memory overview it is important to understand the flash program memory structure for erase and programming operations. flash program memory is arranged in rows. a row consists of a fixed number of 14-bit program memory words. a row is the minimum size that can be erased by user software. after a row has been erased, the user can reprogram all or a portion of this row. data to be written into the program memory row is written to 14-bit wide data write latches. these write latches are not directly accessible to the user, but may be loaded via sequential writes to the pmdath:pmdatl register pair. see table 10-1 for erase row size and the number of write latches for flash program memory. note 1: code protection of the entire flash program memory array is enabled by clearing the cp bit of configuration words. note: if the user wants to modify only a portion of a previously programmed row, then the contents of the entire row must be read and saved in ram prior to the erase. then, new data and retained data can be written into the write latches to reprogram the row of flash program memory. how- ever, any unprogrammed locations can be written without first erasing the row. in this case, it is not necessary to save and rewrite the other previously programmed locations. table 10-1: flash memory organization by device device row erase (words) write latches (words) PIC12F1501 16 16 pic12lf1501
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 84 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 10.2.1 reading the flash program memory to read a program memory location, the user must: 1. write the desired address to the pmadrh:pmadrl register pair. 2. clear the cfgs bit of the pmcon1 register. 3. then, set control bit rd of the pmcon1 register. once the read control bit is set, the program memory flash controller will use the second instruction cycle to read the data. this causes the second instruction immediately following the ? bsf pmcon1,rd ? instruction to be ignored. the data is available in the very next cycle, in the pmdath:pmdatl register pair; therefore, it can be read as two bytes in the following instructions. pmdath:pmdatl register pair will hold this value until another read or until it is written to by the user. figure 10-1: flash program memory read flowchart note: the two instructions following a program memory read are required to be nop s. this prevents the user from executing a two-cycle instruction on the next instruction after the rd bit is set. start read operation select program or configuration memory (cfgs) select word address (pmadrh:pmadrl) end read operation instruction fetched ignored nop execution forced instruction fetched ignored nop execution forced initiate read operation (rd = 1 ) data read now in pmdath:pmdatl
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 85 pic12(l)f1501 figure 10-2: flash program me mory read cycle execution example 10-1: flash program memory read q1 q2 q3 q4 q1 q2 q3 q4 q1 q2 q3 q4 q1 q2 q3 q4 q1 q2 q3 q4 q1 q2 q3 q4 bsf pmcon1,rd executed here instr(pc + 1) executed here pc pc + 1 pmadrh,pmadrl pc+3 pc + 5 flash addr rd bit pmdath,pmdatl pc + 3 pc + 4 instr (pc + 1) instr(pc - 1) executed here instr(pc + 3) executed here instr(pc + 4) executed here flash data pmdath pmdatl register instr (pc) instr (pc + 3) instr (pc + 4) instruction ignored forced nop instr(pc + 2) executed here instruction ignored forced nop * this code block will read 1 word of program * memory at the memory address: prog_addr_hi: prog_addr_lo * data will be returned in the variables; * prog_data_hi, prog_data_lo banksel pmadrl ; select bank for pmcon registers movlw prog_addr_lo ; movwf pmadrl ; store lsb of address movlw prog_addr_hi ; movwf pmadrh ; store msb of address bcf pmcon1,cfgs ; do not select configuration space bsf pmcon1,rd ; initiate read nop ; ignored ( figure 10-2 ) nop ; ignored ( figure 10-2 ) movf pmdatl,w ; get lsb of word movwf prog_data_lo ; store in user location movf pmdath,w ; get msb of word movwf prog_data_hi ; store in user location
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 86 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 10.2.2 flash memory unlock sequence the unlock sequence is a mechanism that protects the flash program memory from unintended self-write pro- gramming or erasing. the sequence must be executed and completed without interruption to successfully complete any of the following operations: ?row erase ? load program memory write latches ? write of program memory write latches to pro- gram memory ? write of program memory write latches to user ids the unlock sequence consists of the following steps: 1. write 55h to pmcon2 2. write aah to pmcon2 3. set the wr bit in pmcon1 4. nop instruction 5. nop instruction once the wr bit is set, the processor will always force two nop instructions. when an erase row or program row operation is being performed, the processor will stall internal operations (typical 2 ms), until the operation is complete and then resume with the next instruction. when the operation is loading the program memory write latches, the processor will always force the two nop instructions and continue uninterrupted with the next instruction. since the unlock sequence must not be interrupted, global interrupts should be disabled prior to the unlock sequence and re-enabled after the unlock sequence is completed. figure 10-3: flash program memory unlock sequence flowchart write 055h to pmcon2 start unlock sequence write 0aah to pmcon2 initiate write or erase operation (wr = 1 ) instruction fetched ignored nop execution forced end unlock sequence instruction fetched ignored nop execution forced
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 87 pic12(l)f1501 10.2.3 erasing flash program memory while executing code, program memory can only be erased by rows. to erase a row: 1. load the pmadrh:pmadrl register pair with any address within the row to be erased. 2. clear the cfgs bit of the pmcon1 register. 3. set the free and wren bits of the pmcon1 register. 4. write 55h, then aah, to pmcon2 (flash programming unlock sequence). 5. set control bit wr of the pmcon1 register to begin the erase operation. see example 10-2 . after the ? bsf pmcon1,wr ? instruction, the processor requires two cycles to set up the erase operation. the user must place two nop instructions after the wr bit is set. the processor will halt internal operations for the typical 2 ms erase time. this is not sleep mode as the clocks and peripherals will continue to run. after the erase cycle, the processor will resume operation with the third instruction after the pmcon1 write instruction. figure 10-4: flash program memory erase flowchart disable interrupts (gie = 0 ) start erase operation select program or configuration memory (cfgs) select row address (pmadrh:pmadrl) select erase operation (free = 1 ) enable write/erase operation (wren = 1 ) unlock sequence (figure x-x) disable write/erase operation (wren = 0 ) re-enable interrupts (gie = 1 ) end erase operation cpu stalls while erase operation completes (2ms typical) figure 10-3
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 88 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. example 10-2: erasing one row of program memory ; this row erase routine assumes the following: ; 1. a valid address within the erase row is loaded in addrh:addrl ; 2. addrh and addrl are located in shared data memory 0x70 - 0x7f (common ram) bcf intcon,gie ; disable ints so required sequences will execute properly banksel pmadrl movf addrl,w ; load lower 8 bits of erase address boundary movwf pmadrl movf addrh,w ; load upper 6 bits of erase address boundary movwf pmadrh bcf pmcon1,cfgs ; not configuration space bsf pmcon1,free ; specify an erase operation bsf pmcon1,wren ; enable writes movlw 55h ; start of required sequence to initiate erase movwf pmcon2 ; write 55h movlw 0aah ; movwf pmcon2 ; write aah bsf pmcon1,wr ; set wr bit to begin erase nop ; nop instructions are forced as processor starts nop ; row erase of program memory. ; ; the processor stalls until the erase process is complete ; after erase processor continues with 3rd instruction bcf pmcon1,wren ; disable writes bsf intcon,gie ; enable interrupts required sequence
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 89 pic12(l)f1501 10.2.4 writing to flash program memory program memory is programmed using the following steps: 1. load the address in pmadrh:pmadrl of the row to be programmed. 2. load each write latch with data. 3. initiate a programming operation. 4. repeat steps 1 through 3 until all data is written. before writing to program memory, the word(s) to be written must be erased or previously unwritten. pro- gram memory can only be erased one row at a time. no automatic erase occurs upon the initiation of the write. program memory can be written one or more words at a time. the maximum number of words written at one time is equal to the number of write latches. see figure 10-5 (row writes to program memory with 16 write latches) for more details. the write latches are aligned to the flash row address boundary defined by the upper 11-bits of pmadrh:pmadrl, (pmadrh<6:0>:pmadrl<7:4>) with the lower 4-bits of pmadrl, (pmadrl<3:0>) determining the write latch being loaded. write opera- tions do not cross these boundaries. at the completion of a program memory write operation, the data in the write latches is reset to contain 0x3fff. the following steps should be completed to load the write latches and program a row of program memory. these steps are divided into two parts. first, each write latch is loaded with data from the pmdath:pmdatl using the unlock sequence with lwlo = 1 . when the last word to be loaded into the write latch is ready, the lwlo bit is cleared and the unlock sequence executed. this initiates the programming operation, writing all the latches into flash program memory. 1. set the wren bit of the pmcon1 register. 2. clear the cfgs bit of the pmcon1 register. 3. set the lwlo bit of the pmcon1 register. when the lwlo bit of the pmcon1 register is ? 1 ?, the write sequence will only load the write latches and will not initiate the write to flash program memory. 4. load the pmadrh:pmadrl register pair with the address of the location to be written. 5. load the pmdath:pmdatl register pair with the program memory data to be written. 6. execute the unlock sequence ( section 10.2.2 ?flash memory unlock sequence? ). the write latch is now loaded. 7. increment the pmadrh:pmadrl register pair to point to the next location. 8. repeat steps 5 through 7 until all but the last write latch has been loaded. 9. clear the lwlo bit of the pmcon1 register. when the lwlo bit of the pmcon1 register is ? 0 ?, the write sequence will initiate the write to flash program memory. 10. load the pmdath:pmdatl register pair with the program memory data to be written. 11. execute the unlock sequence ( section 10.2.2 ?flash memory unlock sequence? ). the entire program memory latch content is now written to flash program memory. an example of the complete write sequence is shown in example 10-3 . the initial address is loaded into the pmadrh:pmadrl register pair; the data is loaded using indirect addressing. note: the special unlock sequence is required to load a write latch with data or initiate a flash programming operation. if the unlock sequence is interrupted, writing to the latches or program memory will not be initiated. note: the program memory write latches are reset to the blank state (0x3fff) at the completion of every write or erase operation. as a result, it is not necessary to load all the program memory write latches. unloaded latches will remain in the blank state.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 90 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. figure 10-5: block wr ites to flash program memory with 16 write latches pmdath pmdatl 7 5 0 7 0 6 8 14 14 14 write latch #15 0fh 14 14 pmadrh pmadrl 7 6 0 7 5 4 0 program memory write latches 14 14 14 4 11 pmadrh<6:0> :pmadrl<7:4> flash program memory row row address decode addr write latch #14 0eh write latch #1 01h write latch #0 00h addr addr addr 000h 001fh 000eh 0000h 0001h 001h 001fh 001eh 0010h 0011h 002h 002fh 002eh 0020h 0021h 7feh 7fefh 7feeh 7fe0h 7fe1h 7ffh 7fffh 7ffeh 7ff0h 7ff1h 14 r9 r8 r7 r6 r5 r4 r3 - r1 r0 c3 c2 c1 c0 r2 pmadrl<4:0> 800h 8009h - 801fh 8000h - 8003h configuration words user id 0 - 3 8007h ? 8008h 8006h deviceid revid reserved 8004h - 8005h reserved configuration memory cfgs = 0 cfgs = 1 - - r10
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 91 pic12(l)f1501 figure 10-6: flash program memory write flowchart disable interrupts (gie = 0 ) start write operation select program or config. memory (cfgs) select row address (pmadrh:pmadrl) select write operation (free = 0 ) enable write/erase operation (wren = 1 ) unlock sequence (figure x-x) disable write/erase operation (wren = 0 ) re-enable interrupts (gie = 1 ) end write operation no delay when writing to program memory latches determine number of words to be written into program or configuration memory. the number of words cannot exceed the number of words per row. (word_cnt) load the value to write (pmdath:pmdatl) update the word counter (word_cnt--) last word to write ? increment address (pmadrh:pmadrl++) unlock sequence (figure x-x) cpu stalls while write operation completes (2ms typical) load write latches only (lwlo = 1 ) write latches to flash (lwlo = 0 ) no yes figure 10-3 figure 10-3
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 92 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. example 10-3: writing to flash program memory ; this write routine assumes the following: ; 1. 32 bytes of data are loaded, starting at the address in data_addr ; 2. each word of data to be written is made up of two adjacent bytes in data_addr, ; stored in little endian format ; 3. a valid starting address (the least significant bits = 00000) is loaded in addrh:addrl ; 4. addrh and addrl are located in shared data memory 0x70 - 0x7f (common ram) ; bcf intcon,gie ; disable ints so required sequences will execute properly banksel pmadrh ; bank 3 movf addrh,w ; load initial address movwf pmadrh ; movf addrl,w ; movwf pmadrl ; movlw low data_addr ; load initial data address movwf fsr0l ; movlw high data_addr ; load initial data address movwf fsr0h ; bcf pmcon1,cfgs ; not configuration space bsf pmcon1,wren ; enable writes bsf pmcon1,lwlo ; only load write latches loop moviw fsr0++ ; load first data byte into lower movwf pmdatl ; moviw fsr0++ ; load second data byte into upper movwf pmdath ; movf pmadrl,w ; check if lower bits of address are '00000' xorlw 0x0f ; check if we're on the last of 16 addresses andlw 0x0f ; btfsc status,z ; exit if last of 16 words, goto start_write ; movlw 55h ; start of required write sequence: movwf pmcon2 ; write 55h movlw 0aah ; movwf pmcon2 ; write aah bsf pmcon1,wr ; set wr bit to begin write nop ; nop instructions are forced as processor ; loads program memory write latches nop ; incf pmadrl,f ; still loading latches increment address goto loop ; write next latches start_write bcf pmcon1,lwlo ; no more loading latches - actually start flash program ; memory write movlw 55h ; start of required write sequence: movwf pmcon2 ; write 55h movlw 0aah ; movwf pmcon2 ; write aah bsf pmcon1,wr ; set wr bit to begin write nop ; nop instructions are forced as processor writes ; all the program memory write latches simultaneously nop ; to program memory. ; after nops, the processor ; stalls until the self-write process in complete ; after write processor continues with 3rd instruction bcf pmcon1,wren ; disable writes bsf intcon,gie ; enable interrupts required sequence required sequence
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 93 pic12(l)f1501 10.3 modifying flash program memory when modifying existing data in a program memory row, and data within that row must be preserved, it must first be read and saved in a ram image. program memory is modified using the following steps: 1. load the starting address of the row to be modified. 2. read the existing data from the row into a ram image. 3. modify the ram image to contain the new data to be written into program memory. 4. load the starting address of the row to be rewritten. 5. erase the program memory row. 6. load the write latches with data from the ram image. 7. initiate a programming operation. figure 10-7: flash program memory modify flowchart start modify operation read operation (figure x.x) erase operation (figure x.x) modify image the words to be modified are changed in the ram image end modify operation write operation use ram image (figure x.x) an image of the entire row read must be stored in ram figure 10-2 figure 10-4 figure 10-5
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 94 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 10.4 user id, device id and configuration word access instead of accessing program memory, the user id?s, device id/revision id and configuration words can be accessed when cfgs = 1 in the pmcon1 register. this is the region that would be pointed to by pc<15> = 1 , but not all addresses are accessible. different access may exist for reads and writes. refer to tab le 1 0- 2 . when read access is initiated on an address outside the parameters listed in tab le 1 0- 2 , the pmdath:pmdatl register pair is cleared, reading back ? 0 ?s. table 10-2: user id, device id and configuration word access (cfgs = 1 ) example 10-4: conf iguration word and device id access address function read access write access 8000h-8003h user ids yes yes 8006h device id/revision id yes no 8007h-8008h configuration words 1 and 2 yes no * this code block will read 1 word of program memory at the memory address: * prog_addr_lo (must be 00h-08h) data will be returned in the variables; * prog_data_hi, prog_data_lo banksel pmadrl ; select correct bank movlw prog_addr_lo ; movwf pmadrl ; store lsb of address clrf pmadrh ; clear msb of address bsf pmcon1,cfgs ; select configuration space bcf intcon,gie ; disable interrupts bsf pmcon1,rd ; initiate read nop ; executed (see figure 10-2 ) nop ; ignored (see figure 10-2 ) bsf intcon,gie ; restore interrupts movf pmdatl,w ; get lsb of word movwf prog_data_lo ; store in user location movf pmdath,w ; get msb of word movwf prog_data_hi ; store in user location
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 95 pic12(l)f1501 10.5 write verify it is considered good programming practice to verify that program memory writes agree with the intended value. since program memory is stored as a full page then the stored program memory contents are compared with the intended data stored in ram after the last write is complete. figure 10-8: flash program memory verify flowchart start verify operation read operation (figure x.x) end verify operation this routine assumes that the last row of data written was from an image saved in ram. this image will be used to verify the data currently stored in flash program memory. pmdat = ram image ? last word ? fail verify operation no yes yes no figure 10-2
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 96 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 10.6 flash program memory control registers register 10-1: pmdatl: program memory data low byte register r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u pmdat<7:0> bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7-0 pmdat<7:0> : read/write value for least significant bits of program memory register 10-2: pmdath: program memory data high byte register u-0 u-0 r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u ? ? pmdat<13:8> bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7-6 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 5-0 pmdat<13:8> : read/write value for most significant bits of program memory register 10-3: pmadrl: program me mory address low byte register r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 pmadr<7:0> bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7-0 pmadr<7:0> : specifies the least significant bits for program memory address register 10-4: pmadrh: program memory address high byte register u-1 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 ? pmadr<14:8> bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7 unimplemented: read as ? 1 ? bit 6-0 pmadr<14:8> : specifies the most significant bits for program memory address
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 97 pic12(l)f1501 register 10-5: pmcon1: progra m memory control 1 register u-1 (1) r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w/hc-0/0 r/w/hc-x/q (2) r/w-0/0 r/s/hc-0/0 r/s/hc-0/0 ? cfgs lwlo free wrerr wren wr rd bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? s = bit can only be set x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cl eared hc = bit is cleared by hardware bit 7 unimplemented: read as ? 1 ? bit 6 cfgs: configuration select bit 1 = access configuration, user id and device id registers 0 = access flash program memory bit 5 lwlo: load write latches only bit (3) 1 = only the addressed program memory write latch is loaded/updated on the next wr command 0 = the addressed program memory write latch is loaded/ updated and a write of all program memory write latches will be initiated on the next wr command bit 4 free: program flash erase enable bit 1 = performs an erase operation on the next wr command (hardware cleared upon completion) 0 = performs an write operation on the next wr command bit 3 wrerr: program/erase error flag bit 1 = condition indicates an improper program or erase sequenc e attempt or termination (bit is set automatically on any set attempt (write ? 1 ?) of the wr bit). 0 = the program or erase operation completed normally bit 2 wren: program/erase enable bit 1 = allows program/erase cycles 0 = inhibits programming/erasing of program flash bit 1 wr: write control bit 1 = initiates a program flash program/erase operation. the operation is self-timed and the bit is cl eared by hardware once operation is complete. the wr bit can only be set (not cleared) in software. 0 = program/erase operation to the flash is complete and inactive bit 0 rd: read control bit 1 = initiates a program flash read. read takes one cycle. rd is cleared in hardware. the rd bit can only be set (not cleared) in software. 0 = does not initiate a program flash read note 1: unimplemented bit, read as ? 1 ?. 2: the wrerr bit is automatically set by hardware when a program memory writ e or erase operation is started (wr = 1 ). 3: the lwlo bit is ignored during a progr am memory erase operation (free = 1 ).
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 98 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. table 10-3: summary of registers as sociated with flash program memory table 10-4: summary of configuration word with flash program memory register 10-6: pmcon2: progra m memory control 2 register w-0/0 w-0/0 w-0/0 w-0/0 w-0/0 w-0/0 w-0/0 w-0/0 program memory control register 2 bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? s = bit can only be set x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7-0 flash memory unlock pattern bits to unlock writes, a 55h must be written first, followed by an aah, before setting the wr bit of the pmcon1 register. the value written to this register is used to unlock the writes. there are specific timing requirements on these writes. name bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 register on page pmcon1 ? cfgs lwlo free wrerr wren wr rd 97 pmcon2 program memory control register 2 98 pmadrl pmadrl<7:0> 96 pmadrh ? pmadrh<6:0> 96 pmdatl pmdatl<7:0> 96 pmdath ? ? pmdath<5:0> 96 intcon gie peie tmr0ie inte iocie tmr0if intf iocif 66 legend: ? = unimplemented location, read as ? 0 ?. shaded cells are not used by flash program memory module. name bits bit -/7 bit -/6 bit 13/5 bit 12/4 bit 11/3 bit 10/2 bit 9/1 bit 8/0 register on page config1 13:8 ? ? ? ? clkouten boren<1:0> ? 40 7:0 cp mclre pwrte wdte<1:0> ? fosc<1:0> config2 13:8 ? ? lvp ? lpbor borv stvren ? 41 7:0 ? ? ? ? ? ?wrt<1:0> legend: ? = unimplemented location, read as ? 0 ?. shaded cells are not used by flash program memory.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 99 pic12(l)f1501 11.0 i/o ports each port has three standard registers for its operation. these registers are: ? trisx registers (data direction) ? portx registers (reads the levels on the pins of the device) ? latx registers (output latch) some ports may have one or more of the following additional registers. these registers are: ? anselx (analog select) ? wpux (weak pull-up) in general, when a peripheral is enabled on a port pin, that pin cannot be used as a general purpose output. however, the pin can still be read. the data latch (latx registers) is useful for read-modify-write operations on the value that the i/o pins are driving. a write operation to the latx register has the same effect as a write to the corresponding portx register. a read of the latx register reads of the values held in the i/o port latches, while a read of the portx register reads the actual i/o pin value. ports that support analog inputs have an associated anselx register. when an ansel bit is set, the digital input buffer associated with that bit is disabled. disabling the input buffer prevents analog signal levels on the pin between a logic high and low from causing excessive current in the logic input circuitry. a simplified model of a generic i/o port, without the interfaces to other peripherals, is shown in figure 11-1 . figure 11-1: generic i/o port operation example 11-1: initializing porta table 11-1: port availability per device device porta pic12(l)f1501 q d ck write latx data register i/o pin read portx write portx trisx read latx data bus to peripherals anselx v dd v ss ; this code example illustrates ; initializing the porta register. the ; other ports are initialized in the same ; manner. banksel porta ; clrf porta ;init porta banksel lata ;data latch clrf lata ; banksel ansela ; clrf ansela ;digital i/o banksel trisa ; movlw b'00111000' ;set ra<5:3> as inputs movwf trisa ;and set ra<2:0> as ;outputs
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 100 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 11.1 alternate pin function the alternate pin function control (apfcon) register is used to steer specific peripheral input and output functions between different pins. the apfcon register is shown in register 11-1 . for this device family, the following functions can be moved between different pins. ?sdo ?ss ?t1g ?clc1 ? nco1 these bits have no effect on the values of any tris register. port and tris overrides will be routed to the correct pin. the unselected pin will be unaffected. register 11-1: apfcon: alternat e pin function co ntrol register r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 u-0 u-0 r/w-0/0 u-0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 cwg1bsel cwg1asel ? ? t1gsel ? clc1sel nco1sel bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7 cwg1bsel: pin selection bit 1 = cwg1b function is on ra4 0 = cwg1b function is on ra0 bit 6 cwg1asel: pin selection bit 1 = cwg1a function is on ra5 0 = cwg1a function is on ra2 bit 5-4 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 3 t1gsel: pin selection bit 1 = t1g function is on ra3 0 = t1g function is on ra4 bit 2 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 1 clc1sel: pin selection bit 1 = clc1 function is on ra4 0 = clc1 function is on ra2 bit 0 nco1sel: pin selection bit 1 = nco1 function is on ra5 0 = nco1 function is on ra1
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 101 pic12(l)f1501 11.2 porta registers porta is a 6-bit wide, bidirectional port. the corresponding data direction register is trisa ( register 11-3 ). setting a trisa bit (= 1 ) will make the corresponding porta pin an input (i.e., disable the output driver). clearing a trisa bit (= 0 ) will make the corresponding porta pin an output (i.e., enables output driver and puts the contents of the output latch on the selected pin). the exception is ra3, which is input only and its tris bit will always read as ? 1 ?. example 11-1 shows how to initialize an i/o port. reading the porta register ( register 11-2 ) reads the status of the pins, whereas writing to it will write to the port latch. all write operations are read-modify-write operations. therefore, a write to a port implies that the port pins are read, this value is modified and then written to the port data latch (lata). the trisa register ( register 11-3 ) controls the porta pin output drivers, even when they are being used as analog inputs. the user should ensure the bits in the trisa register are maintained set when using them as analog inputs. i/o pins configured as analog input always read ? 0 ?. 11.2.1 ansela register the ansela register ( register 11-5 ) is used to configure the input mode of an i/o pin to analog. setting the appropriate ansela bit high will cause all digital reads on the pin to be read as ? 0 ? and allow analog functions on the pin to operate correctly. the state of the ansela bits has no effect on digital output functions. a pin with tris clear and ansel set will still operate as a digital output, but the input mode will be analog. this can cause unexpected behavior when executing read-modify-write instructions on the affected port. 11.2.2 porta functions and output priorities each porta pin is multiplexed with other functions. the pins, their combined functions and their output priorities are shown in table 11-2 . when multiple outputs are enabled, the actual pin control goes to the peripheral with the highest priority. analog input functions, such as adc and comparator inputs, are not shown in the priority lists. these inputs are active when the i/o pin is set for analog mode using the anselx registers. digital output functions may control the pin when it is in analog mode with the priority shown in table 11-2 . note: the ansela bits default to the analog mode after reset. to use any pins as digital general purpose or peripheral inputs, the corresponding ansel bits must be initialized to ? 0 ? by user software. table 11-2: porta output priority pin name function priority (1) ra0 icspdat dacout1 cwg1b (2) pwm2 ra0 ra1 nco1 (2) ra1 ra2 dacout2 cwg1a (2) cwg1flt clc1 (2) c1out pwm1 ra2 ra3 none ra4 clkout cwg1b (3) clc1 (3) pwm3 ra4 ra5 cwg1a (3) clc2 nco1 (3) pwm4 ra5 note 1: priority listed from highest to lowest. 2: default pin (see apfcon register). 3: alternate pin (see apfcon register).
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 102 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. register 11-2: porta: porta register u-0 u-0 r/w-x/x r/w-x/x r-x/x r/w-x/x r/w-x/x r/w-x/x ? ? ra5 ra4 ra3 ra2 ra1 ra0 bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7-6 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 5-0 ra<5:0> : porta i/o value bits (1) 1 = port pin is > v ih 0 = port pin is < v il note 1: writes to porta are actually written to corresponding lata register. reads from porta register is return of actual i/o pin values. register 11-3: trisa: porta tri-state register u-0 u-0 r/w-1/1 r/w-1/1 u-1 r/w-1/1 r/w-1/1 r/w-1/1 ? ? trisa5 trisa4 ? (1) trisa2 trisa1 trisa0 bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7-6 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 5-4 trisa<5:4>: porta tri-state control bit 1 = porta pin configured as an input (tri-stated) 0 = porta pin configured as an output bit 3 unimplemented: read as ? 1 ? bit 2-0 trisa<2:0>: porta tri-state control bit 1 = porta pin configured as an input (tri-stated) 0 = porta pin configured as an output note 1: unimplemented, read as ? 1 ?.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 103 pic12(l)f1501 register 11-4: lata: porta data latch register u-0 u-0 r/w-x/u r/w-x/u u-0 r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u ? ?lata5lata4 ? lata2 lata1 lata0 bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7-6 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 5-4 lata<5:4> : ra<5:4> output latch value bits (1) bit 3 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 2-0 lata<2:0> : ra<2:0> output latch value bits (1) note 1: writes to porta are actually written to corresponding lata register. reads from porta register is return of actual i/o pin values. register 11-5: ansela: porta analog select register u-0 u-0 u-0 r/w-1/1 u-0 r/w-1/1 r/w-1/1 r/w-1/1 ? ? ? ansa4 ? ansa2 ansa1 ansa0 bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7-5 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 4 ansa4 : analog select between analog or digital function on pins ra4, respectively 1 = analog input. pin is assigned as analog input (1) . digital input buffer disabled. 0 = digital i/o. pin is assigned to port or digital special function. bit 3 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 2-0 ansa<2:0> : analog select between analog or digital function on pins ra<2:0>, respectively 1 = analog input. pin is assigned as analog input (1) . digital input buffer disabled. 0 = digital i/o. pin is assigned to port or digital special function. note 1: when setting a pin to an analog input, the corresponding tris bit must be set to input mode in order to allow external control of the voltage on the pin.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 104 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. table 11-3: summary of regist ers associated with porta table 11-4: summary of conf iguration word with porta register 11-6: wpua: weak pull-up porta register u-0 u-0 r/w-1/1 r/w-1/1 r/w-1/1 r/w-1/1 r/w-1/1 r/w-1/1 ? ? wpua5 wpua4 wpua3 wpua2 wpua1 wpua0 bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7-6 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 5-0 wpua<5:0> : weak pull-up register bits (3) 1 = pull-up enabled 0 = pull-up disabled note 1: global wpuen bit of the option_reg register must be cleared for individual pull-ups to be enabled. 2: the weak pull-up device is automatically disabled if the pin is in configured as an output. 3: for the wpua3 bit, when mclre = 1 , weak pull-up is internally enabled, but not reported here. name bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 register on page ansela ? ? ?ansa4 ? ansa2 ansa1 ansa0 103 apfcon cwg1bsel cwg1asel ? ? t1gsel ? clc1sel nco1sel 100 lata ? ?lata5lata4 ? lata2 lata1 lata0 103 option_reg wpuen intedg tmr0cs tmr0se psa ps<2:0> 143 porta ? ? ra5 ra4 ra3 ra2 ra1 ra0 102 trisa ? ? trisa5 trisa4 ? (1) trisa2 trisa1 trisa0 102 wpua ? ? wpua5 wpua4 wpua3 wpua2 wpua1 wpua0 104 legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, ? = unimplemented locations read as ? 0 ?. shaded cells are not used by porta. note 1: unimplemented, read as ? 1 ?. name bits bit -/7 bit -/6 bit 13/5 bit 12/4 bit 11/3 bit 10/2 bit 9/1 bit 8/0 register on page config1 13:8 ? ? ? ?clkouten boren<1:0> ? 40 7:0 cp mclre pwrte wdte<1:0> ? fosc<1:0> legend: ? = unimplemented location, read as ? 0 ?. shaded cells are not used by porta.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 105 pic12(l)f1501 12.0 interrupt-on-change the porta and portb pins can be configured to operate as interrupt-on-change (ioc) pins. an interrupt can be generated by detecting a signal that has either a rising edge or a falling edge. any individual port pin, or combination of port pins, can be configured to generate an interrupt. the interrupt-on-change module has the following features: ? interrupt-on-change enable (master switch) ? individual pin configuration ? rising and falling edge detection ? individual pin interrupt flags figure 12-1 is a block diagram of the ioc module. 12.1 enabling the module to allow individual port pins to generate an interrupt, the iocie bit of the intcon register must be set. if the iocie bit is disabled, the edge detection on the pin will still occur, but an interrupt will not be generated. 12.2 individual pin configuration for each port pin, a rising edge detector and a falling edge detector are present. to enable a pin to detect a rising edge, the associated bit of the iocxp register is set. to enable a pin to detect a falling edge, the associated bit of the iocxn register is set. a pin can be configured to detect rising and falling edges simultaneously by setting both associated bits of the iocxp and iocxn registers, respectively. 12.3 interrupt flags the iocafx and iocbfx bits located in the iocaf and iocbf registers, respectively, are status flags that correspond to the interrupt-on-change pins of the associated port. if an expected edge is detected on an appropriately enabled pin, then the status flag for that pin will be set, and an interrupt will be generated if the iocie bit is set. the iocif bit of the intcon register reflects the status of all iocafx and iocbfx bits. 12.4 clearing interrupt flags the individual status flags, (iocafx and iocbfx bits), can be cleared by resetting them to zero. if another edge is detected during this clearing operation, the associated status flag will be set at the end of the sequence, regardless of the value actually being written. in order to ensure that no detected edge is lost while clearing flags, only and operations masking out known changed bits should be performed. the following sequence is an example of what should be performed. example 12-1: clearing interrupt flags (porta example) 12.5 operation in sleep the interrupt-on-change interrupt sequence will wake the device from sleep mode, if the iocie bit is set. if an edge is detected while in sleep mode, the iocxf register will be updated prior to the first instruction executed out of sleep. movlw 0xff xorwf iocaf, w andwf iocaf, f
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 106 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. figure 12-1: interrupt-on-change bl ock diagram (porta example) d ck r q d ck r q rax iocanx iocapx q2 d ck s q q4q1 data bus = 0 or 1 write iocafx iocie to data bus iocafx edge detect ioc interrupt to cpu core from all other iocafx individual pin detectors q1 q2 q3 q4 q4q1 q1 q2 q3 q4 q1 q2 q3 q4 q4 q4q1 q4q1 q4q1
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 107 pic12(l)f1501 12.6 interrupt-on-change registers register 12-1: iocap: interrupt-on-c hange porta positive edge register u-0 u-0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 ? ? iocap5 iocap4 iocap3 iocap2 iocap1 iocap0 bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = val ue at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7-6 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 5-0 iocap<5:0>: interrupt-on-change porta positive edge enable bits 1 = interrupt-on-change enabled on the pin for a positive going edge. iocafx bit and iocif flag will be set upon detecting an edge. 0 = interrupt-on-change disabled for the associated pin. register 12-2: iocan: interrupt-on-change porta negative edge register u-0 u-0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 ? ? iocan5 iocan4 iocan3 iocan2 iocan1 iocan0 bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = val ue at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7-6 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 5-0 iocan<5:0>: interrupt-on-change porta negative edge enable bits 1 = interrupt-on-change enabled on the pin for a negative going edge. iocafx bit and iocif flag will be set upon detecting an edge. 0 = interrupt-on-change disabled for the associated pin. register 12-3: iocaf: interrupt- on-change porta flag register u-0 u-0 r/w/hs-0/0 r/w/hs-0/0 r/w/hs-0/0 r/w/hs-0/0 r/w/hs-0/0 r/w/hs-0/0 ? ? iocaf5 iocaf4 iocaf3 iocaf2 iocaf1 iocaf0 bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = val ue at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared hs - bit is set in hardware bit 7-6 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 5-0 iocaf<5:0>: interrupt-on-change porta flag bits 1 = an enabled change was detected on the associated pin. set when iocapx = 1 and a rising edge was detected on rax, or when iocanx = 1 and a falling edge was detected on rax. 0 = no change was detected, or the user cleared the detected change
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 108 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. table 12-1: summary of registers as sociated with interrupt-on-change name bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 register on page ansela ? ? ?ansa4 ? ansa2 ansa1 ansa0 103 intcon gie peie tmr0ie inte iocie tmr0if intf iocif 66 iocaf ? ? iocaf5 iocaf4 iocaf3 iocaf2 iocaf1 iocaf0 107 iocan ? ? iocan5 iocan4 iocan3 iocan2 iocan1 iocan0 107 iocap ? ? iocap5 iocap4 iocap3 iocap2 iocap1 iocap0 107 trisa ? ? trisa5 trisa4 ?(1) trisa2 trisa1 trisa0 102 legend: ? = unimplemented location, read as ? 0 ?. shaded cells are not used by interrupt-on-change. note 1: unimplemented, read as ? 1 ?.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 109 pic12(l)f1501 13.0 fixed voltage reference (fvr) the fixed voltage reference, or fvr, is a stable voltage reference, independent of v dd , with 1.024v, 2.048v or 4.096v selectable output levels. the output of the fvr can be configured to supply a reference voltage to the following: ? adc input channel ? comparator positive input ? comparator negative input the fvr can be enabled by setting the fvren bit of the fvrcon register. 13.1 independent gain amplifier the output of the fvr supplied to the adc and comparators is routed through a programmable gain amplifier. each amplifier can be programmed for a gain of 1x, 2x or 4x, to produce the three possible voltage levels. the adfvr<1:0> bits of the fvrcon register are used to enable and configure the gain amplifier settings for the reference supplied to the adc module. refer- ence section 15.0 ?analog-to-digital converter (adc) module? for additional information. the cdafvr<1:0> bits of the fvrcon register are used to enable and configure the gain amplifier settings for the reference supplied to the comparator modules. reference section 17.0 ?comparator module? for additional information. 13.2 fvr stabilization period when the fixed voltage reference module is enabled, it requires time for the reference and amplifier circuits to stabilize. once the circuits stabilize and are ready for use, the fvrrdy bit of the fvrcon register will be set. see section 27.0 ?electrical specifications? for the minimum delay requirement. figure 13-1: voltage reference block diagram adfvr<1:0> cdafvr<1:0> x 1 x 2 x 4 x 1 x 2 x 4 2 2 fvr buffer1 (to adc module) fvr buffer2 (to comparators) + _ fvren fvrrdy any peripheral requiring the fixed reference (see table 13-1 ) table 13-1: peripherals requiring the fixed voltage reference (fvr) peripheral conditions description hfintosc fosc<1:0> = 00 and ircf<3:0> = 000x intosc is active and device is not in sleep. bor boren<1:0> = 11 bor always enabled. boren<1:0> = 10 and borfs = 1 bor disabled in sleep mode, bor fast start enabled. boren<1:0> = 01 and borfs = 1 bor under software control, bor fast start enabled. ldo all PIC12F1501 devices, when vregpm = 1 and not in sleep the device runs off of the low-power regulator when in sleep mode.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 110 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 13.3 fvr control registers table 13-2: summary of registers associated with the fixed voltage reference register 13-1: fvrcon: fixed voltage reference control register r/w-0/0 r-q/q r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 fvren fvrrdy (1) tsen tsrng cdafvr<1:0> adfvr<1:0> bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared q = value depends on condition bit 7 fvren: fixed voltage reference enable bit 1 = fixed voltage reference is enabled 0 = fixed voltage reference is disabled bit 6 fvrrdy: fixed voltage reference ready flag bit (1) 1 = fixed voltage reference output is ready for use 0 = fixed voltage reference output is not ready or not enabled bit 5 tsen: temperature indicator enable bit (3) 1 = temperature indicator is enabled 0 = temperature indicator is disabled bit 4 tsrng: temperature indicator range selection bit (3) 1 =v out = v dd - 4v t (high range) 0 =v out = v dd - 2v t (low range) bit 3-2 cdafvr<1:0>: comparator fixed voltage reference selection bits 11 = comparator fixed voltage reference peripheral output is 4x (4.096v) (2) 10 = comparator fixed voltage reference peripheral output is 2x (2.048v) (2) 01 = comparator fixed voltage reference peripheral output is 1x (1.024v) 00 = comparator fixed voltage reference peripheral output is off bit 1-0 adfvr<1:0>: adc fixed voltage reference selection bit 11 = adc fixed voltage reference peripheral output is 4x (4.096v) (2) 10 = adc fixed voltage reference peripheral output is 2x (2.048v) (2) 01 = adc fixed voltage reference peripheral output is 1x (1.024v) 00 = adc fixed voltage reference peripheral output is off note 1: fvrrdy is always ? 1 ? for the PIC12F1501 devices. 2: fixed voltage reference output cannot exceed v dd . 3: see section 14.0 ?temperature indicator module? for additional information. name bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 register on page fvrcon fvren fvrrdy tsen tsrng cdafvr>1:0> adfvr<1:0> 110 legend: shaded cells are unused by the fixed voltage reference module.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 111 pic12(l)f1501 14.0 temperature indicator module this family of devices is equipped with a temperature circuit designed to measure the operating temperature of the silicon die. the circuit?s range of operating temperature falls between -40c and +85c. the output is a voltage that is proportional to the device temperature. the output of the temperature indicator is internally connected to the device adc. the circuit may be used as a temperature threshold detector or a more accurate temperature indicator, depending on the level of calibration performed. a one- point calibration allows the circuit to indicate a temperature closely surrounding that point. a two-point calibration allows the circuit to sense the entire range of temperature more accurately. reference application note an1333, ? use and calibration of the internal temperature indicator ? (ds01333) for more details regarding the calibration process. 14.1 circuit operation figure 14-1 shows a simplified block diagram of the temperature circuit. the proportional voltage output is achieved by measuring the forward voltage drop across multiple silicon junctions. equation 14-1 describes the output characteristics of the temperature indicator. equation 14-1: v out ranges the temperature sense circuit is integrated with the fixed voltage reference (fvr) module. see section 13.0 ?fixed voltage reference (fvr)? for more information. the circuit is enabled by setting the tsen bit of the fvrcon register. when disabled, the circuit draws no current. the circuit operates in either high or low range. the high range, selected by setting the tsrng bit of the fvrcon register, provides a wider output voltage. this provides more resolution over the temperature range, but may be less consistent from part to part. this range requires a higher bias voltage to operate and thus, a higher v dd is needed. the low range is selected by clearing the tsrng bit of the fvrcon register. the low range generates a lower voltage drop and thus, a lower bias voltage is needed to operate the circuit. the low range is provided for low voltage operation. figure 14-1: temperature circuit diagram 14.2 minimum operating v dd when the temperature circuit is operated in low range, the device may be operated at any operating voltage that is within specifications. when the temperature circuit is operated in high range, the device operating voltage, v dd , must be high enough to ensure that the temperature circuit is cor- rectly biased. table 14-1 shows the recommended minimum v dd vs. range setting. table 14-1: recommended v dd vs. range 14.3 temperature output the output of the circuit is measured using the internal analog-to-digital converter. a channel is reserved for the temperature circuit output. refer to section 15.0 ?analog-to-digital converter (adc) module? for detailed information. 14.4 adc acquisition time to ensure accurate temperature measurements, the user must wait at least 200 ? s after the adc input multiplexer is connected to the temperature indicator output before the conversion is performed. in addition, the user must wait 200 ? s between sequential conversions of the temperature indicator output. high range: v out = v dd - 4v t low range: v out = v dd - 2v t min. v dd , tsrng = 1 min. v dd , tsrng = 0 3.6v 1.8v tsen tsrng v dd v out to a d c
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 112 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. table 14-2: summary of registers associated with the temperature indicator name bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 register on page fvrcon fvren fvrrdy tsen tsrng cdafvr<1:0> adfvr<1:0> 118 legend: shaded cells are unused by the temperature indicator module.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 113 pic12(l)f1501 15.0 analog-to-digital converter (adc) module the analog-to-digital converter (adc) allows conversion of an analog input signal to a 10-bit binary representation of that signal. this device uses analog inputs, which are multiplexed into a single sample and hold circuit. the output of the sample and hold is connected to the input of the converter. the converter generates a 10-bit binary result via successive approximation and stores the conversion result into the adc result registers (adresh:adresl register pair). figure 15-1 shows the block diagram of the adc. the adc voltage reference is software selectable to be either internally generated or externally supplied. the adc can generate an interrupt upon completion of a conversion. this interrupt can be used to wake-up the device from sleep. figure 15-1: adc block diagram v dd v ref + adpref = 10 adpref = 00 fvr buffer1 note 1: when adon = 0 , all multiplexer inputs are disconnected. adon go/done v ss adc 00000 00001 00010 00011 chs<4:0> an0 v ref +/an1 an2 an3 11111 adresh adresl 10 16 adfm 0 = left justify 1 = right justify dac 11110 v ref - = v ss v ref + 11101 temp indicator reserved 11100 reserved 00100
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 114 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 15.1 adc configuration when configuring and using the adc the following functions must be considered: ? port configuration ? channel selection ? adc voltage reference selection ? adc conversion clock source ? interrupt control ? result formatting 15.1.1 port configuration the adc can be used to convert both analog and digital signals. when converting analog signals, the i/o pin should be configured for analog by setting the associated tris and ansel bits. refer to section 11.0 ?i/o ports? for more information. 15.1.2 channel selection there are 7 channel selections available: ? an<3:0> pins ? temperature indicator ?dac ? fvr (fixed voltage reference) output refer to section 13.0 ?fixed voltage reference (fvr)? and section 14.0 ?temperature indicator module? for more information on these channel selections. the chs bits of the adcon0 register determine which channel is connected to the sample and hold circuit. when changing channels, a delay is required before starting the next conversion. refer to section 15.2 ?adc operation? for more information. 15.1.3 adc voltage reference the adpref bits of the adcon1 register provides control of the positive voltage reference. the positive voltage reference can be: ?v ref + pin ?v dd see section 13.0 ?fixed voltage reference (fvr)? for more details on the fixed voltage reference. 15.1.4 conversion clock the source of the conversion clock is software select- able via the adcs bits of the adcon1 register. there are seven possible clock options: ?f osc /2 ?f osc /4 ?f osc /8 ?f osc /16 ?f osc /32 ?f osc /64 ?f rc (dedicated internal oscillator) the time to complete one bit conversion is defined as t ad . one full 10-bit conversion requires 11.5 t ad peri- ods as shown in figure 15-2 . for correct conversion, the appropriate t ad specifica- tion must be met. refer to the a/d conversion require- ments in section 27.0 ?electrical specifications? for more information. table 15-1 gives examples of appro- priate adc clock selections. note: analog voltages on any pin that is defined as a digital input may cause the input buf- fer to conduct excess current. note: unless using the f rc , any changes in the system clock frequency will change the adc clock frequency, which may adversely affect the adc result.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 115 pic12(l)f1501 table 15-1: adc clock period (t ad ) v s . device operating frequencies figure 15-2: analog-to-dig ital conversion t ad cycles adc clock period (t ad ) device frequency (f osc ) adc clock source adcs<2:0> 20 mhz 16 mhz 8 mhz 4 mhz 1 mhz f osc /2 000 100 ns (2) 125 ns (2) 250 ns (2) 500 ns (2) 2.0 ? s f osc /4 100 200 ns (2) 250 ns (2) 500 ns (2) 1.0 ? s4.0 ? s f osc /8 001 400 ns (2) 0.5 ? s (2) 1.0 ? s2.0 ? s 8.0 ? s (3) f osc /16 101 800 ns 1.0 ? s2.0 ? s4.0 ? s 16.0 ? s (3) f osc /32 010 1.6 ? s2.0 ? s4.0 ? s 8.0 ? s (3) 32.0 ? s (3) f osc /64 110 3.2 ? s4.0 ? s 8.0 ? s (3) 16.0 ? s (3) 64.0 ? s (3) f rc x11 1.0-6.0 ? s (1,4) 1.0-6.0 ? s (1,4) 1.0-6.0 ? s (1,4) 1.0-6.0 ? s (1,4) 1.0-6.0 ? s (1,4) legend: shaded cells are outside of recommended range. note 1: the f rc source has a typical t ad time of 1.6 ? s for v dd . 2: these values violate the minimum required t ad time. 3: for faster conversion times, the selection of another clock source is recommended. 4: the adc clock period (t ad ) and total adc conversion time can be minimized when the adc clock is derived from the system clock f osc . however, the f rc clock source must be used when conv ersions are to be performed with the device in sleep mode. t ad 1 t ad 2 t ad 3 t ad 4 t ad 5 t ad 6 t ad 7 t ad 8 t ad 11 set go bit holding capacitor is disconnected from analog input (typically 100 ns) t ad 9 t ad 10 t cy - t ad adresh:adresl is loaded, go bit is cleared, adif bit is set, holding capacitor is connected to analog input. conversion starts b0 b9 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b8 b7 on the following cycle:
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 116 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 15.1.5 interrupts the adc module allows for the ability to generate an interrupt upon completion of an analog-to-digital conversion. the adc interrupt flag is the adif bit in the pir1 register. the adc interrupt enable is the adie bit in the pie1 register. the adif bit must be cleared in software. this interrupt can be generated while the device is operating or while in sleep. if the device is in sleep, the interrupt will wake-up the device. upon waking from sleep, the next instruction following the sleep instruc- tion is always executed. if the user is attempting to wake-up from sleep and resume in-line code execu- tion, the gie and peie bits of the intcon register must be disabled. if the gie and peie bits of the intcon register are enabled, execution will switch to the interrupt service routine. 15.1.6 result formatting the 10-bit a/d conversion result can be supplied in two formats, left justified or right justified. the adfm bit of the adcon1 register controls the output format. figure 15-3 shows the two output formats. figure 15-3: 10-bit a/d conv ersion result format note 1: the adif bit is set at the completion of every conversion, regardless of whether or not the adc interrupt is enabled. 2: the adc operates during sleep only when the f rc oscillator is selected. adresh adresl (adfm = 0 )msb lsb bit 7 bit 0 bit 7 bit 0 10-bit a/d result unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? (adfm = 1 ) msb lsb bit 7 bit 0 bit 7 bit 0 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? 10-bit a/d result
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 117 pic12(l)f1501 15.2 adc operation 15.2.1 starting a conversion to enable the adc module, the adon bit of the adcon0 register must be set to a ? 1 ?. setting the go/ done bit of the adcon0 register to a ? 1 ? will start the analog-to-digital conversion. 15.2.2 completion of a conversion when the conversion is complete, the adc module will: ? clear the go/done bit ? set the adif interrupt flag bit ? update the adresh and adresl registers with new conversion result 15.2.3 terminating a conversion if a conversion must be terminated before completion, the go/done bit can be cleared in software. the adresh and adresl registers will be updated with the partially complete analog-to-digital conversion sample. incomplete bits will match the last bit converted. 15.2.4 adc operation during sleep the adc module can operate during sleep. this requires the adc clock source to be set to the f rc option. when the f rc clock source is selected, the adc waits one additional instruction before starting the conversion. this allows the sleep instruction to be executed, which can reduce system noise during the conversion. if the adc interrupt is enabled, the device will wake-up from sleep when the conversion completes. if the adc interrupt is disabled, the adc module is turned off after the conversion completes, although the adon bit remains set. when the adc clock source is something other than f rc , a sleep instruction causes the present conver- sion to be aborted and the adc module is turned off, although the adon bit remains set. 15.2.5 auto-conversion trigger the auto-conversion trigger allows periodic adc mea- surements without software intervention. when a rising edge of the selected source occurs, the go/done bit is set by hardware. the auto-conversion trigger source is selected with the trigsel<3:0> bits of the adcon2 register. using the auto-conversion trigger does not assure proper adc timing. it is the user?s responsibility to ensure that the adc timing requirements are met. auto-conversion sources are: ?tmr0 ?tmr1 ?tmr2 ?c1 ?clc1 ?clc2 note: the go/done bit should not be set in the same instruction that turns on the adc. refer to section 15.2.6 ?a/d conver- sion procedure? . note: a device reset forces all registers to their reset state. thus, the adc module is turned off and any pending conversion is terminated.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 118 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 15.2.6 a/d conversion procedure this is an example procedure for using the adc to perform an analog-to-digital conversion: 1. configure port: ? disable pin output driver (refer to the tris register) ? configure pin as analog (refer to the ansel register) 2. configure the adc module: ? select adc conversion clock ? configure voltage reference ? select adc input channel ? turn on adc module 3. configure adc interrupt (optional): ? clear adc interrupt flag ? enable adc interrupt ? enable peripheral interrupt ? enable global interrupt (1) 4. wait the required acquisition time (2) . 5. start conversion by setting the go/done bit. 6. wait for adc conversion to complete by one of the following: ? polling the go/done bit ? waiting for the adc interrupt (interrupts enabled) 7. read adc result. 8. clear the adc interrupt flag (required if interrupt is enabled). example 15-1: a/d conversion note 1: the global interrupt can be disabled if the user is attempting to wake-up from sleep and resume in-line code execution. 2: refer to section 15.3 ?a/d acquisition requirements? . ;this code block configures the adc ;for polling, vdd and vss references, frc ;clock and an0 input. ; ;conversion start & polling for completion ; are included. ; banksel adcon1 ; movlw b?11110000? ;right justify, frc ;clock movwf adcon1 ;vdd and vss vref+ banksel trisa ; bsf trisa,0 ;set ra0 to input banksel ansel ; bsf ansel,0 ;set ra0 to analog banksel adcon0 ; movlw b?00000001? ;select channel an0 movwf adcon0 ;turn adc on call sampletime ;acquisiton delay bsf adcon0,adgo ;start conversion btfsc adcon0,adgo ;is conversion done? goto $-1 ;no, test again banksel adresh ; movf adresh,w ;read upper 2 bits movwf resulthi ;store in gpr space banksel adresl ; movf adresl,w ;read lower 8 bits movwf resultlo ;store in gpr space
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 119 pic12(l)f1501 15.2.7 adc register definitions the following registers are used to control the operation of the adc. register 15-1: adcon0: a/ d control register 0 u-0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 ? chs<4:0> go/done adon bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 6-2 chs<4:0>: analog channel select bits 00000 =an0 00001 =an1 00010 =an2 00011 =an3 00100 = reserved. no channel connected. ? ? ? 11100 = reserved. no channel connected. 11101 = temperature indicator (1) 11110 = dac (digital-to-analog converter) (2) 11111 = fvr (fixed voltage reference) buffer 1 output (3) bit 1 go/done : a/d conversion status bit 1 = a/d conversion cycle in progress. setting this bit starts an a/d conversion cycle. this bit is automatically cleared by hardware when the a/d conversion has completed. 0 = a/d conversion completed/not in progress bit 0 adon: adc enable bit 1 = adc is enabled 0 = adc is disabled and consumes no operating current note 1: see section 14.0 ?temperature indicator module? for more information. 2: see section 16.0 ?digital-to-analog converter (dac) module? for more information. 3: see section 13.0 ?fixed voltage reference (fvr)? for more information.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 120 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. register 15-2: adcon1: a/ d control register 1 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 u-0 u-0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 adfm adcs<2:0> ? ? adpref<1:0> bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7 adfm: a/d result format select bit 1 = right justified. six most significant bits of adresh are set to ? 0 ? when the conversion result is loaded. 0 = left justified. six least significant bits of adresl are set to ? 0 ? when the conversion result is loaded. bit 6-4 adcs<2:0>: a/d conversion clock select bits 000 =f osc /2 001 =f osc /8 010 =f osc /32 011 =f rc (clock supplied from a dedicated rc oscillator) 100 =f osc /4 101 =f osc /16 110 =f osc /64 111 =f rc (clock supplied from a dedicated rc oscillator) bit 3-2 unimplemented : read as ? 0 ? bit 1-0 adpref<1:0>: a/d positive voltage reference configuration bits 00 =v ref + is connected to v dd 01 = reserved 10 =v ref + is connected to external v ref + pin (1) 11 = reserved note 1: when selecting the v ref + pin as the source of the positive reference, be aware that a minimum voltage specification exists. see section 27.0 ?electrical specifications? for details.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 121 pic12(l)f1501 register 15-3: adcon2: a/ d control register 2 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 u-0 u-0 u-0 u-0 trigsel<3:0> ? ? ? ? bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7-4 trigsel<3:0>: auto-conversion trigger selection bits (1) 0000 = no auto-conversion trigger selected 0001 = reserved 0010 = reserved 0011 = tmr0 overflow (2) 0100 = tmr1 overflow (2) 0101 = tmr2 match to pr2 (2) 0110 =c1out 0111 = reserved 1000 =clc1 1001 =clc2 1010 = reserved 1011 = reserved 1100 = reserved 1101 = reserved 1110 = reserved 1111 = reserved bit 3-0 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? note 1: this is a rising edge sensitive input for all sources. 2: signal also sets its corresponding interrupt flag.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 122 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. register 15-4: adresh: adc result register high (adresh) adfm = 0 r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u adres<9:2> bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7-0 adres<9:2> : adc result register bits upper 8 bits of 10-bit conversion result register 15-5: adresl: adc result register low (adresl) adfm = 0 r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u adres<1:0> ? ? ? ? ? ? bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7-6 adres<1:0> : adc result register bits lower 2 bits of 10-bit conversion result bit 5-0 reserved : do not use.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 123 pic12(l)f1501 register 15-6: adresh: adc result register high (adresh) adfm = 1 r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u ? ? ? ? ? ? adres<9:8> bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7-2 reserved : do not use. bit 1-0 adres<9:8> : adc result register bits upper 2 bits of 10-bit conversion result register 15-7: adresl: adc result register low (adresl) adfm = 1 r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u adres<7:0> bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7-0 adres<7:0> : adc result register bits lower 8 bits of 10-bit conversion result
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 124 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 15.3 a/d acquisition requirements for the adc to meet its specified accuracy, the charge holding capacitor (c hold ) must be allowed to fully charge to the input channel voltage level. the analog input model is shown in figure 15-4 . the source impedance (r s ) and the internal sampling switch (r ss ) impedance directly affect the time required to charge the capacitor c hold . the sampling switch (r ss ) impedance varies over the device voltage (v dd ), refer to figure 15-4 . the maximum recommended impedance for analog sources is 10 k ? . as the source impedance is decreased, the acquisition time may be decreased. after the analog input channel is selected (or changed), an a/d acquisition must be done before the conversion can be started. to calculate the minimum acquisition time, equation 15-1 may be used. this equation assumes that 1/2 lsb error is used (1,024 steps for the adc). the 1/2 lsb error is the maximum error allowed for the adc to meet its specified resolution. equation 15-1: acquisition time example t acq amplifier settling time hold capacitor charging time temperature coefficient ++ = t amp t c t coff ++ = 2s t c temperature - 25c ?? 0.05s/c ?? ?? ++ = t c c hold r ic r ss r s ++ ?? ln(1/2047) ? = 12.5pf 1k ? 7k ? 10k ? ++ ?? ? ln(0.0004885) = 1.12 = s v applied 1e tc ? rc --------- ? ?? ?? ?? v applied 1 1 2 n1 + ?? 1 ? -------------------------- ? ?? ?? = v applied 1 1 2 n1 + ?? 1 ? -------------------------- ? ?? ?? v chold = v applied 1e t c ? rc --------- - ? ?? ?? ?? v chold = ;[1] v chold charged to within 1/2 lsb ;[2] v chold charge response to v applied ;combining [1] and [2] the value for t c can be approximated with the following equations: solving for t c : therefore: temperature 50c and external impedance of 10k ? 5.0v v dd = assumptions: note: where n = number of bits of the adc. t acq 5s 1.12 s 50c- 25c ?? 0.05 s/c ?? ?? ++ = 7.37s = note 1: the reference voltage (v ref +) has no effect on the equation, since it cancels itself out. 2: the charge holding capacitor (c hold ) is not discharged after each conversion. 3: the maximum recommended impedance for analog sources is 10 k ? . this is required to meet the pin leakage specification.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 125 pic12(l)f1501 figure 15-4: analog input model figure 15-5: adc transfer function c pin va rs analog 5 pf v dd v t ? 0.6v v t ? 0.6v i leakage (1) r ic ? 1k sampling switch ss rss c hold = 10 pf v ref - 6v sampling switch 5v 4v 3v 2v 567891011 (k ? ) v dd legend: c pin v t i leakage r ic ss c hold = input capacitance = threshold voltage = leakage current at the pin due to = interconnect resistance = sampling switch = sample/hold capacitance various junctions r ss note 1: refer to section 27.0 ?electrical specifications? . r ss = resistance of sampling switch input pin 3ffh 3feh adc output code 3fdh 3fch 03h 02h 01h 00h full-scale 3fbh 0.5 lsb v ref - zero-scale transition v ref + transition 1.5 lsb full-scale range analog input voltage
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 126 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. table 15-2: summary of registers associated with adc name bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 register on page adcon0 ? chs<4:0> go/done adon 119 adcon1 adfm adcs<2:0> ? ? adpref<1:0> 120 adcon2 trigsel<3:0> ? ? ? ? 121 adresh a/d result register high 122 , 123 adresl a/d result register low 122 , 123 ansela ? ? ?ansa4 ? ansa2 ansa1 ansa0 103 intcon gie peie tmr0ie inte iocie tmr0if intf iocif 66 pie1 tmr1gie adie ? ? ? ? tmr2ie tmr1ie 67 pir1 tmr1gif adif ? ? ? ? tmr2if tmr1if 70 trisa ? ? trisa5 trisa4 ?(1) trisa2 trisa1 trisa0 102 fvrcon fvren fvrrdy tsen tsrng cdafvr<1:0> adfvr<1:0> 110 legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, ? = unimplemented read as ? 0 ?, q = value depends on condition. shaded cells are not used for adc module. note 1: unimplemented, read as ? 1 ?.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 127 pic12(l)f1501 16.0 digital-to-analog converter (dac) module the digital-to-analog converter supplies a variable voltage reference, ratiometric with the input source, with 32 selectable output levels. the input of the dac can be connected to: ?external v ref + pin ?v dd supply voltage the output of the dac can be configured to supply a reference voltage to the following: ? comparator positive input ? adc input channel ?dacout1 pin ?dacout2 pin the digital-to-analog converter (dac) can be enabled by setting the dacen bit of the daccon0 register. 16.1 output voltage selection the dac has 32 voltage level ranges. the 32 levels are set with the dacr<4:0> bits of the daccon1 register. the dac output voltage is determined by the following equations: equation 16-1: dac output voltage 16.2 ratiometric output level the dac output value is derived using a resistor ladder with each end of the ladder tied to a positive and negative voltage reference input source. if the voltage of either input source fluctuates, a similar fluctuation will result in the dac output value. the value of the individual resistors within the ladder can be found in section 27.0 ?electrical specifications? . 16.3 dac voltage reference output the dac voltage can be output to the dacout1 and dacout2 pins by setting the respective dacoe1 and dacoe2 pins of the daccon0 register. selecting the dac reference voltage for output on either dacoutx pin automatically overrides the digital output buffer and digital input threshold detector functions of that pin. reading the dacoutx pin when it has been config- ured for dac reference voltage output will always return a ? 0 ?. due to the limited current drive capability, a buffer must be used on the dac voltage reference output for external connections to either dacoutx pin. figure 16-2 shows an example buffering technique. if dacen = 1 if dacen = 0 and daclps = 1 and dacr[4:0] = 11111 v out v source + = if dacen = 0 and daclps = 0 and dacr[4:0] = 00000 v out v source ? = v source + = v dd , v ref , or fvr buffer 2 v source - = v ss v out v source +v source - ? ?? dacr 4:0 ?? 2 5 ----------------------------- ? ?? ?? v source - + =
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 128 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. figure 16-1: digital-to-analog co nverter block diagram figure 16-2: voltage reference ou tput buffer example 32-to-1 mux dacr<4:0> r r r r r r r 32 dac dacout1 5 (to comparator and adc module) dacoe1 v dd v ref + dacpss dacen steps digital-to-analog converter (dac) r v source - v source + dacout2 dacoe2 dacout x buffered dac output + ? dac module voltage reference output impedance r pic ? mcu
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 129 pic12(l)f1501 16.4 operation during sleep when the device wakes up from sleep through an interrupt or a watchdog timer time-out, the contents of the daccon0 register are not affected. to minimize current consumption in sleep mode, the voltage reference should be disabled. 16.5 effects of a reset a device reset affects the following: ? dac is disabled. ? dac output voltage is removed from the dacout pin. ? the dacr<4:0> range select bits are cleared.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 130 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 16.6 dac control registers table 16-1: summary of registers asso ciated with the dac module register 16-1: daccon0: voltage re ference control register 0 r/w-0/0 u-0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 u-0 r/w-0/0 u-0 u-0 dacen ? dacoe1 dacoe2 ?dacpss ? ? bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = val ue at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7 dacen: dac enable bit 1 = dac is enabled 0 = dac is disabled bit 6 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 5 dacoe1: dac voltage output enable bit 1 = dac voltage level is also an output on the dacout1 pin 0 = dac voltage level is disconnected from the dacout1 pin bit 4 dacoe2: dac voltage output enable bit 1 = dac voltage level is also an output on the dacout2 pin 0 = dac voltage level is disconnected from the dacout2 pin bit 3 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 2 dacpss: dac positive source select bit 1 =v ref + pin 0 =v dd bit 1-0 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? register 16-2: daccon1: voltage re ference control register 1 u-0 u-0 u-0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 ? ? ? dacr<4:0> bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = val ue at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7-5 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 4-0 dacr<4:0>: dac voltage output select bits name bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 register on page fvrcon fvren fvrrdy tsen tsrng cdafvr<1:0> adfvr1 adfvr0 161 daccon0 dacen ? dacoe1 dacoe2 ?dacpss ? ? 130 daccon1 ? ? ? dacr<4:0> 130 legend: ? = unimplemented location, read as ? 0 ?. shaded cells are not used with the dac module.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 131 pic12(l)f1501 17.0 comparator module comparators are used to interface analog circuits to a digital circuit by comparing two analog voltages and providing a digital indication of their relative magnitudes. comparators are very useful mixed signal building blocks because they provide analog functionality independent of program execution. the analog comparator module includes the following features: ? independent comparator control ? programmable input selection ? comparator output is available internally/externally ? programmable output polarity ? interrupt-on-change ? wake-up from sleep ? programmable speed/power optimization ?pwm shutdown ? programmable and fixed voltage reference 17.1 comparator overview a single comparator is shown in figure 17-1 along with the relationship between the analog input levels and the digital output. when the analog voltage at v in + is less than the analog voltage at v in -, the output of the comparator is a digital low level. when the analog voltage at v in + is greater than the analog voltage at v in -, the output of the comparator is a digital high level. the comparators available for this device are located in table 17-1 . figure 17-1: single comparator table 17-1: comparator availability per device device c1 PIC12F1501 pic12lf1501 ? + v in + v in - output output v in + v in - note: the black areas of the output of the comparator represents the uncertainty due to input offsets and response time.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 132 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. figure 17-2: comparator modules simplified block diagram note 1: when cxon = 0 , the comparator will produce a ? 0 ? at the output. 2: when cxon = 0 , all multiplexer inputs are disconnected. mux cx 0 1 2 3 cxon (1) cxnch<2:0> 3 0 1 c x pch<1:0> c12in1- c12in2- c12in3- c x in+ mux - + cxvn cxvp c x out q1 d en q c x pol mc x out set cxif 0 1 c x sync c x oe c x out dq dac fvr buffer2 c12in0- 2 cxsp cxhys det interrupt det interrupt cxintn cxintp 2 3 tris bit cxon (2) (2) (from timer1) t1clk 4 fvr buffer2 to cwg async_cxout sync _c x out to ti m e r 1 , clcx, adc to data bus
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 133 pic12(l)f1501 17.2 comparator control each comparator has 2 control registers: cmxcon0 and cmxcon1. the cmxcon0 registers (see register 17-1 ) contain control and status bits for the following: ? enable ?output selection ? output polarity ? speed/power selection ? hysteresis enable ? output synchronization the cmxcon1 registers (see register 17-2 ) contain control bits for the following: ? interrupt enable ? interrupt edge polarity ? positive input channel selection ? negative input channel selection 17.2.1 comparator enable setting the cxon bit of the cmxcon0 register enables the comparator for operation. clearing the cxon bit disables the comparator resulting in minimum current consumption. 17.2.2 comparator output selection the output of the comparator can be monitored by reading either the cxout bit of the cmxcon0 register or the mcxout bit of the cmout register. in order to make the output available for an external connection, the following conditions must be true: ? cxoe bit of the cmxcon0 register must be set ? corresponding tris bit must be cleared ? cxon bit of the cmxcon0 register must be set 17.2.3 comparator output polarity inverting the output of the comparator is functionally equivalent to swapping the comparator inputs. the polarity of the comparator output can be inverted by setting the cxpol bit of the cmxcon0 register. clearing the cxpol bit results in a non-inverted output. table 17-2 shows the output state versus input conditions, including polarity control. 17.2.4 comparator speed/power selection the trade-off between speed or power can be opti- mized during program execution with the cxsp control bit. the default state for this bit is ? 1 ? which selects the normal speed mode. device power consumption can be optimized at the cost of slower comparator propaga- tion delay by clearing the cxsp bit to ? 0 ?. note 1: the cxoe bit of the cmxcon0 register overrides the port data latch. setting the cxon bit of the cmxcon0 register has no impact on the port override. 2: the internal output of the comparator is latched with each instruction cycle. unless otherwise specified, external outputs are not latched. table 17-2: comparator output state vs. input conditions input condition cxpol cxout cxv n > cxv p 00 cxv n < cxv p 01 cxv n > cxv p 11 cxv n < cxv p 10
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 134 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 17.3 comparator hysteresis a selectable amount of separation voltage can be added to the input pins of each comparator to provide a hysteresis function to the overall operation. hysteresis is enabled by setting the cxhys bit of the cmxcon0 register. see section 27.0 ?electrical specifications? for more information. 17.4 timer1 gate operation the output resulting from a comparator operation can be used as a source for gate control of timer1. see section 19.5 ?timer1 gate? for more information. this feature is useful for timing the duration or interval of an analog event. it is recommended that the comparator output be syn- chronized to timer1. this ensures that timer1 does not increment while a change in the comparator is occur- ring. 17.4.1 comparator output synchronization the output from a comparator can be synchronized with timer1 by setting the cxsync bit of the cmxcon0 register. once enabled, the comparator output is latched on the falling edge of the timer1 source clock. if a prescaler is used with timer1, the comparator output is latched after the prescaling function. to prevent a race condition, the comparator output is latched on the falling edge of the timer1 clock source and timer1 increments on the rising edge of its clock source. see the comparator block diagram ( figure 17-2 ) and the timer1 block diagram ( figure 19-1 ) for more information. 17.5 comparator interrupt an interrupt can be generated upon a change in the output value of the comparator for each comparator, a rising edge detector and a falling edge detector are present. when either edge detector is triggered and its associ- ated enable bit is set (cxintp and/or cxintn bits of the cmxcon1 register), the corresponding interrupt flag bit (cxif bit of the pir2 register) will be set. to enable the interrupt, you must set the following bits: ? cxon, cxpol and cxsp bits of the cmxcon0 register ? cxie bit of the pie2 register ? cxintp bit of the cmxcon1 register (for a rising edge detection) ? cxintn bit of the cmxcon1 register (for a falling edge detection) ? peie and gie bits of the intcon register the associated interrupt flag bit, cxif bit of the pir2 register, must be cleared in software. if another edge is detected while this flag is being cleared, the flag will still be set at the end of the sequence. 17.6 comparator positive input selection configuring the cxpch<1:0> bits of the cmxcon1 register directs an internal voltage reference or an analog pin to the non-inverting input of the comparator: ? cxin+ analog pin ?dac ? fvr (fixed voltage reference) ?v ss (ground) see section 13.0 ?fixed voltage reference (fvr)? for more information on the fixed voltage reference module. see section 16.0 ?digital-to-analog converter (dac) module? for more information on the dac input signal. any time the comparator is disabled (cxon = 0 ), all comparator inputs are disabled. note: although a comparator is disabled, an interrupt can be generated by changing the output polarity with the cxpol bit of the cmxcon0 register, or by switching the comparator on or off with the cxon bit of the cmxcon0 register.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 135 pic12(l)f1501 17.7 comparator negative input selection the cxnch<1:0> bits of the cmxcon0 register direct one of the input sources to the comparator inverting input. 17.8 comparator response time the comparator output is indeterminate for a period of time after the change of an input source or the selection of a new reference voltage. this period is referred to as the response time. the response time of the comparator differs from the settling time of the voltage reference. therefore, both of these times must be considered when determining the total response time to a comparator input change. see the comparator and voltage refer- ence specifications in section 27.0 ?electrical specifi- cations? for more details. 17.9 analog input connection considerations a simplified circuit for an analog input is shown in figure 17-3 . since the analog input pins share their connection with a digital input, they have reverse biased esd protection diodes to v dd and v ss . the analog input, therefore, must be between v ss and v dd . if the input voltage deviates from this range by more than 0.6v in either direction, one of the diodes is for- ward biased and a latch-up may occur. a maximum source impedance of 10 k ? is recommended for the analog sources. also, any external component connected to an analog input pin, such as a capacitor or a zener diode, should have very little leakage current to minimize inaccuracies introduced. note: to use cxin+ and cxinx- pins as analog input, the appropriate bits must be set in the ansel register and the correspond- ing tris bits must also be set to disable the output drivers. note 1: when reading a port register, all pins configured as analog inputs will read as a ? 0 ?. pins configured as digital inputs will convert as an analog input, according to the input specification. 2: analog levels on any pin defined as a digital input, may cause the input buffer to consume more current than is specified.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 136 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. figure 17-3: analog input model v a rs < 10k c pin 5 pf v dd v t ? 0.6v v t ? 0.6v r ic i leakage (1) vss legend: c pin = input capacitance i leakage = leakage current at the pin due to various junctions r ic = interconnect resistance r s = source impedance v a = analog voltage v t = threshold voltage to comparator note 1: see section 27.0 ?electrical specifications? . analog input pin
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 137 pic12(l)f1501 register 17-1: cmxcon0: comparator cx control register 0 r/w-0/0 r-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 u-0 r/w-1/1 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 cxon cxout cxoe cxpol ? cxsp cxhys cxsync bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7 cxon: comparator enable bit 1 = comparator is enabled and consumes no active power 0 = comparator is disabled bit 6 cxout: comparator output bit if cxpol = 1 (inverted polarity): 1 = cxvp < cxvn 0 = cxvp > cxvn if cxpol = 0 (non-inverted polarity): 1 = cxvp > cxvn 0 = cxvp < cxvn bit 5 cxoe: comparator output enable bit 1 = cxout is present on the cxout pin. requires that the associated tris bit be cleared to actually drive the pin. not affected by cxon. 0 = cxout is internal only bit 4 cxpol: comparator output polarity select bit 1 = comparator output is inverted 0 = comparator output is not inverted bit 3 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 2 cxsp: comparator speed/power select bit 1 = comparator operates in normal power, higher speed mode 0 = comparator operates in low-power, low-speed mode bit 1 cxhys: comparator hysteresis enable bit 1 = comparator hysteresis enabled 0 = comparator hysteresis disabled bit 0 cxsync: comparator output synchronous mode bit 1 = comparator output to timer1 and i/o pin is synchronous to changes on timer1 clock source. output updated on the falling edge of timer1 clock source. 0 = comparator output to timer1 and i/o pin is asynchronous.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 138 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. register 17-2: cmxcon1: comparator cx control register 1 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 u-0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 cxintp cxintn cxpch<1:0> ? cxnch<2:0> bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7 cxintp: comparator interrupt on positive going edge enable bits 1 = the cxif interrupt flag will be set upon a positive going edge of the cxout bit 0 = no interrupt flag will be set on a positive going edge of the cxout bit bit 6 cxintn: comparator interrupt on negative going edge enable bits 1 = the cxif interrupt flag will be set upon a negative going edge of the cxout bit 0 = no interrupt flag will be set on a negative going edge of the cxout bit bit 5-4 cxpch<1:0>: comparator positive input channel select bits 11 = cxvp connects to v ss 10 = cxvp connects to fvr voltage reference 01 = cxvp connects to dac voltage reference 00 = cxvp connects to cxin+ pin bit 3 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 2-0 cxnch<2:0>: comparator negative input channel select bits 111 = reserved 110 = reserved 101 = reserved 100 = cxvn connects to fvr voltage reference 011 = cxvn connects to c12in3- pin 010 = cxvn connects to c12in2- pin 001 = cxvn connects to c12in1- pin 000 = cxvn connects to c12in0- pin register 17-3: cmout: comparator output register u-0 u-0 u-0 u-0 u-0 u-0 u-0 r-0/0 ? ? ? ? ? ? ? mc1out bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7-1 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 0 mc1out: mirror copy of c1out bit
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 139 pic12(l)f1501 table 17-3: summary of registers as sociated with co mparator module name bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 register on page ansela ? ? ? ansa4 ? ansa2 ansa1 ansa0 103 cm1con0 c1on c1out c1oe c1pol ? c1sp c1hys c1sync 137 cm1con1 c1ntp c1intn c1pch<1:0> ? c1nch<2:0> 138 cmout ? ? ? ? ? ? ?mc1out 138 daccon0 dacen ? dacoe1 dacoe2 ?dacpss ? ? 130 daccon1 ? ? ? dacr<4:0> 130 fvrcon fvren fvrrdy tsen tsrng cdafvr<1:0> adfvr<1:0> 110 intcon gie peie tmr0ie inte iocie tmr0if intf iocif 66 pie2 ? ?c1ie ? ? nco1ie ? ? 68 pir2 ? ?c1if ? ? nco1if ? ? 71 porta ? ? ra5 ra4 ra3 ra2 ra1 ra0 102 lata ? ? lata5 lata4 ? lata2 lata1 lata0 103 trisa ? ? trisa5 trisa4 ? (1) trisa2 trisa1 trisa0 102 legend: ? = unimplemented location, read as ? 0 ?. shaded cells are unused by the comparator module. note 1: unimplemented, read as ?1?.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 140 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. notes:
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 141 pic12(l)f1501 18.0 timer0 module the timer0 module is an 8-bit timer/counter with the following features: ? 8-bit timer/counter register (tmr0) ? 8-bit prescaler (independent of watchdog timer) ? programmable internal or external clock source ? programmable external clock edge selection ? interrupt on overflow ? tmr0 can be used to gate timer1 figure 18-1 is a block diagram of the timer0 module. 18.1 timer0 operation the timer0 module can be used as either an 8-bit timer or an 8-bit counter. 18.1.1 8-bit timer mode the timer0 module will increment every instruction cycle, if used without a prescaler. 8-bit timer mode is selected by clearing the tmr0cs bit of the option_reg register. when tmr0 is written, the increment is inhibited for two instruction cycles immediately following the write. 18.1.2 8-bit counter mode in 8-bit counter mode, the timer0 module will increment on every rising or falling edge of the t0cki pin. 8-bit counter mode using the t0cki pin is selected by setting the tmr0cs bit in the option_reg register to ? 1 ?. the rising or falling transition of the incrementing edge for either input source is determined by the tmr0se bit in the option_reg register. figure 18-1: block diagra m of the timer0 note: the value written to the tmr0 register can be adjusted, in order to account for the two instruction cycle delay when tmr0 is written. t0cki tmr0se tmr0 ps<2:0> data bus set flag bit tmr0if on overflow tmr0cs 0 1 0 1 8 8 8-bit prescaler f osc /4 psa sync 2 t cy overflow to timer1
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 142 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 18.1.3 software programmable prescaler a software programmable prescaler is available for exclusive use with timer0. the prescaler is enabled by clearing the psa bit of the option_reg register. there are 8 prescaler options for the timer0 module ranging from 1:2 to 1:256. the prescale values are selectable via the ps<2:0> bits of the option_reg register. in order to have a 1:1 prescaler value for the timer0 module, the prescaler must be disabled by set- ting the psa bit of the option_reg register. the prescaler is not readable or writable. all instructions writing to the tmr0 register will clear the prescaler. 18.1.4 timer0 interrupt timer0 will generate an interrupt when the tmr0 register overflows from ffh to 00h. the tmr0if interrupt flag bit of the intcon register is set every time the tmr0 register overflows, regardless of whether or not the timer0 interrupt is enabled. the tmr0if bit can only be cleared in software. the timer0 interrupt enable is the tmr0ie bit of the intcon register. 18.1.5 8-bit counter mode synchronization when in 8-bit counter mode, the incrementing edge on the t0cki pin must be synchronized to the instruction clock. synchronization can be accomplished by sampling the prescaler output on the q2 and q4 cycles of the instruction clock. the high and low periods of the external clocking source must meet the timing requirements as shown in section 27.0 ?electrical specifications? . 18.1.6 operation during sleep timer0 cannot operate while the processor is in sleep mode. the contents of the tmr0 register will remain unchanged while the processor is in sleep mode. note: the watchdog timer (wdt) uses its own independent prescaler. note: the timer0 interrupt cannot wake the processor from sleep since the timer is frozen during sleep.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 143 pic12(l)f1501 18.2 option and timer0 control register table 18-1: summary of registers associated with timer0 register 18-1: option_reg: option register r/w-1/1 r/w-1/1 r/w-1/1 r/w-1/1 r/w-1/1 r/w-1/1 r/w-1/1 r/w-1/1 wpuen intedg tmr0cs tmr0se psa ps<2:0> bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7 wpuen : weak pull-up enable bit 1 = all weak pull-ups are disabled (except mclr , if it is enabled) 0 = weak pull-ups are enabled by individual wpux latch values bit 6 intedg: interrupt edge select bit 1 = interrupt on rising edge of int pin 0 = interrupt on falling edge of int pin bit 5 tmr0cs: timer0 clock source select bit 1 = transition on t0cki pin 0 = internal instruction cycle clock (f osc /4) bit 4 tmr0se: timer0 source edge select bit 1 = increment on high-to-low transition on t0cki pin 0 = increment on low-to-high transition on t0cki pin bit 3 psa: prescaler assignment bit 1 = prescaler is not assigned to the timer0 module 0 = prescaler is assigned to the timer0 module bit 2-0 ps<2:0>: prescaler rate select bits name bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 register on page adcon2 trigsel<3:0> ? ? ? ? 121 intcon gie peie tmr0ie inte iocie tmr0if intf iocif 66 option_reg wpuen intedg tmr0cs tmr0se psa ps<2:0> 143 tmr0 holding register for the 8-bit timer0 count 141 * trisa ? ? trisa5 trisa4 ? (1) trisa2 trisa1 trisa0 102 legend: ? = unimplemented location, read as ? 0 ?. shaded cells are not used by the timer0 module. * page provides register information. note 1: unimplemented, read as ? 1 ?. 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 1 : 2 1 : 4 1 : 8 1 : 16 1 : 32 1 : 64 1 : 128 1 : 256 bit value timer0 rate
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 144 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. notes:
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 145 pic12(l)f1501 19.0 timer1 module with gate control the timer1 module is a 16-bit timer/counter with the following features: ? 16-bit timer/counter register pair (tmr1h:tmr1l) ? programmable internal or external clock source ? 2-bit prescaler ? optionally synchronized comparator out ? multiple timer1 gate (count enable) sources ? interrupt on overflow ? wake-up on overflow (external clock, asynchronous mode only) ? special event trigger ? selectable gate source polarity ? gate toggle mode ? gate single-pulse mode ? gate value status ? gate event interrupt figure 19-1 is a block diagram of the timer1 module. figure 19-1: timer1 block diagram tmr1h tmr1l t1sync t1ckps<1:0> prescaler 1, 2, 4, 8 0 1 synchronized clock input 2 set flag bit tmr1if on overflow tmr1 (2) tmr1on note 1: st buffer is high speed type when using t1cki. 2: timer1 register increments on rising edge. 3: synchronize does not operate while in sleep. f osc /4 internal clock t1cki tmr1cs<1:0> (1) synchronize (3) det sleep input tmr1ge 0 1 t1gpol d q ck q 0 1 t1gval t1gtm single pulse acq. control t1gspm t1ggo/done 10 11 00 01 f osc internal clock lfintosc r d en q q1 rd t1gcon data bus det interrupt tmr1gif set t1clk f osc /2 internal clock d en q t1g_in tmr1on to adc auto-conversion t1g 00 01 10 11 t1gss<1:0> from timer0 overflow reserved sync_c1out
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 146 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 19.1 timer1 operation the timer1 module is a 16-bit incrementing counter which is accessed through the tmr1h:tmr1l register pair. writes to tmr1h or tmr1l directly update the counter. when used with an internal clock source, the module is a timer and increments on every instruction cycle. when used with an external clock source, the module can be used as either a timer or counter and incre- ments on every selected edge of the external source. timer1 is enabled by configuring the tmr1on and tmr1ge bits in the t1con and t1gcon registers, respectively. table 19-1 displays the timer1 enable selections. 19.2 clock source selection the tmr1cs<1:0> bits of the t1con register are used to select the clock source for timer1. tab l e 1 9- 2 displays the clock source selections. 19.2.1 internal clock source when the internal clock source is selected the tmr1h:tmr1l register pair will increment on multiples of f osc as determined by the timer1 prescaler. when the f osc internal clock source is selected, the timer1 register value will in crement by four counts every instruction clock cycle. due to this condition, a 2 lsb error in resolution will occur when reading the timer1 value. to utilize the full resolution of timer1, an asynchronous input signal must be used to gate the timer1 clock input. the following asynchronous sources may be used: ? asynchronous event on the t1g pin to timer1 gate 19.2.2 external clock source when the external clock source is selected, the timer1 module may work as a timer or a counter. when enabled to count, timer1 is incremented on the rising edge of the external clock input t1cki. the external clock source can be synchronized to the microcontroller system clock or it can run asynchronously. table 19-1: timer1 enable selections tmr1on tmr1ge timer1 operation 00 off 01 off 10 always on 11 count enabled note: in counter mode, a falling edge must be registered by the counter prior to the first incrementing rising edge after any one or more of the following conditions: ? timer1 enabled after por ? write to tmr1h or tmr1l ? timer1 is disabled ? timer1 is disabled (tmr1on = 0 ) when t1cki is high then timer1 is enabled (tmr1on= 1 ) when t1cki is low. table 19-2: clock source selections tmr1cs<1:0> t1oscen clock source 11 x lfintosc 10 0 external clocking on t1cki pin 01 x system clock (f osc ) 00 x instruction clock (f osc /4)
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 147 pic12(l)f1501 19.3 timer1 prescaler timer1 has four prescaler options allowing 1, 2, 4 or 8 divisions of the clock input. the t1ckps bits of the t1con register control the prescale counter. the prescale counter is not directly readable or writable; however, the prescaler counter is cleared upon a write to tmr1h or tmr1l. 19.4 timer1 operation in asynchronous counter mode if control bit t1sync of the t1con register is set, the external clock input is not synchronized. the timer increments asynchronously to the internal phase clocks. if the external clock source is selected then the timer will continue to run during sleep and can generate an interrupt on overflow, which will wake-up the processor. however, special precautions in software are needed to read/write the timer (see section 19.4.1 ?reading and writing timer1 in asynchronous counter mode? ). 19.4.1 reading and writing timer1 in asynchronous counter mode reading tmr1h or tmr1l while the timer is running from an external asynchronous clock will ensure a valid read (taken care of in hardware). however, the user should keep in mind that reading the 16-bit timer in two 8-bit values itself, poses certain problems, since the timer may overflow between the reads. for writes, it is recommended that the user simply stop the timer and write the desired values. a write contention may occur by writing to the timer registers, while the register is incrementing. this may produce an unpredictable value in the tmr1h:tmr1l register pair. 19.5 timer1 gate timer1 can be configured to count freely or the count can be enabled and disabled using timer1 gate circuitry. this is also referred to as timer1 gate enable. timer1 gate can also be driven by multiple selectable sources. 19.5.1 timer1 gate enable the timer1 gate enable mode is enabled by setting the tmr1ge bit of the t1gcon register. the polarity of the timer1 gate enable mode is configured using the t1gpol bit of the t1gcon register. when timer1 gate enable mode is enabled, timer1 will increment on the rising edge of the timer1 clock source. when timer1 gate enable mode is disabled, no incrementing will occur and timer1 will hold the current count. see figure 19-3 for timing details. 19.5.2 timer1 gate source selection timer1 gate source selections are shown in table 19-4 . source selection is controlled by the t1gss<1:0> bits of the t1gcon register. the polarity for each available source is also selectable. polarity selection is controlled by the t1gpol bit of the t1gcon register. table 19-4: timer1 gate sources note: when switching from synchronous to asynchronous operation, it is possible to skip an increment. when switching from asynchronous to synchronous operation, it is possible to produce an additional increment. table 19-3: timer1 gate enable selections t1clk t1gpol t1g timer1 operation ? 00 counts ? 01 holds count ? 10 holds count ? 11 counts t1gss timer1 gate source 00 timer1 gate pin 01 overflow of timer0 (tmr0 increments from ffh to 00h) 10 comparator 1 output sync_c1out (optionally synchronized comparator output) 11 reserved
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 148 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 19.5.2.1 t1g pin gate operation the t1g pin is one source for timer1 gate control. it can be used to supply an external source to the timer1 gate circuitry. 19.5.2.2 timer0 overflow gate operation when timer0 increments from ffh to 00h, a low-to-high pulse will automatically be generated and internally supplied to the timer1 gate circuitry. 19.5.3 timer1 gate toggle mode when timer1 gate toggle mode is enabled, it is possi- ble to measure the full-cycle length of a timer1 gate signal, as opposed to the duration of a single level pulse. the timer1 gate source is routed through a flip-flop that changes state on every incrementing edge of the sig- nal. see figure 19-4 for timing details. timer1 gate toggle mode is enabled by setting the t1gtm bit of the t1gcon register. when the t1gtm bit is cleared, the flip-flop is cleared and held clear. this is necessary in order to control which edge is measured. 19.5.4 timer1 gate single-pulse mode when timer1 gate single-pulse mode is enabled, it is possible to capture a single pulse gate event. timer1 gate single-pulse mode is first enabled by setting the t1gspm bit in the t1gcon register. next, the t1ggo/done bit in the t1gcon register must be set. the timer1 will be fully enabled on the next incrementing edge. on the next trailing edge of the pulse, the t1ggo/done bit will automatically be cleared. no other gate events will be allowed to increment timer1 until the t1ggo/done bit is once again set in software. see figure 19-5 for timing details. if the single pulse gate mode is disabled by clearing the t1gspm bit in the t1gcon register, the t1ggo/done bit should also be cleared. enabling the toggle mode and the single-pulse mode simultaneously will permit both sections to work together. this allows the cycle times on the timer1 gate source to be measured. see figure 19-6 for timing details. 19.5.5 timer1 gate value status when timer1 gate value status is utilized, it is possible to read the most current level of the gate control value. the value is stored in the t1gval bit in the t1gcon register. the t1gval bit is valid even when the timer1 gate is not enabled (tmr1ge bit is cleared). 19.5.6 timer1 gate event interrupt when timer1 gate event interrupt is enabled, it is pos- sible to generate an interrupt upon the completion of a gate event. when the falling edge of t1gval occurs, the tmr1gif flag bit in the pir1 register will be set. if the tmr1gie bit in the pie1 register is set, then an interrupt will be recognized. the tmr1gif flag bit operates even when the timer1 gate is not enabled (tmr1ge bit is cleared). note: enabling toggle mode at the same time as changing the gate polarity may result in indeterminate operation.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 149 pic12(l)f1501 19.6 timer1 interrupt the timer1 register pair (tmr1h:tmr1l) increments to ffffh and rolls over to 0000h. when timer1 rolls over, the timer1 interrupt flag bit of the pir1 register is set. to enable the interrupt on rollover, you must set these bits: ? tmr1on bit of the t1con register ? tmr1ie bit of the pie1 register ? peie bit of the intcon register ? gie bit of the intcon register the interrupt is cleared by clearing the tmr1if bit in the interrupt service routine. 19.7 timer1 operation during sleep timer1 can only operate during sleep when setup in asynchronous counter mode. in this mode, an external crystal or clock source can be used to increment the counter. to set up the timer to wake the device: ? tmr1on bit of the t1con register must be set ? tmr1ie bit of the pie1 register must be set ? peie bit of the intcon register must be set ? t1sync bit of the t1con register must be set ? tmr1cs bits of the t1con register must be configured the device will wake-up on an overflow and execute the next instructions. if the gie bit of the intcon register is set, the device will call the interrupt service routine. timer1 oscillator will continue to operate in sleep regardless of the t1sync bit setting. 19.7.1 alternate pin locations this module incorporates i/o pins that can be moved to other locations with the use of the alternate pin function register, apfcon. to determine which pins can be moved and what their default locations are upon a reset, see section 11.1 ?alternate pin function? for more information. figure 19-2: timer1 incrementing edge note: the tmr1h:tmr1l register pair and the tmr1if bit should be cleared before enabling interrupts. t1cki = 1 when tmr1 enabled t1cki = 0 when tmr1 enabled note 1: arrows indicate counter increments. 2: in counter mode, a falling edge must be registered by the count er prior to the first incrementing rising edge of the clock.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 150 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. figure 19-3: timer1 gate enable mode figure 19-4: timer1 gate toggle mode tmr1ge t1gpol t1g_in t1cki t1gval timer1 n n + 1 n + 2 n + 3 n + 4 tmr1ge t1gpol t1gtm t1g_in t1cki t1gval timer1 n n + 1 n + 2 n + 3 n + 4 n + 5 n + 6 n + 7 n + 8
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 151 pic12(l)f1501 figure 19-5: timer1 gate single-pulse mode tmr1ge t1gpol t1g_in t1cki t1gval timer1 n n + 1 n + 2 t1gspm t1ggo/ done set by software cleared by hardware on falling edge of t1gval set by hardware on falling edge of t1gval cleared by software cleared by software tmr1gif counting enabled on rising edge of t1g
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 152 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. figure 19-6: timer1 gate single-pulse and toggle combined mode tmr1ge t1gpol t1g_in t1cki t1gval timer1 nn + 1 n + 2 t1gspm t1ggo/ done set by software cleared by hardware on falling edge of t1gval set by hardware on falling edge of t1gval cleared by software cleared by software tmr1gif t1gtm counting enabled on rising edge of t1g n + 4 n + 3
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 153 pic12(l)f1501 19.8 timer1 control registers register 19-1: t1con: ti mer1 control register r/w-0/u r/w-0/u r/w-0/u r/w-0/u u-0 r/w-0/u u-0 r/w-0/u tmr1cs<1:0> t1ckps<1:0> ? t1sync ?tmr1on bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7-6 tmr1cs<1:0>: timer1 clock source select bits 11 = timer1 clock source is lfintosc 10 = timer1 clock source is t1cki pin (on rising edge) 01 = timer1 clock source is system clock (f osc ) 00 = timer1 clock source is instruction clock (f osc /4) bit 5-4 t1ckps<1:0>: timer1 input clock prescale select bits 11 = 1:8 prescale value 10 = 1:4 prescale value 01 = 1:2 prescale value 00 = 1:1 prescale value bit 3 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 2 t 1sync : timer1 synchronization control bit 1 = do not synchronize asynchronous clock input 0 = synchronize asynchronous clock input with system clock (f osc ) bit 1 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 0 tmr1on: timer1 on bit 1 = enables timer1 0 = stops timer1 and clears timer1 gate flip-flop
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 154 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. register 19-2: t1gcon: timer1 gate control register r/w-0/u r/w-0/u r/w-0/u r/w-0/u r/w/hc-0/u r-x/x r/w-0/u r/w-0/u tmr1ge t1gpol t1gtm t1gspm t1ggo/ done t1gval t1gss<1:0> bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared hc = bit is cleared by hardware bit 7 tmr1ge: timer1 gate enable bit if tmr1on = 0 : this bit is ignored if tmr1on = 1 : 1 = timer1 counting is controlled by the timer1 gate function 0 = timer1 counts regardless of timer1 gate function bit 6 t1gpol: timer1 gate polarity bit 1 = timer1 gate is active-high (timer1 counts when gate is high) 0 = timer1 gate is active-low (timer1 counts when gate is low) bit 5 t1gtm: timer1 gate toggle mode bit 1 = timer1 gate toggle mode is enabled 0 = timer1 gate toggle mode is disabled and toggle flip-flop is cleared timer1 gate flip-flop toggles on every rising edge. bit 4 t1gspm: timer1 gate single-pulse mode bit 1 = timer1 gate single-pulse mode is enabled and is controlling timer1 gate 0 = timer1 gate single-pulse mode is disabled bit 3 t1ggo/done : timer1 gate single-pulse acquisition status bit 1 = timer1 gate single-pulse acquisition is ready, waiting for an edge 0 = timer1 gate single-pulse acquisition has completed or has not been started bit 2 t1gval: timer1 gate current state bit indicates the current state of the timer1 gate that could be provided to tmr1h:tmr1l. unaffected by timer1 gate enable (tmr1ge). bit 0 t1gss<1:0>: timer1 gate source select bits 11 = reserved 10 = comparator 1 optionally synchronized output (sync_c1out) 01 = timer0 overflow output 00 = timer1 gate pin
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 155 pic12(l)f1501 19.8.1 alternate pin locations this module incorporates i/o pins that can be moved to other locations with the use of the alternate pin function register, apfcon. to determine which pins can be moved and what their default locations are upon a reset, see section 11.1 ?alternate pin function? for more information. table 19-5: summary of registers associated with timer1 name bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 register on page ansela ? ? ? ansa4 ? ansa2 ansa1 ansa0 103 apfcon cwg1bsel cwg1asel ? ? t1gsel ? clc1sel nco1sel 100 intcon gie peie tmr0ie inte iocie tmr0if intf iocif 66 pie1 tmr1gie adie ? ? ? ? tmr2ie tmr1ie 67 pir1 tmr1gif adif ? ? ? ? tmr2if tmr1if 70 tmr1h holding register for the most significant byte of the 16-bit tmr1 count 149 * tmr1l holding register for the least significant byte of the 16-bit tmr1 count 149 * trisa ? ? trisa5 trisa4 ? (1) trisa2 trisa1 trisa0 102 t1con tmr1cs<1:0> t1ckps<1:0> ?t1sync ?tmr1on 153 t1gcon tmr1ge t1gpol t1gtm t1gspm t1ggo/ done t1gval t1gss<1:0> 154 legend: ? = unimplemented location, read as ? 0 ?. shaded cells are not used by the timer1 module. * page provides register information. note 1: unimplemented, read as ? 1 ?.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 156 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. notes:
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 157 pic12(l)f1501 20.0 timer2 module the timer2 module incorporates the following features: ? 8-bit timer and period registers (tmr2 and pr2, respectively) ? readable and writable (both registers) ? software programmable prescaler (1:1, 1:4, 1:16, and 1:64) ? software programmable postscaler (1:1 to 1:16) ? interrupt on tmr2 match with pr2, respectively see figure 20-1 for a block diagram of timer2. figure 20-1: timer2 block diagram comparator tmr2 sets flag tmr2 output reset postscaler prescaler pr2 2 f osc /4 1:1 to 1:16 1:1, 1:4, 1:16, 1:64 eq 4 bit tmr2if t2outps<3:0> t2ckps<1:0>
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 158 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 20.1 timer2 operation the clock input to the timer2 module is the system instruction clock (f osc /4). tmr2 increments from 00h on each clock edge. a 4-bit counter/prescaler on the clock input allows direct input, divide-by-4 and divide-by-16 prescale options. these options are selected by the prescaler control bits, t2ckps<1:0> of the t2con register. the value of tmr2 is compared to that of the period register, pr2, on each clock cycle. when the two values match, the comparator generates a match signal as the timer output. this signal also resets the value of tmr2 to 00h on the next cycle and drives the output counter/postscaler (see section 20.2 ?timer2 interrupt? ). the tmr2 and pr2 registers are both directly readable and writable. the tmr2 register is cleared on any device reset, whereas the pr2 register initializes to ffh. both the prescaler and postscaler counters are cleared on the following events: ? a write to the tmr2 register ? a write to the t2con register ? power-on reset (por) ? brown-out reset (bor) ?mclr reset ? watchdog timer (wdt) reset ? stack overflow reset ? stack underflow reset ? reset instruction 20.2 timer2 interrupt timer2 can also generate an optional device interrupt. the timer2 output signal (tmr2-to-pr2 match) provides the input for the 4-bit counter/postscaler. this counter generates the tmr2 match interrupt flag which is latched in tmr2if of the pir1 register. the interrupt is enabled by setting the tmr2 match interrupt enable bit, tmr2ie of the pie1 register. a range of 16 postscale options (from 1:1 through 1:16 inclusive) can be selected with the postscaler control bits, t2outps<3:0>, of the t2con register. 20.3 timer2 output the unscaled output of tmr2 is available primarily to the pwmx module, where it is used as a time base for operation. 20.4 timer2 operation during sleep timer2 cannot be operated while the processor is in sleep mode. the contents of the tmr2 and pr2 registers will remain unchanged while the processor is in sleep mode. note: tmr2 is not cleared when t2con is written.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 159 pic12(l)f1501 register 20-1: t2con: ti mer2 control register u-0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 ? t2outps<3:0> tmr2on t2ckps<1:0> bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 6-3 t2outps<3:0>: timer2 output postscaler select bits 0000 = 1:1 postscaler 0001 = 1:2 postscaler 0010 = 1:3 postscaler 0011 = 1:4 postscaler 0100 = 1:5 postscaler 0101 = 1:6 postscaler 0110 = 1:7 postscaler 0111 = 1:8 postscaler 1000 = 1:9 postscaler 1001 = 1:10 postscaler 1010 = 1:11 postscaler 1011 = 1:12 postscaler 1100 = 1:13 postscaler 1101 = 1:14 postscaler 1110 = 1:15 postscaler 1111 = 1:16 postscaler bit 2 tmr2on: timer2 on bit 1 = timer2 is on 0 = timer2 is off bit 1-0 t2ckps<1:0>: timer2 clock prescale select bits 00 = prescaler is 1 01 = prescaler is 4 10 = prescaler is 16 11 = prescaler is 64
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 160 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. table 20-1: summary of registers associated with timer2 name bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 register on page intcon gie peie tmr0ie inte iocie tmr0if intf iocif 66 pie1 tmr1gie adie ? ? ? ?tmr2ie tmr1ie 67 pir1 tmr1gif adif ? ? ? ? tmr2if tmr1if 70 pr2 timer2 module period register 157 * pwm1con pwm1en pwm1oe pwm1out pwm1pol ? ? ? ? 165 pwm2con pwm2en pwm2oe pwm2out pwm2pol ? ? ? ? 165 pwm3con pwm3en pwm3oe pwm3out pwm3pol ? ? ? ? 165 pwm4con pwm4en pwm4oe pwm4out pwm4pol ? ? ? ? 165 t2con ? t2outps<3:0> tmr2on t2ckps<1:0> 159 tmr2 holding register for the 8-bit tmr2 count 157 * legend: ? = unimplemented location, read as ? 0 ?. shaded cells are not used for timer2 module. * page provides register information.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 161 pic12(l)f1501 21.0 pulse-width modulation (pwm) module the pwm module generates a pulse-width modulated signal determined by the duty cycle, period, and reso- lution that are configured by the following registers: ?pr2 ?t2con ? pwmxdch ? pwmxdcl ?pwmxcon figure 21-2 shows a simplified block diagram of pwm operation. figure 21-1 shows a typical waveform of the pwm signal. for a step-by-step procedure on how to set up this module for pwm operation, refer to section 21.1.9 ?setup for pwm operation using pwmx pins? . figure 21-1: pwm output figure 21-2: simplified pwm block diagram period pulse width tmr2 = 0 tmr2 = tmr2 = pr2 pwm x dch<7:0>:pwm x dcl<7:6> pwmxdch comparator tmr2 comparator pr2 (1) r q s duty cycle registers pwmxdcl<7:6> clear timer, pwmx pin and latch duty cycle note 1: 8-bit timer is concatenated with the two least significant bits of 1/f osc adjusted by the timer2 prescaler to create a 10-bit time base. latched (not visible to user) q output polarity (pwmxpol) tmr2 module 0 1 pwmxout to other peripherals: clc and cwg pwmx output enable (pwmxoe) tris control
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 162 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 21.1 pwmx pin configuration all pwm outputs are multiplexed with the port data latch. the user must configure the pins as outputs by clearing the associated tris bits. 21.1.1 fundamental operation the pwm module produces a 10-bit resolution output. timer2 and pr2 set the period of the pwm. the pwmxdcl and pwmxdch registers configure the duty cycle. the period is common to all pwm modules, whereas the duty cycle is independently controlled. all pwm outputs associated with timer2 are set when tmr2 is cleared. each pwmx is cleared when tmr2 is equal to the value specified in the corresponding pwmxdch (8 msb) and pwmxdcl<7:6> (2 lsb) reg- isters. when the value is greater than or equal to pr2, the pwm output is never cleared (100% duty cycle). 21.1.2 pwm output polarity the output polarity is inverted by setting the pwmxpol bit of the pwmxcon register. 21.1.3 pwm period the pwm period is specified by the pr2 register of timer2. the pwm period can be calculated using the formula of equation 21-1 . equation 21-1: pwm period when tmr2 is equal to pr2, the following three events occur on the next increment cycle: ?tmr2 is cleared ? the pwm output is active. (exception: when the pwm duty cycle = 0%, the pwm output will remain inactive.) ? the pwmxdch and pwmxdcl register values are latched into the buffers. 21.1.4 pwm duty cycle the pwm duty cycle is specified by writing a 10-bit value to the pwmxdch and pwmxdcl register pair. the pwmxdch register contains the eight msbs and the pwmxdcl<7:6>, the two lsbs. the pwmxdch and pwmxdcl registers can be written to at any time. equation 21-2 is used to calculate the pwm pulse width. equation 21-3 is used to calculate the pwm duty cycle ratio. equation 21-2: pulse width equation 21-3: duty cycle ratio the 8-bit timer tmr2 register is concatenated with the two least significant bits of 1/f osc , adjusted by the timer2 prescaler to create the 10-bit time base. the system clock is used if the timer2 prescaler is set to 1:1. note: clearing the pwmxoe bit will relinquish control of the pwmx pin. note: the timer2 postscaler is not used in the determination of the pwm frequency. the postscaler could be used to have a servo update rate at a different frequency than the pwm output. note: the pwmxdch and pwmxdcl registers are double buffered. the buffers are updated when timer2 matches pr2. care should be taken to update both registers before the timer match occurs. pwm period pr2 ?? 1 + ?? 4t osc ? ? ? = (tmr2 prescale value) note: t osc = 1/f osc note: the timer2 postscaler has no effect on the pwm operation. pulse width pwm x dch:pwmxdcl<7:6> ?? ? = t osc ? (tmr2 prescale value) note: t osc = 1/f osc duty cycle ratio pwm x dch:pwmxdcl<7:6> ?? 4 pr2 1 + ?? ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- =
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 163 pic12(l)f1501 21.1.5 pwm resolution the resolution determines the number of available duty cycles for a given period. for example, a 10-bit resolu- tion will result in 1024 discrete duty cycles, whereas an 8-bit resolution will result in 256 discrete duty cycles. the maximum pwm resolution is 10 bits when pr2 is 255. the resolution is a function of the pr2 register value as shown by equation 21-4 . equation 21-4: pwm resolution 21.1.6 operation in sleep mode in sleep mode, the tmr2 register will not increment and the state of the module will not change. if the pwmx pin is driving a value, it will continue to drive that value. when the device wakes up, tmr2 will continue from its previous state. 21.1.7 changes in system clock frequency the pwm frequency is derived from the system clock frequency (f osc ). any changes in the system clock fre- quency will result in changes to the pwm frequency. refer to section 5.0 ?oscillator module? for addi- tional details. 21.1.8 effects of reset any reset will force all ports to input mode and the pwm registers to their reset states. note: if the pulse width value is greater than the period the assigned pwm pin(s) will remain unchanged. resolution 4pr2 1 + ?? ?? log 2 ?? log ----------------------------------------- - bits = table 21-1: example pwm frequencies and resolutions (f osc = 20 mhz) pwm frequency 0.31 khz 4.88 khz 19.53 khz 78.12 khz 156.3 khz 208.3 khz timer prescale (1, 4, 64) 64 4 1 1 1 1 pr2 value 0xff 0xff 0xff 0x3f 0x1f 0x17 maximum resolution (bits) 10 10 10 8 7 6.6 table 21-2: example pwm frequencies and resolutions (f osc = 8 mhz) pwm frequency 0.31 khz 4.90 khz 19.61 khz 76.92 khz 153.85 khz 200.0 khz timer prescale (1, 4, 64) 64 4 1 1 1 1 pr2 value 0x65 0x65 0x65 0x19 0x0c 0x09 maximum resolution (bits) 8 8 8 6 5 5
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 164 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 21.1.9 setup for pwm operation using pwmx pins the following steps should be taken when configuring the module for pwm operation using the pwmx pins: 1. disable the pwmx pin output driver(s) by setting the associated tris bit(s). 2. clear the pwmxcon register. 3. load the pr2 register with the pwm period value. 4. clear the pwmxdch register and bits <7:6> of the pwmxdcl register. 5. configure and start timer2: ? clear the tmr2if interrupt flag bit of the pir1 register. see note below. ? configure the t2ckps bits of the t2con register with the timer2 prescale value. ? enable timer2 by setting the tmr2on bit of the t2con register. 6. enable pwm output pin and wait until timer2 overflows, tmr2if bit of the pir1 register is set. see note below. 7. enable the pwmx pin output driver(s) by clear- ing the associated tris bit(s) and setting the pwmxoe bit of the pwmxcon register. 8. configure the pwm module by loading the pwmxcon register with the appropriate values. note 1: in order to send a complete duty cycle and period on the first pwm output, the above steps must be followed in the order given. if it is not critical to start with a complete pwm signal, then move step 8 to replace step 4. 2: for operation with other peripherals only, disable pwmx pin outputs.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 165 pic12(l)f1501 21.2 pwm register definitions register 21-1: pwmxcon: pwm control register r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r-0/0 r/w-0/0 u-0 u-0 u-0 u-0 pwmxen pwmxoe pwmxout pwmxpol ? ? ? ? bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7 pwmxen: pwm module enable bit 1 = pwm module is enabled 0 = pwm module is disabled bit 6 pwmxoe: pwm module output enable bit 1 = output to pwmx pin is enabled 0 = output to pwmx pin is disabled bit 5 pwmxout: pwm module output value bit bit 4 pwmxpol: pwmx output polarity select bit 1 = pwm output is active-low 0 = pwm output is active-high bit 3-0 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ?
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 166 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. register 21-2: pwmxdch: pwm duty cycle high bits r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u pwmxdch<7:0> bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7-0 pwmxdch<7:0>: pwm duty cycle most significant bits these bits are the msbs of the pwm duty cycle. the two lsbs are found in the pwmxdcl register. register 21-3: pwmxdcl: pwm duty cycle low bits r/w-x/u r/w-x/u u-0 u-0 u-0 u-0 u-0 u-0 pwmxdcl<7:6> ? ? ? ? ? ? bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7-6 pwmxdcl<7:6>: pwm duty cycle least significant bits these bits are the lsbs of the pwm duty cycle. the msbs are found in the pwmxdch register. bit 5-0 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? table 21-3: summary of registers associated with pwm name bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 register on page pr2 timer2 module period register 157 * pwm1con pwm1en pwm1oe pwm1out pwm1pol ? ? ? ? 165 pwm1dch pwm1dch<7:0> 166 pwm1dcl pwm1dcl<7:6> ? ? ? ? ? ? 166 pwm2con pwm2en pwm2oe pwm2out pwm2pol ? ? ? ? 166 pwm2dch pwm2dch<7:0> 166 pwm2dcl pwm2dcl<7:6> ? ? ? ? ? ? 166 pwm3con pwm3en pwm3oe pwm3out pwm3pol ? ? ? ? 165 pwm3dch pwm3dch<7:0> 166 pwm3dcl pwm3dcl<7:6> ? ? ? ? ? ? 166 pwm4con pwm4en pwm4oe pwm4out pwm4pol ? ? ? ? 165 pwm4dch pwm4dch<7:0> 166 pwm4dcl pwm4dcl<7:6> ? ? ? ? ? ? 166 t2con ? t2outps<3:0> tmr2on t2ckps<1:0> 159 tmr2 timer2 module register 157 * trisa ? ? trisa5 trisa4 ?(1) trisa2 trisa1 trisa0 102 legend: - = unimplemented locations, read as ? 0 ?, u = unchanged, x = unknown. shaded cells are not used by the pwm. * page provides register information. note 1: unimplemented, read as ? 1 ?.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 167 pic12(l)f1501 22.0 configurable logic cell (clc) the configurable logic cell (clc) provides program- mable logic that operates outside the speed limitations of software execution. the logic cell takes up to 16 input signals and through the use of configurable gates reduces the 16 inputs to four logic lines that drive one of eight selectable single-output logic functions. input sources are a combination of the following: ? i/o pins ? internal clocks ? peripherals ? register bits the output can be directed internally to peripherals and to an output pin. refer to figure 22-1 for a simplified diagram showing signal flow through the clcx. possible configurations include: ? combinatorial logic -and -nand - and-or - and-or-invert -or-xor -or-xnor ? latches -s-r - clocked d with set and reset - transparent d with set and reset - clocked j-k with reset figure 22-1: clcx simpli fied block diagram lcxg1 lcxg2 lcxg3 lcxg4 interrupt det logic function input data selection gates clcx lcxoe lcxq lcxpol lcxout dq le q1 lcxmode<2:0> lcx_out clcxin[0] clcxin[1] clcxin[2] clcxin[3] clcxin[4] clcxin[5] clcxin[6] clcxin[7] clcxin[8] clcxin[9] clcxin[10] clcxin[11] clcxin[12] clcxin[13] clcxin[14] clcxin[15] tris control interrupt det lcxintp lcxintn mlcxout lcxen clcxif sets flag note: see figure 22-2 .
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 168 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 22.1 clcx setup programming the clcx module is performed by config- uring the 4 stages in the logic signal flow. the 4 stages are: ?data selection ? data gating ? logic function selection ? output polarity each stage is setup at run time by writing to the corre- sponding clcx special function registers. this has the added advantage of permitting logic reconfiguration on-the-fly during program execution. 22.1.1 data selection there are 16 signals available as inputs to the configu- rable logic. four 8-input multiplexers are used to select the inputs to pass on to the next stage. the 16 inputs to the multiplexers are arranged in groups of four. each group is available to two of the four multiplexers, in each case, paired with a different group. this arrange- ment makes possible selection of up to two from a group without precluding a selection from another group. data inputs are selected with the clcxsel0 and clcxsel1 registers ( register 22-3 and register 22-4 , respectively). data inputs are selected with clcxsel0 and clcxsel1 registers ( register 22-3 and register 22-4 , respectively). data selection is through four multiplexers as indicated on the left side of figure 22-2 . data inputs in the figure are identified by a generic numbered input name. table 22-1 correlates the generic input name to the actual signal for each clc module. the columns labeled lcxd1 through lcxd4 indicate the mux output for the selected data input. d1s through d4s are abbreviations for the mux select input codes: lcxd1s<2:0> through lcxd4s<2:0>, respectively. selecting a data input in a column excludes all other inputs in that column. note: data selections are undefined at power-up. table 22-1: clcx data input selection data input lcxd1 d1s lcxd2 d2s lcxd3 d3s lcxd4 d4s clc 1 clc 2 clcxin[0] 000 ? ? 100 clc1in0 clc2in0 clcxin[1] 001 ? ? 101 clc1in1 clc2in1 clcxin[2] 010 ? ? 110 sync_c1out sync_c1out clcxin[3] 011 ? ? 111 reserved reserved clcxin[4] 100 000 ? ?f osc f osc clcxin[5] 101 001 ? ? tmr0if tmr0if clcxin[6] 110 010 ? ? tmr1if tmr1if clcxin[7] 111 011 ? ? tmr2 = pr2 tmr2 = pr2 clcxin[8] ? 100 000 ? lc1_out lc1_out clcxin[9] ? 101 001 ? lc2_out lc2_out clcxin[10] ? 110 010 ? reserved reserved clcxin[11] ? 111 011 ? reserved reserved clcxin[12] ? ? 100 000 nco1out lfintosc clcxin[13] ? ? 101 001 hfintosc adfrc clcxin[14] ? ? 110 010 pwm3out pwm1out clcxin[15] ? ? 111 011 pwm4out pwm2out
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 169 pic12(l)f1501 22.1.2 data gating outputs from the input multiplexers are directed to the desired logic function input through the data gating stage. each data gate can direct any combination of the four selected inputs. the gate stage is more than just signal direction. the gate can be configured to direct each input signal as inverted or non-inverted data. directed signals are anded together in each gate. the output of each gate can be inverted before going on to the logic function stage. the gating is in essence a 1-to-4 input and/nand/or/nor gate. when every input is inverted and the output is inverted, the gate is an or of all enabled data inputs. when the inputs and output are not inverted, the gate is an and or all enabled inputs. table 22-2 summarizes the basic logic that can be obtained in gate 1 by using the gate logic select bits. the table shows the logic of four input variables, but each gate can be configured to use less than four. if no inputs are selected, the output will be zero or one, depending on the gate output polarity bit. it is possible (but not recommended) to select both the true and negated values of an input. when this is done, the gate output is zero, regardless of the other inputs, but may emit logic glitches (transient-induced pulses). if the output of the channel must be zero or one, the recommended method is to set all gate bits to zero and use the gate polarity bit to set the desired level. data gating is configured with the logic gate select reg- isters as follows: ? gate 1: clcxgls0 ( register 22-5 ) ? gate 2: clcxgls1 ( register 22-6 ) ? gate 3: clcxgls2 ( register 22-7 ) ? gate 4: clcxgls3 ( register 22-8 ) register number suffixes are different than the gate numbers because other variations of this module have multiple gate selections in the same register. data gating is indicated in the right side of figure 22-2 . only one gate is shown in detail. the remaining three gates are configured identically with the exception that the data enables correspond to the enables for that gate. 22.1.3 logic function there are 8 available logic functions including: ? and-or ?or-xor ?and ? s-r latch ? d flip-flop with set and reset ? d flip-flop with reset ? j-k flip-flop with reset ? transparent latch with set and reset logic functions are shown in figure 22-3 . each logic function has four inputs and one output. the four inputs are the four data gate outputs of the previous stage. the output is fed to the inversion stage and from there to other peripherals, an output pin, and back to the clcx itself. 22.1.4 output polarity the last stage in the configurable logic cell is the output polarity. setting the lcxpol bit of the clcxcon reg- ister inverts the output signal from the logic stage. changing the polarity while the interrupts are enabled will cause an interrupt for the resulting output transition. note: data gating is undefined at power-up. table 22-2: data gating logic clcxgls0 lcxg1pol gate logic 0x55 1 and 0x55 0 nand 0xaa 1 nor 0xaa 0 or 0x00 0 logic 0 0x00 1 logic 1
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 170 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 22.1.5 clcx setup steps the following steps should be followed when setting up the clcx: ? disable clcx by clearing the lcxen bit. ? select desired inputs using clcxsel0 and clcxsel1 registers (see table 22-1 ). ? clear any associated ansel bits. ? set all tris bits associated with inputs. ? clear all tris bits associated with outputs. ? enable the chosen inputs through the four gates using clcxgls0, clcxgls1, clcxgls2, and clcxgls3 registers. ? select the gate output polarities with the lcxpoly bits of the clcxpol register. ? select the desired logic function with the lcxmode<2:0> bits of the clcxcon register. ? select the desired polarity of the logic output with the lcxpol bit of the clcxpol register. (this step may be combined with the previous gate out- put polarity step). ? if driving the clcx pin, set the lcxoe bit of the clcxcon register and also clear the tris bit corresponding to that output. ? if interrupts are desired, configure the following bits: - set the lcxintp bit in the clcxcon register for rising event. - set the lcxintn bit in the clcxcon register or falling event. - set the clcxie bit of the associated pie registers. - set the gie and peie bits of the intcon register. ? enable the clcx by setting the lcxen bit of the clcxcon register. 22.2 clcx interrupts an interrupt will be generated upon a change in the output value of the clcx when the appropriate interrupt enables are set. a rising edge detector and a falling edge detector are present in each clc for this purpose. the clcxif bit of the associated pir registers will be set when either edge detector is triggered and its associated enable bit is set. the lcxintp enables rising edge inter- rupts and the lcxintn bit enables falling edge inter- rupts. both are located in the clcxcon register. to fully enable the interrupt, set the following bits: ? lcxon bit of the clcxcon register ? clcxie bit of the associated pie registers ? lcxintp bit of the clcxcon register (for a rising edge detection) ? lcxintn bit of the clcxcon register (for a fall- ing edge detection) ? peie and gie bits of the intcon register the clcxif bit of the associated pir registers, must be cleared in software as part of the interrupt service. if another edge is detected while this flag is being cleared, the flag will still be set at the end of the sequence. 22.3 output mirror copies mirror copies of all lcxcon output bits are contained in the clcxdata register. reading this register reads the outputs of all clcs simultaneously. this prevents any reading skew introduced by testing or reading the clcxout bits in the individual clcxcon registers. 22.4 effects of a reset the clcxcon register is cleared to zero as the result of a reset. all other selection and gating values remain unchanged. 22.5 operation during sleep the clc module operates independently from the system clock and will continue to run during sleep, provided that the input sources selected remain active. the hfintosc remains active during sleep when the clc module is enabled and the hfintosc is selected as an input source, regardless of the system clock source selected. in other words, if the hfintosc is simultaneously selected as the system clock and as a clc input source, when the clc is enabled, the cpu will go idle during sleep, but the clc will continue to operate and the hfintosc will remain active. this will have a direct effect on the sleep mode current. 22.6 alternate pin locations this module incorporates i/o pins that can be moved to other locations with the use of the alternate pin function register, apfcon. to determine which pins can be moved and what their default locations are upon a reset, see section 11.1 ?alternate pin function? for more information.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 171 pic12(l)f1501 figure 22-2: input data selection and gating lcxg1 lcxg1pol data gate 1 lcxd1g1t lcxg2 lcxg3 lcxg4 data gate 2 data gate 3 data gate 4 lcxd1g1n lcxd2g1t lcxd2g1n lcxd3g1t lcxd3g1n lcxd4g1t lcxd4g1n lcxd1s<2:0> lcxd2s<2:0> lcxd3s<2:0> lcxd4s<2:0> clcxin[0] clcxin[1] clcxin[2] clcxin[3] clcxin[4] clcxin[5] clcxin[6] clcxin[7] 000 111 000 111 000 111 000 111 clcxin[4] clcxin[5] clcxin[6] clcxin[7] clcxin[8] clcxin[9] clcxin[10] clcxin[11] clcxin[8] clcxin[9] clcxin[10] clcxin[11] clcxin[12] clcxin[13] clcxin[14] clcxin[15] clcxin[12] clcxin[13] clcxin[14] clcxin[15] clcxin[0] clcxin[1] clcxin[2] clcxin[3] data selection note: all controls are undefined at power-up. lcxd1t lcxd1n lcxd2t lcxd2n lcxd3t lcxd3n lcxd4t lcxd4n (same as data gate 1) (same as data gate 1) (same as data gate 1)
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 172 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. figure 22-3: programm able logic functions lcxg1 lcxg2 lcxg3 lcxg4 lcxq lcxg1 lcxg2 lcxg3 lcxg4 lcxq lcxg1 lcxg2 lcxg3 lcxg4 lcxq s r q lcxg1 lcxg2 lcxg3 lcxg4 lcxq dq lcxg1 lcxg2 lcxg3 lcxg4 lcxq s r jq lcxg2 lcxg3 lcxg4 lcxq r lcxg1 k dq lcxg1 lcxg2 lcxg3 lcxg4 lcxq s r dq lcxg1 lcxg3 lcxq r lcxg4 lcxg2 lcxmode<2:0>= 000 lcxmode<2:0>= 010 lcxmode<2:0>= 001 lcxmode<2:0>= 011 lcxmode<2:0>= 100 lcxmode<2:0>= 110 lcxmode<2:0>= 101 lcxmode<2:0>= 111 le and - or or - xor 4-input and s-r latch 1-input d flip-flop with s and r 2-input d flip-flop with r 1-input transparent latch with s and r j-k flip-flop with r
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 173 pic12(l)f1501 22.7 clcx control registers register 22-1: clcxcon: configurable logic cell control register r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 lcxen lcxoe lcxout lcxintp lcxintn lcxmode<2:0> bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7 lcxen: configurable logic cell enable bit 1 = configurable logic cell is enabled and mixing input signals 0 = configurable logic cell is disabled and has logic zero output bit 6 lcxoe: configurable logic cell output enable bit 1 = configurable logic cell port pin output enabled 0 = configurable logic cell port pin output disabled bit 5 lcxout: configurable logic cell data output bit read-only: logic cell output data, after lcxpol; sampled from lcx_out wire. bit 4 lcxintp: configurable logic cell positive edge going interrupt enable bit 1 = clcxif will be set when a rising edge occurs on lcx_out 0 = clcxif will not be set bit 3 lcxintn: configurable logic cell negative edge going interrupt enable bit 1 = clcxif will be set when a falling edge occurs on lcx_out 0 = clcxif will not be set bit 2-0 lcxmode<2:0>: configurable logic cell functional mode bits 111 = cell is 1-input transparent latch with s and r 110 = cell is j-k flip-flop with r 101 = cell is 2-input d flip-flop with r 100 = cell is 1-input d flip-flop with s and r 011 = cell is s-r latch 010 = cell is 4-input and 001 = cell is or-xor 000 = cell is and-or
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 174 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. register 22-2: clcxpol: signal polarity control register r/w-0/0 u-0 u-0 u-0 r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u lcxpol ? ? ? lcxg4pol lcxg3pol lcxg2pol lcxg1pol bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7 lcxpol: lcout polarity control bit 1 = the output of the logic cell is inverted 0 = the output of the logic cell is not inverted bit 6-4 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 3 lcxg4pol: gate 4 output polarity control bit 1 = the output of gate 4 is inverted when applied to the logic cell 0 = the output of gate 4 is not inverted bit 2 lcxg3pol: gate 3 output polarity control bit 1 = the output of gate 3 is inverted when applied to the logic cell 0 = the output of gate 3 is not inverted bit 1 lcxg2pol: gate 2 output polarity control bit 1 = the output of gate 2 is inverted when applied to the logic cell 0 = the output of gate 2 is not inverted bit 0 lcxg1pol: gate 1 output polarity control bit 1 = the output of gate 1 is inverted when applied to the logic cell 0 = the output of gate 1 is not inverted
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 175 pic12(l)f1501 register 22-3: clcxsel0: multiplexer data 1 and 2 select register u-0 r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u u-0 r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u ? lcxd2s<2:0> ? lcxd1s<2:0> bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 6-4 lcxd2s<2:0>: input data 2 selection control bits (1) 111 = clcxin[11] is selected for lcxd2 110 = clcxin[10] is selected for lcxd2 101 = clcxin[9] is selected for lcxd2 100 = clcxin[8] is selected for lcxd2 011 = clcxin[7] is selected for lcxd2 010 = clcxin[6] is selected for lcxd2 001 = clcxin[5] is selected for lcxd2 000 = clcxin[4] is selected for lcxd2 bit 3 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 2-0 lcxd1s<2:0>: input data 1 selection control bits (1) 111 = clcxin[7] is selected for lcxd1 110 = clcxin[6] is selected for lcxd1 101 = clcxin[5] is selected for lcxd1 100 = clcxin[4] is selected for lcxd1 011 = clcxin[3] is selected for lcxd1 010 = clcxin[2] is selected for lcxd1 001 = clcxin[1] is selected for lcxd1 000 = clcxin[0] is selected for lcxd1 note 1: see table 22-1 for signal names associated with inputs.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 176 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. register 22-4: clcxsel1: multiplexer data 3 and 4 select register u-0 r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u u-0 r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u ? lcxd4s<2:0> ? lcxd3s<2:0> bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 6-4 lcxd4s<2:0>: input data 4 selection control bits (1) 111 = clcxin[3] is selected for lcxd4 110 = clcxin[2] is selected for lcxd4 101 = clcxin[1] is selected for lcxd4 100 = clcxin[0] is selected for lcxd4 011 = clcxin[15] is selected for lcxd4 010 = clcxin[14] is selected for lcxd4 001 = clcxin[13] is selected for lcxd4 000 = clcxin[12] is selected for lcxd4 bit 3 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 2-0 lcxd3s<2:0>: input data 3 selection control bits (1) 111 = clcxin[15] is selected for lcxd3 110 = clcxin[14] is selected for lcxd3 101 = clcxin[13] is selected for lcxd3 100 = clcxin[12] is selected for lcxd3 011 = clcxin[11] is selected for lcxd3 010 = clcxin[10] is selected for lcxd3 001 = clcxin[9] is selected for lcxd3 000 = clcxin[8] is selected for lcxd3 note 1: see table 22-1 for signal names associated with inputs.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 177 pic12(l)f1501 register 22-5: clcxgls0: gate 1 logic select register r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u lcxg1d4t lcxg1d4n lcxg1d3t lcxg1d3n lcxg1d2t lcxg1d2n lcxg1d1t lcxg1d1n bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7 lcxg1d4t: gate 1 data 4 true (non-inverted) bit 1 = lcxd4t is gated into lcxg1 0 = lcxd4t is not gated into lcxg1 bit 6 lcxg1d4n: gate 1 data 4 negated (inverted) bit 1 = lcxd4n is gated into lcxg1 0 = lcxd4n is not gated into lcxg1 bit 5 lcxg1d3t: gate 1 data 3 true (non-inverted) bit 1 = lcxd3t is gated into lcxg1 0 = lcxd3t is not gated into lcxg1 bit 4 lcxg1d3n: gate 1 data 3 negated (inverted) bit 1 = lcxd3n is gated into lcxg1 0 = lcxd3n is not gated into lcxg1 bit 3 lcxg1d2t: gate 1 data 2 true (non-inverted) bit 1 = lcxd2t is gated into lcxg1 0 = lcxd2t is not gated into lcxg1 bit 2 lcxg1d2n: gate 1 data 2 negated (inverted) bit 1 = lcxd2n is gated into lcxg1 0 = lcxd2n is not gated into lcxg1 bit 1 lcxg1d1t: gate 1 data 1 true (non-inverted) bit 1 = lcxd1t is gated into lcxg1 0 = lcxd1t is not gated into lcxg1 bit 0 lcxg1d1n: gate 1 data 1 negated (inverted) bit 1 = lcxd1n is gated into lcxg1 0 = lcxd1n is not gated into lcxg1
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 178 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. register 22-6: clcxgls1: gate 2 logic select register r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u lcxg2d4t lcxg2d4n lcxg2d3t lcxg2d3n lcxg2d2t lcxg2d2n lcxg2d1t lcxg2d1n bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7 lcxg2d4t: gate 2 data 4 true (non-inverted) bit 1 = lcxd4t is gated into lcxg2 0 = lcxd4t is not gated into lcxg2 bit 6 lcxg2d4n: gate 2 data 4 negated (inverted) bit 1 = lcxd4n is gated into lcxg2 0 = lcxd4n is not gated into lcxg2 bit 5 lcxg2d3t: gate 2 data 3 true (non-inverted) bit 1 = lcxd3t is gated into lcxg2 0 = lcxd3t is not gated into lcxg2 bit 4 lcxg2d3n: gate 2 data 3 negated (inverted) bit 1 = lcxd3n is gated into lcxg2 0 = lcxd3n is not gated into lcxg2 bit 3 lcxg2d2t: gate 2 data 2 true (non-inverted) bit 1 = lcxd2t is gated into lcxg2 0 = lcxd2t is not gated into lcxg2 bit 2 lcxg2d2n: gate 2 data 2 negated (inverted) bit 1 = lcxd2n is gated into lcxg2 0 = lcxd2n is not gated into lcxg2 bit 1 lcxg2d1t: gate 2 data 1 true (non-inverted) bit 1 = lcxd1t is gated into lcxg2 0 = lcxd1t is not gated into lcxg2 bit 0 lcxg2d1n: gate 2 data 1 negated (inverted) bit 1 = lcxd1n is gated into lcxg2 0 = lcxd1n is not gated into lcxg2
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 179 pic12(l)f1501 register 22-7: clcxgls2: gate 3 logic select register r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u lcxg3d4t lcxg3d4n lcxg3d3t lcxg3d3n lcxg3d2t lcxg3d2n lcxg3d1t lcxg3d1n bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7 lcxg3d4t: gate 3 data 4 true (non-inverted) bit 1 = lcxd4t is gated into lcxg3 0 = lcxd4t is not gated into lcxg3 bit 6 lcxg3d4n: gate 3 data 4 negated (inverted) bit 1 = lcxd4n is gated into lcxg3 0 = lcxd4n is not gated into lcxg3 bit 5 lcxg3d3t: gate 3 data 3 true (non-inverted) bit 1 = lcxd3t is gated into lcxg3 0 = lcxd3t is not gated into lcxg3 bit 4 lcxg3d3n: gate 3 data 3 negated (inverted) bit 1 = lcxd3n is gated into lcxg3 0 = lcxd3n is not gated into lcxg3 bit 3 lcxg3d2t: gate 3 data 2 true (non-inverted) bit 1 = lcxd2t is gated into lcxg3 0 = lcxd2t is not gated into lcxg3 bit 2 lcxg3d2n: gate 3 data 2 negated (inverted) bit 1 = lcxd2n is gated into lcxg3 0 = lcxd2n is not gated into lcxg3 bit 1 lcxg3d1t: gate 3 data 1 true (non-inverted) bit 1 = lcxd1t is gated into lcxg3 0 = lcxd1t is not gated into lcxg3 bit 0 lcxg3d1n: gate 3 data 1 negated (inverted) bit 1 = lcxd1n is gated into lcxg3 0 = lcxd1n is not gated into lcxg3
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 180 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. register 22-8: clcxgls3: gate 4 logic select register r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u lcxg4d4t lcxg4d4n lcxg4d3t lcxg4d3n lcxg4d2t lcxg4d2n lcxg4d1t lcxg4d1n bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7 lcxg4d4t: gate 4 data 4 true (non-inverted) bit 1 = lcxd4t is gated into lcxg4 0 = lcxd4t is not gated into lcxg4 bit 6 lcxg4d4n: gate 4 data 4 negated (inverted) bit 1 = lcxd4n is gated into lcxg4 0 = lcxd4n is not gated into lcxg4 bit 5 lcxg4d3t: gate 4 data 3 true (non-inverted) bit 1 = lcxd3t is gated into lcxg4 0 = lcxd3t is not gated into lcxg4 bit 4 lcxg4d3n: gate 4 data 3 negated (inverted) bit 1 = lcxd3n is gated into lcxg4 0 = lcxd3n is not gated into lcxg4 bit 3 lcxg4d2t: gate 4 data 2 true (non-inverted) bit 1 = lcxd2t is gated into lcxg4 0 = lcxd2t is not gated into lcxg4 bit 2 lcxg4d2n: gate 4 data 2 negated (inverted) bit 1 = lcxd2n is gated into lcxg4 0 = lcxd2n is not gated into lcxg4 bit 1 lcxg4d1t: gate 4 data 1 true (non-inverted) bit 1 = lcxd1t is gated into lcxg4 0 = lcxd1t is not gated into lcxg4 bit 0 lcxg4d1n: gate 4 data 1 negated (inverted) bit 1 = lcxd1n is gated into lcxg4 0 = lcxd1n is not gated into lcxg4
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 181 pic12(l)f1501 register 22-9: clcdata: clc data output u-0 u-0 u-0 u-0 u-0 u-0 r-0 r-0 ? ? ? ? ? ? mlc2out mlc1out bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7-2 unimplemented : read as ? 0 ? bit 1 mlc2out : mirror copy of lc2out bit bit 0 mlc1out : mirror copy of lc1out bit
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 182 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. table 22-3: summary of registers associated with clcx name bit7 bit6 bit5 bit4 bit3 bit2 bit1 bit0 register on page apfcon cwg1bsel cwg1asel ? ? t1gsel ? clc1sel nco1sel 100 clc1con lc1en lc1oe lc1out lc1intp lc1intn lc1mode<2:0> 173 clc2con lc2en lc2oe lc2out lc2intp lc2intn lc2mode<2:0> 173 clcdata ? ? ? ? ? ? mlc2out mlc1out 177 clc1gls0 lc1g1d4t lc1g1d4n lc1g1d3t lc1g1d3n lc1g1d2t lc1g1d2n lc1g1d1t lc1g1d1n 177 clc1gls1 lc1g2d4t lc1g2d4n lc1g2d3t lc1g2d3n lc1g2d2t lc1g2d2n lc1g2d1t lc1g2d1n 178 clc1gls2 lc1g3d4t lc1g3d4n lc1g3d3t lc1g3d3n lc1g3d2t lc1g3d2n lc1g3d1t lc1g3d1n 179 clc1gls3 lc1g4d4t lc1g4d4n lc1g4d3t lc1g4d3n lc1g4d2t lc1g4d2n lc1g4d1t lc1g4d1n 180 clc1pol lc1pol ? ? ? lc1g4pol lc1g3pol lc1g2pol lc1g1pol 174 clc1sel0 ? lc1d2s<2:0> ? lc1d1s<2:0> 175 clc1sel1 ? lc1d4s<2:0> ? lc1d3s<2:0> 176 clc2gls0 lc2g1d4t lc2g1d4n lc2g1d3t lc2g1d3n lc2g1d2t lc2g1d2n lc2g1d1t lc2g1d1n 177 clc2gls1 lc2g2d4t lc2g2d4n lc2g2d3t lc2g2d3n lc2g2d2t lc2g2d2n lc2g2d1t lc2g2d1n 178 clc2gls2 lc2g3d4t lc2g3d4n lc2g3d3t lc2g3d3n lc2g3d2t lc2g3d2n lc2g3d1t lc2g3d1n 179 clc2gls3 lc2g4d4t lc2g4d4n lc2g4d3t lc2g4d3n lc2g4d2t lc2g4d2n lc2g4d1t lc2g4d1n 180 clc2pol lc2pol ? ? ? lc2g4pol lc2g3pol lc2g2pol lc2g1pol 174 clc2sel0 ? lc2d2s<2:0> ? lc2d1s<2:0> 175 clc2sel1 ? lc2d4s<2:0> ? lc2d3s<2:0> 176 intcon gie peie tmr0ie inte iocie tmr0if intf iocif 66 pie3 ? ? ? ? ? ? clc2ie clc1ie 69 pir3 ? ? ? ? ? ? clc2if clc1if 72 trisa ? ? trisa5 trisa4 ? (1) trisa2 trisa1 trisa0 102 legend: ? = unimplemented read as ?0?,. shaded cells are not used for clc module. note 1: unimplemented, read as ? 1 ?.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 183 pic12(l)f1501 23.0 numerically controlled oscillator (nco) module the numerically controlled oscillator (ncox) module is a timer that uses the overflow from the addition of an increment value to divide the input frequency. the advantage of the addition method over simple counter driven timer is that the resolution of division does not vary with the divider value. the ncox is most useful for applications that require frequency accuracy and fine resolution at a fixed duty cycle. features of the ncox include: ? 16-bit increment function ? fixed duty cycle (fdc) mode ? pulse frequency (pf) mode ? output pulse width control ? multiple clock input sources ? output polarity control ? interrupt capability figure 23-1 is a simplified block diagram of the ncox module.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 184 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. figure 23-1: numerically contro lled oscillator (ncox) module simplified block diagram n xen lc1out hfintosc nco1clk 2 n xcks < 2:0 > note 1: the increment registers are double-buffered to allow for value changes to be made without first disabling the ncox module. they are shown here for reference. the buffers are not user-accessible. (1) f osc 10 00 01 11 increment buffer accumulator ? overflow ncox clock d q q s q q overflow r nco xout 16 20 20 interrupt event set ncoxif flag nxpol ncox clock 0 1 nxpfm to clc, cwg ripple counter reset n x pws<2:0> 3 16 ncox nxoe tris control
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 185 pic12(l)f1501 23.1 ncox operation the ncox operates by repeatedly adding a fixed value to an accumulator. additions occur at the input clock rate. the accumulator will overflow with a carry periodically, which is the raw ncox output. this effectively reduces the input clock by the ratio of the addition value to the maximum accumulator value. see equation 23-1 . the ncox output can be further modified by stretching the pulse or toggling a flip-flop. the modified ncox output is then distributed internally to other peripherals and optionally output to a pin. the accumulator overflow also generates an interrupt. the ncox period changes in discrete steps to create an average frequency. this output depends on the ability of the receiving circuit (i.e., cwg or external resonant converter circuitry) to average the ncox output to reduce uncertainty. 23.1.1 ncox clock sources clock sources available to the ncox include: ?hfintosc ?f osc ?lcxout ? clkin pin the ncox clock source is selected by configuring the nxcks<2:0> bits in the ncoxclk register. 23.1.2 accumulator the accumulator is a 20-bit register. read and write access to the accumulator is available through three registers: ? ncoxaccl ? ncoxacch ? ncoxaccu 23.1.3 adder the ncox adder is a full adder, which operates independently from the system clock. the addition of the previous result and the increment value replaces the accumulator value on the rising edge of each input clock. 23.1.4 increment registers the increment value is stored in two 8-bit registers making up a 16-bit increment. in order of lsb to msb they are: ? ncoxincl ? ncoxinch both of the registers are readable and writeable. the increment registers are double-buffered to allow for value changes to be made without first disabling the ncox module. the buffer loads are immediate when the module is dis- abled. writing to the ncoxinch register first is neces- sary because then the buffer is loaded synchronously with the ncox operation after the write is executed on the ncoxincl register. equation 23-1: note: the increment buffer registers are not user-accessible. f overflow nco clock frequency increment value ? 2 n ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- = n = accumulator width in bits
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 186 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 23.2 fixed duty cycle (fdc) mode in fixed duty cycle (fdc) mode, every time the accumulator overflows, the output is toggled. this provides a 50% duty cycle, provided that the increment value remains constant. for more information, see figure 23-2 . the fdc mode is selected by clearing the nxpfm bit in the ncoxcon register. 23.3 pulse frequency (pf) mode in pulse frequency (pf) mode, every time the accumu- lator overflows, the output becomes active for one or more clock periods. once the clock period expires, the output returns to an inactive state. this provides a pulsed output. the output becomes active on the rising clock edge immediately following the overflow event. for more information, see figure 23-2 . the value of the active and inactive states depends on the polarity bit, nxpol in the ncoxcon register. the pf mode is selected by setting the nxpfm bit in the ncoxcon register. 23.3.1 output pulse width control when operating in pf mode, the active state of the out- put can vary in width by multiple clock periods. various pulse widths are selected with the nxpws<2:0> bits in the ncoxclk register. when the selected pulse width is greater than the accumulator overflow time frame, the output of the ncox operation is indeterminate. 23.4 output polarity control the last stage in the ncox module is the output polar- ity. the nxpol bit in the ncoxcon register selects the output polarity. changing the polarity while the inter- rupts are enabled will cause an interrupt for the result- ing output transition. the ncox output can be used internally by source code or other peripherals. accomplish this by reading the nxout (read-only) bit of the ncoxcon register.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 187 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. figure 23-2: fdc output mode operation diagram 2000h 02000h 04000h 06000h 08000h 0a000h 0c000h 0e000h 10000h 02000h 04000h 06000h 08000h 0a000h 0c000h 0e000h 10000h 02000h 04000h 0000h 2000h 4000h 6000h 8000h a000h c000h e000h 0000h 2000h 4000h 6000h 8000h a000h c000h e000h 0000h 2000h tadder tadder tadder_ overflow is the clock source ncox ncox accumulator input overflow ncox overflow interrupt ncox output ncox output pf mode ncox output pf mode msb of the accumulator tadder increment value input value accumulator accumulator event fdc mode ncox pws = 000 ncox pws = 010 pws = 000
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 188 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 23.5 interrupts when the accumulator overflows, the ncox interrupt flag bit, ncoxif, of the pirx register is set. to enable the interrupt event, the following bits must be set: ? nxen bit of the ncoxcon register ? ncoxie bit of the piex register ? peie bit of the intcon register ? gie bit of the intcon register the interrupt must be cleared by software by clearing the ncoxif bit in the interrupt service routine. 23.6 effects of a reset all of the ncox registers are cleared to zero as the result of a reset. 23.7 operation in sleep the nco module operates independently from the system clock and will continue to run during sleep, provided that the clock source selected remains active. the hfintosc remains active during sleep when the nco module is enabled and the hfintosc is selected as the clock source, regardless of the system clock source selected. in other words, if the hfintosc is simultaneously selected as the system clock and the nco clock source, when the nco is enabled, the cpu will go idle during sleep, but the nco will continue to operate and the hfintosc will remain active. this will have a direct effect on the sleep mode current. 23.8 alternate pin locations this module incorporates i/o pins that can be moved to other locations with the use of the alternate pin function register, apfcon. to determine which pins can be moved and what their default locations are upon a reset, see section 11.1 ?alternate pin function? for more information.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 189 pic12(l)f1501 23.9 ncox control registers register 23-2: ncoxclk: ncox input clock control register register 23-1: ncoxcon: ncox control register r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r-0/0 r/w-0/0 u-0 u-0 u-0 r/w-0/0 nxen nxoe nxout nxpol ? ? ?nxpfm bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7 nxen: ncox enable bit 1 = ncox module is enabled 0 = ncox module is disabled bit 6 nxoe: ncox output enable bit 1 = ncox output pin is enabled 0 = ncox output pin is disabled bit 5 nxout: ncox output bit 1 = ncox output is high 0 = ncox output is low bit 4 nxpol: ncox polarity bit 1 = ncox output signal is active-high 0 = ncox output signal is active-low bit 3-1 unimplemented : read as ? 0 ?. bit 0 nxpfm: ncox pulse frequency mode bit 1 = ncox operates in pulse frequency mode 0 = ncox operates in fixed duty cycle mode r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 u-0 u-0 u-0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 nxpws<2:0> ? ? ?nxcks<1:0> bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7-5 nxpws<2:0>: ncox output pulse width select bits (1, 2) 111 = 128 ncox clock periods 110 = 64 ncox clock periods 101 = 32 ncox clock periods 100 = 16 ncox clock periods 011 = 8 ncox clock periods 010 = 4 ncox clock periods 001 = 2 ncox clock periods 000 = 1 ncox clock periods bit 4-2 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 1-0 nxcks<1:0>: ncox clock source select bits 11 = nco1clk 10 = lc1out 01 = f osc 00 = hfintosc (16 mhz) note 1: nxpws applies only when operating in pulse frequency mode. 2: if ncox pulse width is greater than ncox overflow period, operation is undeterminate.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 190 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. register 23-3: ncoxaccl: ncox accumulator register ? low byte register 23-4: ncoxacch: ncox accum ulator register ? high byte register 23-5: ncoxaccu: ncox accum ulator register ? upper byte r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 ncoxacc<7:0> bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7-0 ncoxacc<7:0>: ncox accumulator, low byte r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 ncoxacc<15:8> bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7-0 ncoxacc<15:8>: ncox accumulator, high byte u-0 u-0 u-0 u-0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 ? ? ? ? nco x acc<19:16> bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7-4 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 3-0 nco x acc<19:16>: nco x accumulator, upper byte
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 191 pic12(l)f1501 register 23-6: ncoxincl: ncox increment register ? low byte register 23-7: ncoxinch: ncox increment register ? high byte r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-1/1 ncoxinc<7:0> bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7-0 ncoxinc<7:0>: ncox increment, low byte r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 ncoxinc<15:8> bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared bit 7-0 ncoxinc<15:8>: ncox increment, high byte
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 192 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. table 23-1: summary of register s associated with ncox name bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 register on page apfcon cwg1bsel cwg1asel ? ? t1gsel ? clc1sel nco1sel 100 intcon gie peie tmr0ie inte iocie tmr0if intf iocif 66 nco1acch nco1acc<15:8> 190 nco1accl nco1acc<7:0> 190 nco1accu ? nco1acc<19:16> 190 nco1clk n1pws<2:0> ? ? ?n1cks<1:0> 189 nco1con n1en n1oe n1out n1pol ? ? ?n1pfm 189 nco1inch nco1inc<15:8> 191 nco1incl nco1inc<7:0> 191 pie2 ? ? c1ie ? ? nco1ie ? ? 68 pir2 ? ? c1if ? ? nco1if ? ? 71 trisa ? ? trisa5 trisa4 ? (1) trisa2 trisa1 trisa0 102 legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, ? = unimplemented read as ? 0 ?, q = value depends on condition. shaded cells are not used for adc module. note 1: unimplemented, read as ? 1 ?.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 193 pic12(l)f1501 24.0 complementary waveform generator (cwg) module the complementary waveform generator (cwg) pro- duces a complementary waveform with dead-band delay from a selection of input sources. the cwg module has the following features: ? selectable dead-band clock source control ? selectable input sources ? output enable control ? output polarity control ? dead-band control with independent 6-bit rising and falling edge dead-band counters ? auto-shutdown control with: - selectable shutdown sources - auto-restart enable - auto-shutdown pin override control
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 194 pic12(l)f1501 figure 24-1: simplifi ed cwg block diagram cwg_clock gxcs input source pwm1out pwm2out nco1out cwg1flt (int pin) gxasdflt lc2out gxasclc f osc hfintosc gxis lc1out auto-shutdown source g x pola 1 1 3 q s rq en r gxarsen cwgxdbr g x polb 6 cwgxdbf 0 1 0 1 00 10 11 ? 0 ? ? 1 ? 00 10 11 ? 0 ? ? 1 ? g x asdlb 2 gxasdla 2 cwg x a cwg x b gxasdla = 01 gxasdlb = 01 gxase gxoea gxoeb = en r 6 = trisx trisx x = cwg module number pwm3out pwm4out q s rq q d s write gxase data bit shutdown set dominate async_c1out reserved async_c1out gxasdc1
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 195 pic12(l)f1501 figure 24-2: typical cwg operatio n with pwm1 (no auto-shutdown) rising edge d falling edge dead band rising edge dead band falling edge dead band cwg_clock pwm1 cwgxa cwgxb rising edge dead band
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 196 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 24.1 fundamental operation the cwg generates a two output complementary waveform from one of four selectable input sources. the off-to-on transition of each output can be delayed from the on-to-off transition of the other output, thereby, creating a time delay immediately where neither output is driven. this is referred to as dead time and is covered in section 24.5 ?dead-band control? . a typical operating waveform, with dead band, generated from a single input signal is shown in figure 24-2 . it may be necessary to guard against the possibility of circuit faults or a feedback event arriving too late or not at all. in this case, the active drive must be terminated before the fault condition causes damage. this is referred to as auto-shutdown and is covered in section 24.9 ?auto-shutdown control? . 24.2 clock source the cwg module allows the following clock sources to be selected: ? fosc (system clock) ? hfintosc (16 mhz only) the clock sources are selected using the g1cs0 bit of the cwgxcon0 register ( register 24-1 ). 24.3 selectable input sources the cwg can generate the complementary waveform for the following input sources: ? async_c1out ?pwm1 ?pwm2 ?pwm3 ?pwm4 ?n1out ?lc1out the input sources are selected using the gxis<2:0> bits in the cwgxcon1 register ( register 24-2 ). 24.4 output control immediately after the cwg module is enabled, the complementary drive is configured with both cwgxa and cwgxb drives cleared. 24.4.1 output enables each cwg output pin has individual output enable control. output enables are selected with the gxoea and gxoeb bits of the cwgxcon0 register. when an output enable control is cleared, the module asserts no control over the pin. when an output enable is set, the override value or active pwm waveform is applied to the pin per the port priority selection. the output pin enables are dependent on the module enable bit, gxen. when gxen is cleared, cwg output enables and cwg drive levels have no effect. 24.4.2 polarity control the polarity of each cwg output can be selected independently. when the output polarity bit is set, the corresponding output is active high. clearing the output polarity bit configures the corresponding output as active low. however, polarity does not affect the override levels. output polarity is selected with the gxpola and gxpolb bits of the cwgxcon0 register. 24.5 dead-band control dead-band control provides for non-overlapping output signals to prevent shoot-through current in power switches. the cwg contains two 6-bit dead-band counters. one dead-band counter is used for the rising edge of the input source control. the other is used for the falling edge of the input source control. dead band is timed by counting cwg clock periods from zero up to the value in the rising or falling dead- band counter registers. see cwgxdbr and cwgxdbf registers ( register 24-4 and register 24-5 , respectively). 24.6 rising edge dead band the rising edge dead band delays the turn-on of the cwgxa output from when the cwgxb output is turned off. the rising edge dead-band time starts when the rising edge of the input source signal goes true. when this happens, the cwgxb output is immediately turned off and the rising edge dead-band delay time starts. when the rising edge dead-band delay time is reached, the cwgxa output is turned on. the cwgxdbr register sets the duration of the dead- band interval on the rising edge of the input source signal. this duration is from 0 to 64 counts of dead band. dead band is always counted off the edge on the input source signal. a count of 0 (zero) indicates that no dead band is present. if the input source signal is not present for enough time for the count to be completed, no output will be seen on the respective output.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 197 pic12(l)f1501 24.7 falling edge dead band the falling edge dead band delays the turn-on of the cwgxb output from when the cwgxa output is turned off. the falling edge dead-band time starts when the falling edge of the input source goes true. when this happens, the cwgxa output is immediately turned off and the falling edge dead-band delay time starts. when the falling edge dead-band delay time is reached, the cwgxb output is turned on. the cwgxdbf register sets the duration of the dead- band interval on the falling edge of the input source sig- nal. this duration is from 0 to 64 counts of dead band. dead band is always counted off the edge on the input source signal. a count of 0 (zero) indicates that no dead band is present. if the input source signal is not present for enough time for the count to be completed, no output will be seen on the respective output. refer to figure 24-3 and figure 24-4 for examples. 24.8 dead-band uncertainty when the rising and falling edges of the input source triggers the dead-band counters, the input may be asyn- chronous. this will create some uncertainty in the dead- band time delay. the maximum uncertainty is equal to one cwg clock period. refer to equation 24-1 for more detail.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 198 pic12(l)f1501 figure 24-3: dead-band operation, cwgxdbr = 01h, cwgxdbf = 02h figure 24-4: dead-band operation, cwgxdbr = 03h, cwgxdbf = 04h, source shorter than dead band input source cwgxa cwgxb cwg_clock source shorter than dead band input source cwgxa cwgxb cwg_clock
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 199 pic12(l)f1501 equation 24-1: dead-band uncertainty t deadband _ uncertainty 1 fcwg_clock ---------------------------- - = therefore: fcwg_clock 16 mhz = 1 16 mhz ------------------ - = 625ns = t deadband _ uncertainty 1 fcwg_clock ---------------------------- - = example:
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 200 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 24.9 auto-shutdown control auto-shutdown is a method to immediately override the cwg output levels with specific overrides that allow for safe shutdown of the circuit. the shutdown state can be either cleared automatically or held until cleared by software. 24.9.1 shutdown the shutdown state can be entered by either of the fol- lowing two methods: ? software generated ? external input 24.9.1.1 software generated shutdown setting the gxase bit of the cwgxcon2 register will force the cwg into the shutdown state. when auto-restart is disabled, the shutdown state will persist as long as the gxase bit is set. when auto-restart is enabled, the gxase bit will clear automatically and resume operation on the next rising edge event. see figure 24-6 . 24.9.1.2 external input source external shutdown inputs provide the fastest way to safely suspend cwg operation in the event of a fault condition. when any of the selected shutdown inputs goes active, the cwg outputs will immediately go to the selected override levels without software delay. any combination of two input sources can be selected to cause a shutdown condition. the sources are: ? async_c1out ?lc2out ?cwg1flt shutdown inputs are selected using the gxasds0 and gxasds1 bits of the cwgxcon2 register. ( register 24-3 ). 24.10 operation during sleep the cwg module operates independently from the system clock and will continue to run during sleep, provided that the clock and input sources selected remain active. the hfintosc remains active during sleep, provided that the cwg module is enabled, the input source is active, and the hfintosc is selected as the clock source, regardless of the system clock source selected. in other words, if the hfintosc is simultaneously selected as the system clock and the cwg clock source, when the cwg is enabled and the input source is active, the cpu will go idle during sleep, but the cwg will continue to operate and the hfintosc will remain active. this will have a direct effect on the sleep mode current. 24.11 alternate pin locations this module incorporates i/o pins that can be moved to other locations with the use of the alternate pin function register, apfcon. to determine which pins can be moved and what their default locations are upon a reset, see section 11.1 ?alternate pin function? for more information. note: shutdown inputs are level sensitive, not edge sensitive. the shutdown state can- not be cleared, except by disabling auto- shutdown, as long as the shutdown input level persists.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 201 pic12(l)f1501 24.12 configuring the cwg the following steps illustrate how to properly configure the cwg to ensure a synchronous start: 1. ensure that the tris control bits corresponding to cwgxa and cwgxb are set so that both are configured as inputs. 2. clear the gxen bit, if not already cleared. 3. set desired dead-band times with the cwgxdbr and cwgxdbf registers. 4. setup the following controls in cwgxcon2 auto-shutdown register: ? select desired shutdown source. ? select both output overrides to the desired levels (this is necessary even if not using auto-shutdown because start-up will be from a shutdown state). ? set the gxase bit and clear the gxarsen bit. 5. select the desired input source using the cwgxcon1 register. 6. configure the following controls in cwgxcon0 register: ? select desired clock source. ? select the desired output polarities. ? set the output enables for the outputs to be used. 7. set the gxen bit. 8. clear tris control bits corresponding to cwgxa and cwgxb to be used to configure those pins as outputs. 9. if auto-restart is to be used, set the gxarsen bit and the gxase bit will be cleared automati- cally. otherwise, clear the gxase bit to start the cwg. 24.12.1 pin override levels the levels driven to the output pins, while the shutdown input is true, are controlled by the gxasdla and gxasdlb bits of the cwgxcon2 register ( register 24-3 ). gxasdla controls the cwg1a override level and gxasdlb controls the cwg1b override level. the control bit logic level corresponds to the output logic drive level while in the shutdown state. the polarity control does not apply to the override level. 24.12.2 auto-shutdown restart after an auto-shutdown event has occurred, there are two ways to have resume operation: ? software controlled ? auto-restart the restart method is selected with the gxarsen bit of the cwgxcon2 register. waveforms of software controlled and automatic restarts are shown in figure 24-5 and figure 24-6 . 24.12.2.1 software controlled restart when the gxarsen bit of the cwgxcon2 register is cleared, the cwg must be restarted after an auto-shut- down event by software. clearing the shutdown state requires all selected shut- down inputs to be low, otherwise the gxase bit will remain set. the overrides will remain in effect until the first rising edge event after the gxase bit is cleared. the cwg will then resume operation. 24.12.2.2 auto-restart when the gxarsen bit of the cwgxcon2 register is set, the cwg will restart from the auto-shutdown state automatically. the gxase bit will clear automatically when all shut- down sources go low. the overrides will remain in effect until the first rising edge event after the gxase bit is cleared. the cwg will then resume operation.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 202 pic12(l)f1501 figure 24-5: shutdown functionality, auto-restart disabled (gxarsen = 0, gxasdla = 01 , gxasdlb = 01 ) figure 24-6: shutdown functionality, auto-restart enabled (gxarsen = 1, gxasdla = 01 , gxasdlb = 01 ) shutdown g x ase cleared by software output resumes no shutdown cwg input g x ase cwg1a source shutdown source shutdown event ceases tri-state (no pulse) cwg1b tri-state (no pulse) shutdown tri-state (no pulse) g x ase auto-cleared by hardware output resumes no shutdown cwg input g x ase cwg1a source shutdown source shutdown event ceases cwg1b tri-state (no pulse)
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 203 pic12(l)f1501 24.13 cwg control registers register 24-1: cwgxcon0: cwg control register 0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 u-0 u-0 r/w-0/0 gxen gxoeb gxoea gxpolb gxpola ? ?gxcs0 bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared q = value depends on condition bit 7 gxen: cwgx enable bit 1 = module is enabled 0 = module is disabled bit 6 gxoeb: cwgxb output enable bit 1 = cwgxb is available on appropriate i/o pin 0 = cwgxb is not available on appropriate i/o pin bit 5 gxoea: cwgxa output enable bit 1 = cwgxa is available on appropriate i/o pin 0 = cwgxa is not available on appropriate i/o pin bit 4 gxpolb: cwgxb output polarity bit 1 = output is inverted polarity 0 = output is normal polarity bit 3 gxpola: cwgxa output polarity bit 1 = output is inverted polarity 0 = output is normal polarity bit 2-1 unimplemented : read as ? 0 ? bit 0 gxcs0: cwgx clock source bit 1 =hfintosc 0 =f osc
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 204 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. register 24-2: cwgxcon1: cwg control register 1 r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u u-0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 gxasdlb<1:0> gxasdla<1:0> ? gxis<2:0> bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared q = value depends on condition bit 7-6 gxasdlb<1:0>: cwgx shutdown state for cwgxb when an auto shutdown event is present (gxase = 1 ): 11 = cwgxb pin is driven to ? 1 ?, regardless of the setting of the gxpolb bit. 10 = cwgxb pin is driven to ? 0 ?, regardless of the setting of the gxpolb bit. 01 = cwgxb pin is tri-stated 00 = cwgxb pin is driven to it?s inactive state after the selected dead-band interval. gxpolb still will control the polarity of the output. bit 5-4 gxasdla<1:0>: cwgx shutdown state for cwgxa when an auto shutdown event is present (gxase = 1 ): 11 = cwgxa pin is driven to ? 1 ?, regardless of the setting of the gxpola bit. 10 = cwgxa pin is driven to ? 0 ?, regardless of the setting of the gxpola bit. 01 = cwgxa pin is tri-stated 00 = cwgxa pin is driven to it?s inactive state after the selected dead-band interval. gxpola still will control the polarity of the output. bit 3 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 2-0 gxis<2:0>: cwgx input source select bits 111 =lc1out 110 =n1out 101 =pwm4out 100 =pwm3out 011 =pwm2out 010 =pwm1out 001 = async_c1out 000 =reserved
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 205 pic12(l)f1501 register 24-3: cwgxcon2: cwg control register 2 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 u-0 u-0 u-0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 r/w-0/0 g1ase g 1 arsen ? ? ? g1asdc1 g1asdflt g1asdclc2 bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared q = value depends on condition bit 7 g1ase: auto-shutdown event status bit 1 = an auto-shutdown event has occurred 0 = no auto-shutdown event has occurred bit 6 g1arsen: auto-restart enable bit 1 = auto-restart is enabled 0 = auto-restart is disabled bit 5-3 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 2 g1asdc1: cwg auto-shutdown on comparator 1 enable bit 1 = shutdown when comparator 1 output is high 0 = comparator 1 output has no effect on shutdown bit 1 g1asdflt: cwg auto-shutdown on flt enable bit 1 = shutdown when cwg1flt in put is low 0 =cwg1flt input has no effect on shutdown bit 0 g1asdclc2: cwg auto-shutdown on clc2 enable bit 1 = shutdown when lc2out is high 0 = lc2out has no effect on shutdown
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 206 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. register 24-4: cwg x dbr: complementary waveform generator (cwg x) rising dead-band count register register 24-5: cwg x dbf: complementary waveform generator (cwg x) falling dead-band count register u-0 u-0 r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u ? ? cwg x dbr<5:0> bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared q = value depends on condition bit 7-6 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 5-0 cwgxdbr<5:0>: complementary waveform generator (cwgx) rising counts 11 1111 = 63-64 counts of dead band 11 1110 = 62-63 counts of dead band ?? ?? ? 00 0010 = 2-3 counts of dead band 00 0001 = 1-2 counts of dead band 00 0000 = 0 counts of dead band u-0 u-0 r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u r/w-x/u ? ? cwgxdbf<5:0> bit 7 bit 0 legend: r = readable bit w = writable bit u = unimplemented bit, read as ?0? u = bit is unchanged x = bit is unknown -n/n = value at por and bor/value at all other resets ?1? = bit is set ?0? = bit is cleared q = value depends on condition bit 7-6 unimplemented: read as ? 0 ? bit 5-0 cwgxdbf<5:0>: complementary waveform generator (cwgx) falling counts 11 1111 = 63-64 counts of dead band 11 1110 = 62-63 counts of dead band ?? ?? ? 00 0010 = 2-3 counts of dead band 00 0001 = 1-2 counts of dead band 00 0000 = 0 counts of dead band. dead-band generation is bypassed.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 207 pic12(l)f1501 24.13.1 alternate pin locations this module incorporates i/o pins that can be moved to other locations with the use of the alternate pin function register, apfcon. to determine which pins can be moved and what their default locations are upon a reset, see section 11.1 ?alternate pin function? for more information. table 24-1: summary of registers associated with cwg name bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 register on page ansela ? ? ? ansa4 ?ansa2 ansa1 ansa0 103 apfcon cwg1bsel cwg1asel ? ? t1gsel ? clc1sel nco1sel 100 cwg1con0 g1en g1oeb g1oea g1polb g1pola ? ?g1cs0 203 cwg1con1 g1asdlb<1:0> g1asdla<1:0> ? ? g1is<1:0> 204 cwg1con2 g1ase g 1 arsen ? ? ? g1asdc1 g1asdflt g1asdclc2 205 cwg1dbf ? ? cwg1dbf<5:0> 206 cwg1dbr ? ? cwg1dbr<5:0> 206 trisa ? ? trisa5 trisa4 ? (1) trisa2 trisa1 trisa0 102 legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, ? = unimplemented locations read as ? 0 ?. shaded cells are not used by cwg. note 1: unimplemented, read as ? 1 ?.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 208 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. notes:
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 209 pic12(l)f1501 25.0 in-circuit serial programming? (icsp?) icsp? programming allows customers to manufacture circuit boards with unprogrammed devices. programming can be done after the assembly process, allowing the device to be programmed with the most recent firmware or a custom firmware. five pins are needed for icsp? programming: ? icspclk ? icspdat ?mclr /v pp ?v dd ?v ss in program/verify mode the program memory, user ids and the configuration words are programmed through serial communications. the icspdat pin is a bidirec- tional i/o used for transferring the serial data and the icspclk pin is the clock input. for more information on icsp? refer to the ? pic16193x/pic16lf193x memory programming specification ? ( ds41360 ). 25.1 high-voltage programming entry mode the device is placed into high-voltage programming entry mode by holding the icspclk and icspdat pins low then raising the voltage on mclr /v pp to v ihh . 25.2 low-voltage programming entry mode the low-voltage programming entry mode allows the pic ? flash mcus to be programmed using v dd only, without high voltage. when the lvp bit of configuration words is set to ? 1 ?, the low-voltage icsp programming entry is enabled. to disable the low-voltage icsp mode, the lvp bit must be programmed to ? 0 ?. entry into the low-voltage programming entry mode requires the following steps: 1. mclr is brought to v il . 2. a 32-bit key sequence is presented on icspdat, while clocking icspclk. once the key sequence is complete, mclr must be held at v il for as long as program/verify mode is to be maintained. if low-voltage programming is enabled (lvp = 1 ), the mclr reset function is automatically enabled and cannot be disabled. see section mclr for more infor- mation. the lvp bit can only be reprogrammed to ? 0 ? by using the high-voltage programming mode. 25.3 common programming interfaces connection to a target device is typically done through an icsp? header. a commonly found connector on development tools is the rj-11 in the 6p6c (6 pin, 6 connector) configuration. see figure 25-1 . figure 25-1: icd rj-11 style connector interface another connector often found in use with the pickit? programmers is a standard 6-pin header with 0.1 inch spacing. refer to figure 25-2 . 1 2 3 4 5 6 target bottom side pc board v pp /mclr v ss icspclk v dd icspdat nc pin description* 1 = v pp /mclr 2 = v dd target 3 = v ss (ground) 4 = icspdat 5 = icspclk 6 = no connect
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 210 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. figure 25-2: pickit? programme r style connector interface for additional interface recommendations, refer to your specific device programmer manual prior to pcb design. it is recommended that isolation devices be used to separate the programming pins from other circuitry. the type of isolation is highly dependent on the specific application and may include devices such as resistors, diodes, or even jumpers. see figure 25-3 for more information. figure 25-3: typical connect ion for icsp? programming 1 2 3 4 5 6 * the 6-pin header (0.100" spacing) accepts 0.025" square pins. pin description* 1 = v pp /mclr 2 = v dd target 3 = v ss (ground) 4 = icspdat 5 = icspclk 6 = no connect pin 1 indicator v dd v pp v ss external device to be data clock v dd mclr /v pp v ss icspdat icspclk * * * to normal connections * isolation devices (as required). programming signals programmed v dd
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 211 pic12(l)f1501 26.0 instruction set summary each instruction is a 14-bit word containing the opera- tion code (opcode) and all required operands. the op codes are broken into three broad categories. ? byte oriented ? bit oriented ? literal and control the literal and control category contains the most var- ied instruction word format. table 26-3 lists the instructions recognized by the mpasm tm assembler. all instructions are executed within a single instruction cycle, with the following exceptions, which may take two or three cycles: ? subroutine takes two cycles ( call , callw ) ? returns from interrupts or subroutines take two cycles ( return , retlw , retfie ) ? program branching takes two cycles ( goto , bra , brw , btfss , btfsc , decfsz , incsfz ) ? one additional instruction cycle will be used when any instruction references an indirect file register and the file select register is pointing to program memory. one instruction cycle consists of 4 oscillator cycles; for an oscillator frequency of 4 mhz, this gives a nominal instruction execution rate of 1 mhz. all instruction examples use the format ? 0xhh ? to represent a hexadecimal number, where ? h ? signifies a hexadecimal digit. 26.1 read-modify-write operations any instruction that specifies a file register as part of the instruction performs a read-modify-write (r-m-w) operation. the register is read, the data is modified, and the result is stored according to either the instruc- tion, or the destination designator ?d?. a read operation is performed on a register even if the instruction writes to that register. table 26-1: opcode field descriptions table 26-2: abbreviation descriptions field description f register file address (0x00 to 0x7f) w working register (accumulator) b bit address within an 8-bit file register k literal field, constant data or label x don?t care location (= 0 or 1 ). the assembler will generate code with x = 0 . it is the recommended form of use for compatibility with all microchip software tools. d destination select; d = 0 : store result in w , d = 1 : store result in file register f. default is d = 1. n fsr or indf number. (0-1) mm pre-post increment-decrement mode selection field description pc program counter to time-out bit c carry bit dc digit carry bit z zero bit pd power-down bit
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 212 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. figure 26-1: general format for instructions byte-oriented file register operations 13 8 7 6 0 d = 0 for destination w opcode d f (file #) d = 1 for destination f f = 7-bit file register address bit-oriented file register operations 13 10 9 7 6 0 opcode b (bit #) f (file #) b = 3-bit bit address f = 7-bit file register address literal and control operations 13 8 7 0 opcode k (literal) k = 8-bit immediate value 13 11 10 0 opcode k (literal) k = 11-bit immediate value general call and goto instructions only movlp instruction only 13 5 4 0 opcode k (literal) k = 5-bit immediate value movlb instruction only 13 9 8 0 opcode k (literal) k = 9-bit immediate value bra instruction only fsr offset instructions 13 7 6 5 0 opcode n k (literal) n = appropriate fsr fsr increment instructions 13 7 6 0 opcode k (literal) k = 7-bit immediate value 13 3 2 1 0 opcode n m (mode) n = appropriate fsr m = 2-bit mode value k = 6-bit immediate value 13 0 opcode opcode only
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 213 pic12(l)f1501 table 26-3: pic12(l)f1501 enhanced instruction set mnemonic, operands description cycles 14-bit opcode status affected notes msb lsb byte-oriented file register operations addwf addwfc andwf asrf lslf lsrf clrf clrw comf decf incf iorwf movf movwf rlf rrf subwf subwfb swapf xorwf f, d f, d f, d f, d f, d f, d f ? f, d f, d f, d f, d f, d f f, d f, d f, d f, d f, d f, d add w and f add with carry w and f and w with f arithmetic right shift logical left shift logical right shift clear f clear w complement f decrement f increment f inclusive or w with f move f move w to f rotate left f through carry rotate right f through carry subtract w from f subtract with borrow w from f swap nibbles in f exclusive or w with f 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 00 11 00 11 11 11 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 11 00 00 0111 1101 0101 0111 0101 0110 0001 0001 1001 0011 1010 0100 1000 0000 1101 1100 0010 1011 1110 0110 dfff dfff dfff dfff dfff dfff lfff 0000 dfff dfff dfff dfff dfff 1fff dfff dfff dfff dfff dfff dfff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff 00xx ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff c, dc, z c, dc, z z c, z c, z c, z z z z z z z z c c c, dc, z c, dc, z z 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 byte oriented skip operations decfsz incfsz f, d f, d decrement f, skip if 0 increment f, skip if 0 1(2) 1(2) 00 00 1011 1111 dfff dfff ffff ffff 1, 2 1, 2 bit-oriented file register operations bcf bsf f, b f, b bit clear f bit set f 1 1 01 01 00bb 01bb bfff bfff ffff ffff 2 2 bit-oriented skip operations btfsc btfss f, b f, b bit test f, skip if clear bit test f, skip if set 1 (2) 1 (2) 01 01 10bb 11bb bfff bfff ffff ffff 1, 2 1, 2 literal operations addlw andlw iorlw movlb movlp movlw sublw xorlw k k k k k k k k add literal and w and literal with w inclusive or literal with w move literal to bsr move literal to pclath move literal to w subtract w from literal exclusive or literal with w 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 11 11 00 11 11 11 11 1110 1001 1000 0000 0001 0000 1100 1010 kkkk kkkk kkkk 001k 1kkk kkkk kkkk kkkk kkkk kkkk kkkk kkkk kkkk kkkk kkkk kkkk c, dc, z z z c, dc, z z note 1: if the program counter (pc) is modified, or a conditional test is true, the instruction requires two cycles. the second cycle is executed as a nop . 2: if this instruction addresses an indf register and the msb of the corresponding fsr is set, this instruction will require one additional instruction cycle.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 214 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. table 26-3: pic12(l)f1501 enhanced instruction set (continued) mnemonic, operands description cycles 14-bit opcode status affected notes msb lsb control operations bra brw call callw goto retfie retlw return k ? k ? k k k ? relative branch relative branch with w call subroutine call subroutine with w go to address return from interrupt return with literal in w return from subroutine 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 11 00 10 00 10 00 11 00 001k 0000 0kkk 0000 1kkk 0000 0100 0000 kkkk 0000 kkkk 0000 kkkk 0000 kkkk 0000 kkkk 1011 kkkk 1010 kkkk 1001 kkkk 1000 inherent operations clrwdt nop option reset sleep tris ? ? ? ? ? f clear watchdog timer no operation load option_reg register with w software device reset go into standby mode load tris register with w 1 1 1 1 1 1 00 00 00 00 00 00 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0110 0000 0110 0000 0110 0110 0100 0000 0010 0001 0011 0fff to , pd to , pd c-compiler optimized addfsr moviw movwi n, k n mm k[n] n mm k[n] add literal k to fsrn move indirect fsrn to w with pre/post inc/dec modifier, mm move indfn to w, indexed indirect. move w to indirect fsrn with pre/post inc/dec modifier, mm move w to indfn, indexed indirect. 1 1 1 1 1 11 00 11 00 11 0001 0000 1111 0000 1111 0nkk 0001 0nkk 0001 1nkk kkkk 0nmm kkkk 1nmm kkkk z z 2, 3 2 2, 3 2 note 1: if the program counter (pc) is modified, or a conditional test is true, the instruction requires two cycles. the second cycle is executed as a nop . 2: if this instruction addresses an indf register and the msb of the corresponding fsr is set, this instruction will require one additional instruction cycle. 3: see table in the moviw and movwi instruction descriptions.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 215 pic12(l)f1501 26.2 instruction descriptions addfsr add literal to fsrn syntax: [ label ] addfsr fsrn, k operands: -32 ? k ? 31 n ? [ 0, 1] operation: fsr(n) + k ? fsr(n) status affected: none description: the signed 6-bit literal ?k? is added to the contents of the fsrnh:fsrnl register pair. fsrn is limited to the range 0000h-ffffh. moving beyond these bounds will cause the fsr to wrap-around. addlw add literal and w syntax: [ label ] addlw k operands: 0 ? k ? 255 operation: (w) + k ? (w) status affected: c, dc, z description: the contents of the w register are added to the eight-bit literal ?k? and the result is placed in the w register. addwf add w and f syntax: [ label ] addwf f,d operands: 0 ? f ? 127 d ??? 0 , 1 ? operation: (w) + (f) ? (destination) status affected: c, dc, z description: add the contents of the w register with register ?f?. if ?d? is ? 0 ?, the result is stored in the w register. if ?d? is ? 1 ?, the result is stored back in register ?f?. addwfc add w and carry bit to f syntax: [ label ] addwfc f {,d} operands: 0 ? f ? 127 d ?? [0,1] operation: (w) + (f) + (c) ? dest status affected: c, dc, z description: add w, the carry flag and data mem- ory location ?f?. if ?d? is ? 0 ?, the result is placed in w. if ?d? is ? 1 ?, the result is placed in data memory location ?f?. andlw and literal with w syntax: [ label ] andlw k operands: 0 ? k ? 255 operation: (w) .and. (k) ? (w) status affected: z description: the contents of w register are and?ed with the eight-bit literal ?k?. the result is placed in the w register. andwf and w with f syntax: [ label ] andwf f,d operands: 0 ? f ? 127 d ??? 0 , 1 ? operation: (w) .and. (f) ? (destination) status affected: z description: and the w register with register ?f?. if ?d? is ? 0 ?, the result is stored in the w register. if ?d? is ? 1 ?, the result is stored back in register ?f?. asrf arithmetic right shift syntax: [ label ] asrf f {,d} operands: 0 ? f ? 127 d ?? [0,1] operation: (f<7>) ? dest<7> (f<7:1>) ? dest<6:0>, (f<0>) ? c, status affected: c, z description: the contents of register ?f? are shifted one bit to the right through the carry flag. the msb remains unchanged. if ?d? is ? 0 ?, the result is placed in w. if ?d? is ? 1 ?, the result is stored back in reg- ister ?f?. register f c
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 216 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. bcf bit clear f syntax: [ label ] bcf f,b operands: 0 ? f ? 127 0 ? b ? 7 operation: 0 ? (f) status affected: none description: bit ?b? in register ?f? is cleared. bra relative branch syntax: [ label ] bra label [ label ] bra $+k operands: -256 ? label - pc + 1 ? 255 -256 ? k ? 255 operation: (pc) + 1 + k ? pc status affected: none description: add the signed 9-bit literal ?k? to the pc. since the pc will have incre- mented to fetch the next instruction, the new address will be pc + 1 + k. this instruction is a two-cycle instruc- tion. this branch has a limited range. brw relative branch with w syntax: [ label ] brw operands: none operation: (pc) + (w) ? pc status affected: none description: add the contents of w (unsigned) to the pc. since the pc will have incre- mented to fetch the next instruction, the new address will be pc + 1 + (w). this instruction is a two-cycle instruc- tion. bsf bit set f syntax: [ label ] bsf f,b operands: 0 ? f ? 127 0 ? b ? 7 operation: 1 ? (f) status affected: none description: bit ?b? in register ?f? is set. btfsc bit test f, skip if clear syntax: [ label ] btfsc f,b operands: 0 ? f ? 127 0 ? b ? 7 operation: skip if (f) = 0 status affected: none description: if bit ?b? in register ?f? is ? 1 ?, the next instruction is executed. if bit ?b?, in register ?f?, is ? 0 ?, the next instruction is discarded, and a nop is executed instead, making this a 2-cycle instruction. btfss bit test f, skip if set syntax: [ label ] btfss f,b operands: 0 ? f ? 127 0 ? b < 7 operation: skip if (f) = 1 status affected: none description: if bit ?b? in register ?f? is ? 0 ?, the next instruction is executed. if bit ?b? is ? 1 ?, then the next instruction is discarded and a nop is executed instead, making this a 2-cycle instruction.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 217 pic12(l)f1501 call call subroutine syntax: [ label ] call k operands: 0 ? k ? 2047 operation: (pc)+ 1 ? tos, k ? pc<10:0>, (pclath<4:3>) ? pc<12:11> status affected: none description: call subroutine. first, return address (pc + 1) is pushed onto the stack. the eleven-bit immediate address is loaded into pc bits <10:0>. the upper bits of the pc are loaded from pclath. call is a two-cycle instruc- tion. callw subroutine call with w syntax: [ label ] callw operands: none operation: (pc) +1 ? tos, (w) ? pc<7:0>, (pclath<6:0>) ?? pc<14:8> status affected: none description: subroutine call with w. first, the return address (pc + 1) is pushed onto the return stack. then, the con- tents of w is loaded into pc<7:0>, and the contents of pclath into pc<14:8>. callw is a two-cycle instruction. clrf clear f syntax: [ label ] clrf f operands: 0 ? f ? 127 operation: 00h ? (f) 1 ? z status affected: z description: the contents of register ?f? are cleared and the z bit is set. clrw clear w syntax: [ label ] clrw operands: none operation: 00h ? (w) 1 ? z status affected: z description: w register is cleared. zero bit (z) is set. clrwdt clear watchdog timer syntax: [ label ] clrwdt operands: none operation: 00h ? wdt 0 ? wdt prescaler, 1 ? to 1 ? pd status affected: to , pd description: clrwdt instruction resets the watch- dog timer. it also resets the prescaler of the wdt. status bits to and pd are set. comf complement f syntax: [ label ] comf f,d operands: 0 ? f ? 127 d ? [ 0 , 1 ] operation: (f ) ? (destination) status affected: z description: the contents of register ?f? are com- plemented. if ?d? is ? 0 ?, the result is stored in w. if ?d? is ? 1 ?, the result is stored back in register ?f?. decf decrement f syntax: [ label ] decf f,d operands: 0 ? f ? 127 d ? [ 0 , 1 ] operation: (f) - 1 ? (destination) status affected: z description: decrement register ?f?. if ?d? is ? 0 ?, the result is stored in the w register. if ?d? is ? 1 ?, the result is stored back in register ?f?.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 218 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. decfsz decrement f, skip if 0 syntax: [ label ] decfsz f,d operands: 0 ? f ? 127 d ? [ 0 , 1 ] operation: (f) - 1 ? (destination); skip if result = 0 status affected: none description: the contents of register ?f? are decre- mented. if ?d? is ? 0 ?, the result is placed in the w register. if ?d? is ? 1 ?, the result is placed back in register ?f?. if the result is ? 1 ?, the next instruction is executed. if the result is ? 0 ?, then a nop is executed instead, making it a 2-cycle instruction. goto unconditional branch syntax: [ label ] goto k operands: 0 ? k ? 2047 operation: k ? pc<10:0> pclath<4:3> ? pc<12:11> status affected: none description: goto is an unconditional branch. the eleven-bit immediate value is loaded into pc bits <10:0>. the upper bits of pc are loaded from pclath<4:3>. goto is a two-cycle instruction. incf increment f syntax: [ label ] incf f,d operands: 0 ? f ? 127 d ? [ 0 , 1 ] operation: (f) + 1 ? (destination) status affected: z description: the contents of register ?f? are incre- mented. if ?d? is ? 0 ?, the result is placed in the w register. if ?d? is ? 1 ?, the result is placed back in register ?f?. incfsz increment f, skip if 0 syntax: [ label ] incfsz f,d operands: 0 ? f ? 127 d ? [ 0 , 1 ] operation: (f) + 1 ? (destination), skip if result = 0 status affected: none description: the contents of register ?f? are incre- mented. if ?d? is ? 0 ?, the result is placed in the w register. if ?d? is ? 1 ?, the result is placed back in register ?f?. if the result is ? 1 ?, the next instruction is executed. if the result is ? 0 ?, a nop is executed instead, making it a 2-cycle instruction. iorlw inclusive or literal with w syntax: [ label ] iorlw k operands: 0 ? k ? 255 operation: (w) .or. k ? (w) status affected: z description: the contents of the w register are or?ed with the eight-bit literal ?k?. the result is placed in the w register. iorwf inclusive or w with f syntax: [ label ] iorwf f,d operands: 0 ? f ? 127 d ? [ 0 , 1 ] operation: (w) .or. (f) ? (destination) status affected: z description: inclusive or the w register with regis- ter ?f?. if ?d? is ? 0 ?, the result is placed in the w register. if ?d? is ? 1 ?, the result is placed back in register ?f?.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 219 pic12(l)f1501 lslf logical left shift syntax: [ label ] lslf f {,d} operands: 0 ? f ? 127 d ?? [0,1] operation: (f<7>) ? c (f<6:0>) ? dest<7:1> 0 ? dest<0> status affected: c, z description: the contents of register ?f? are shifted one bit to the left through the carry flag. a ? 0 ? is shifted into the lsb. if ?d? is ? 0 ?, the result is placed in w. if ?d? is ? 1 ?, the result is stored back in register ?f?. lsrf logical right shift syntax: [ label ] lsrf f {,d} operands: 0 ? f ? 127 d ?? [0,1] operation: 0 ? dest<7> (f<7:1>) ? dest<6:0>, (f<0>) ? c, status affected: c, z description: the contents of register ?f? are shifted one bit to the right through the carry flag. a ? 0 ? is shifted into the msb. if ?d? is ? 0 ?, the result is placed in w. if ?d? is ? 1 ?, the result is stored back in register ?f?. register f 0 c register f c 0 movf move f syntax: [ label ] movf f,d operands: 0 ? f ? 127 d ? [ 0 , 1 ] operation: (f) ? (dest) status affected: z description: the contents of register f is moved to a destination dependent upon the status of d. if d = 0 ,destination is w register. if d = 1 , the destination is file register f itself. d = 1 is useful to test a file register since status flag z is affected. words: 1 cycles: 1 example: movf fsr, 0 after instruction w = value in fsr register z= 1
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 220 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. moviw move indfn to w syntax: [ label ] moviw ++fsrn [ label ] moviw --fsrn [ label ] moviw fsrn++ [ label ] moviw fsrn-- [ label ] moviw k[fsrn] operands: n ? [ 0 , 1 ] mm ? [ 00 , 01 , 10 , 11 ] -32 ? k ? 31 operation: indfn ? w effective address is determined by ? fsr + 1 (preincrement) ? fsr - 1 (predecrement) ? fsr + k (relative offset) after the move, the fsr value will be either: ? fsr + 1 (all increments) ? fsr - 1 (all decrements) ? unchanged status affected: z mode syntax mm preincrement ++fsrn 00 predecrement --fsrn 01 postincrement fsrn++ 10 postdecrement fsrn-- 11 description: this instruction is used to move data between w and one of the indirect registers (indfn). before/after this move, the pointer (fsrn) is updated by pre/post incrementing/decrementing it. note: the indfn registers are not physical registers. any instruction that accesses an indfn register actually accesses the register at the address specified by the fsrn. fsrn is limited to the range 0000h-ffffh. incrementing/decrementing it beyond these bounds will cause it to wrap-around. movlb move literal to bsr syntax: [ label ] movlb k operands: 0 ? k ? 15 operation: k ? bsr status affected: none description: the five-bit literal ?k? is loaded into the bank select register (bsr). movlp move literal to pclath syntax: [ label ] movlp k operands: 0 ? k ? 127 operation: k ? pclath status affected: none description: the seven-bit literal ?k? is loaded into the pclath register. movlw move literal to w syntax: [ label ] movlw k operands: 0 ? k ? 255 operation: k ? (w) status affected: none description: the eight-bit literal ?k? is loaded into w register. the ?don?t cares? will assem- ble as ? 0 ?s. words: 1 cycles: 1 example: movlw 0x5a after instruction w = 0x5a movwf move w to f syntax: [ label ] movwf f operands: 0 ? f ? 127 operation: (w) ? (f) status affected: none description: move data from w register to register ?f?. words: 1 cycles: 1 example: movwf option_reg before instruction option_reg = 0xff w = 0x4f after instruction option_reg = 0x4f w = 0x4f
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 221 pic12(l)f1501 movwi move w to indfn syntax: [ label ] movwi ++fsrn [ label ] movwi --fsrn [ label ] movwi fsrn++ [ label ] movwi fsrn-- [ label ] movwi k[fsrn] operands: n ? [ 0 , 1 ] mm ? [ 00 , 01 , 10 , 11 ] -32 ? k ? 31 operation: w ? indfn effective address is determined by ? fsr + 1 (preincrement) ? fsr - 1 (predecrement) ? fsr + k (relative offset) after the move, the fsr value will be either: ? fsr + 1 (all increments) ? fsr - 1 (all decrements) unchanged status affected: none mode syntax mm preincrement ++fsrn 00 predecrement --fsrn 01 postincrement fsrn++ 10 postdecrement fsrn-- 11 description: this instruction is used to move data between w and one of the indirect registers (indfn). before/after this move, the pointer (fsrn) is updated by pre/post incrementing/decrementing it. note: the indfn registers are not physical registers. any instruction that accesses an indfn register actually accesses the register at the address specified by the fsrn. fsrn is limited to the range 0000h-ffffh. incrementing/decrementing it beyond these bounds will cause it to wrap-around. the increment/decrement operation on fsrn will not affect any status bits. nop no operation syntax: [ label ] nop operands: none operation: no operation status affected: none description: no operation words: 1 cycles: 1 example: nop option load option_reg register with w syntax: [ label ] option operands: none operation: (w) ? option_reg status affected: none description: move data from w register to option_reg register. reset software reset syntax: [ label ] reset operands: none operation: execute a device reset. resets the nri flag of the pcon register. status affected: none description: this instruction provides a way to execute a hardware reset by soft- ware.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 222 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. retfie return from interrupt syntax: [ label ] retfie k operands: none operation: tos ? pc, 1 ? gie status affected: none description: return from interrupt. stack is poped and top-of-stack (tos) is loaded in the pc. interrupts are enabled by setting global interrupt enable bit, gie (intcon<7>). this is a two-cycle instruction. words: 1 cycles: 2 example: retfie after interrupt pc = tos gie = 1 retlw return with literal in w syntax: [ label ] retlw k operands: 0 ? k ? 255 operation: k ? (w); tos ? pc status affected: none description: the w register is loaded with the eight bit literal ?k?. the program counter is loaded from the top of the stack (the return address). this is a two-cycle instruction. words: 1 cycles: 2 example: table call table;w contains table ;offset value ? ;w now has table value ? ? addwf pc ;w = offset retlw k1 ;begin table retlw k2 ; ? ? ? retlw kn ; end of table before instruction w = 0x07 after instruction w = value of k8 return return from subroutine syntax: [ label ] return operands: none operation: tos ? pc status affected: none description: return from subroutine. the stack is poped and the top of the stack (tos) is loaded into the program counter. this is a two-cycle instruction. rlf rotate left f through carry syntax: [ label ] rlf f,d operands: 0 ? f ? 127 d ? [ 0 , 1 ] operation: see description below status affected: c description: the contents of register ?f? are rotated one bit to the left through the carry flag. if ?d? is ? 0 ?, the result is placed in the w register. if ?d? is ? 1 ?, the result is stored back in register ?f?. words: 1 cycles: 1 example: rlf reg1,0 before instruction reg1 = 1110 0110 c=0 after instruction reg1 = 1110 0110 w = 1100 1100 c=1 register f c
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 223 pic12(l)f1501 rrf rotate right f through carry syntax: [ label ] rrf f,d operands: 0 ? f ? 127 d ? [ 0 , 1 ] operation: see description below status affected: c description: the contents of register ?f? are rotated one bit to the right through the carry flag. if ?d? is ? 0 ?, the result is placed in the w register. if ?d? is ? 1 ?, the result is placed back in register ?f?. sleep enter sleep mode syntax: [ label ]sleep operands: none operation: 00h ? wdt, 0 ? wdt prescaler, 1 ? to , 0 ? pd status affected: to , pd description: the power-down status bit, pd is cleared. time-out status bit, to is set. watchdog timer and its pres- caler are cleared. the processor is put into sleep mode with the oscillator stopped. register f c sublw subtract w from literal syntax: [ label ]sublw k operands: 0 ?? k ?? 255 operation: k - (w) ??? w) status affected: c, dc, z description: the w register is subtracted (2?s com- plement method) from the eight-bit literal ?k?. the result is placed in the w register. subwf subtract w from f syntax: [ label ] subwf f,d operands: 0 ?? f ?? 127 d ? [ 0 , 1 ] operation: (f) - (w) ??? destination) status affected: c, dc, z description: subtract (2?s complement method) w register from register ?f?. if ?d? is ? 0 ?, the result is stored in the w register. if ?d? is ? 1 ?, the result is stored back in register ?f. subwfb subtract w from f with borrow syntax: subwfb f {,d} operands: 0 ? f ? 127 d ? [0,1] operation: (f) ? (w) ? (b ) ?? dest status affected: c, dc, z description: subtract w and the borrow flag (carry) from register ?f? (2?s comple- ment method). if ?d? is ? 0 ?, the result is stored in w. if ?d? is ? 1 ?, the result is stored back in register ?f?. c = 0 w ? k c = 1 w ? k dc = 0 w<3:0> ? k<3:0> dc = 1 w<3:0> ? k<3:0> c = 0 w ? f c = 1 w ? f dc = 0 w<3:0> ? f<3:0> dc = 1 w<3:0> ? f<3:0>
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 224 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. swapf swap nibbles in f syntax: [ label ] swapf f,d operands: 0 ? f ? 127 d ? [ 0 , 1 ] operation: (f<3:0>) ? (destination<7:4>), (f<7:4>) ? (destination<3:0>) status affected: none description: the upper and lower nibbles of regis- ter ?f? are exchanged. if ?d? is ? 0 ?, the result is placed in the w register. if ?d? is ? 1 ?, the result is placed in register ?f?. tris load tris register with w syntax: [ label ] tris f operands: 5 ? f ? 7 operation: (w) ? tris register ?f? status affected: none description: move data from w register to tris register. when ?f? = 5, trisa is loaded. when ?f? = 6, trisb is loaded. when ?f? = 7, trisc is loaded. xorlw exclusive or literal with w syntax: [ label ]xorlw k operands: 0 ?? k ?? 255 operation: (w) .xor. k ??? w) status affected: z description: the contents of the w register are xor?ed with the eight-bit literal ?k?. the result is placed in the w register. xorwf exclusive or w with f syntax: [ label ] xorwf f,d operands: 0 ? f ? 127 d ? [ 0 , 1 ] operation: (w) .xor. (f) ??? destination) status affected: z description: exclusive or the contents of the w register with register ?f?. if ?d? is ? 0 ?, the result is stored in the w register. if ?d? is ? 1 ?, the result is stored back in regis- ter ?f?.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 225 pic12(l)f1501 27.0 electrical specifications absolute maximum ratings (?) ambient temperature under bias................................................................................................. ...... -40c to +125c storage temperature ............................................................................................................ ............ -65c to +150c voltage on v dd with respect to v ss , PIC12F1501 ............................................................................. -0.3v to +6.5v voltage on v dd with respect to v ss , pic12lf1501 ........................................................................... -0.3v to +4.0v voltage on mclr with respect to vss ................................................................................................. -0.3v to +9.0v voltage on all other pins with respect to v ss ........................................................................... -0.3v to (v dd + 0.3v) total power dissipation (1) ............................................................................................................................... 800 mw maximum current out of v ss pin, -40c ? t a ? +85c for industrial............................................................... 210 ma maximum current out of v ss pin, -40c ? t a ? +125c for extended .............................................................. 95 ma maximum current into v dd pin, -40c ? t a ? +85c for industrial.................................................................. 150 ma maximum current into v dd pin, -40c ? t a ? +125c for extended ................................................................. 70 ma clamp current, i k (v pin < 0 or v pin > v dd ) ??????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? ??????????????????????????????????????????????????? 20 ma maximum output current sunk by any i/o pin..................................................................................... ............... 25 ma maximum output current sourced by any i/o pin .................................................................................. ............ 25 ma note 1: power dissipation is calculated as follows: p dis = v dd x {i dd ? ? i oh } + ? {(v dd ? v oh ) x i oh } + ? (v o l x i ol ). ? notice: stresses above those listed under ?absolute maximum ratings? may cause permanent damage to the device. this is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device at those or any other conditions above those indicated in the operation listings of this specification is not implied. exposure above maximum rating conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 226 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. figure 27-1: PIC12F1501 volt age frequency graph, -40c ? t a ?? +125c figure 27-2: pic12lf1501 volt age frequency graph, -40c ? t a ?? +125c note 1: the shaded region indicates the permissible combinations of voltage and frequency. 2: refer to table 27-1 for each oscillator mode?s supported frequencies. 2.3 0 2.5 frequency (mhz) v dd (v) 420 10 16 5.5 note 1: the shaded region indicates the permissible combinations of voltage and frequency. 2: refer to table 27-1 for each oscillator mode?s supported frequencies. 1.8 0 2.5 frequency (mhz) v dd (v) 420 10 16 3.6
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 227 pic12(l)f1501 27.1 dc characteristics: pic12(l)f1501-i/e (industrial, extended) pic12lf1501 standard operating conditions (unless otherwise stated) operating temperature -40c ? t a ? +85c for industrial -40c ? t a ? +125c for extended PIC12F1501 standard operating conditions (unless otherwise stated) operating temperature -40c ? t a ? +85c for industrial -40c ? t a ? +125c for extended param. no. sym. characteristic min. typ? max. units conditions d001 v dd supply voltage pic12lf1501 1.8 2.5 ? ? 3.6 3.6 v v f osc ? 16 mhz: f osc ? 20 mhz d001 PIC12F1501 2.3 2.5 ? ? 5.5 5.5 v v f osc ? 16 mhz: f osc ? 20 mhz d002* v dr ram data retention voltage (1) pic12lf1501 1.5 ? ? v device in sleep mode d002* PIC12F1501 1.65 ? ? v device in sleep mode d002a* v por * power-on reset release voltage pic12lf1501 ? 1.6 ? v d002a* PIC12F1501 ? 1.7 ? v d002b* v porr * power-on reset rearm voltage pic12lf1501 ? 0.8 ? v d002b* PIC12F1501 ? 1.7 ? v d003 v adfvr fixed voltage reference voltage for adc, initial accuracy ? ? ? ? ? ? 1 1 1 1 1 1 ? ? ? ? ? ? % 1.024v, v dd ? 2.5v, 85c ( note 2 ) 1.024v, v dd ? 2.5v, 125c ( note 2 ) 2.048v, v dd ? 2.5v, 85c 2.048v, v dd ? 2.5v, 125c 4.096v, v dd ? 4.75v, 85c 4.096v, v dd ? 4.75v, 125c d003c* tcv fvr temperature coefficient, fixed voltage reference ? -130 ? ppm/c d003d* ? v fvr / ? v in line regulation, fixed voltage reference ? 0.270 ? %/v d004* s vdd v dd rise rate to ensure internal power-on reset signal 0.05 ? ? v/ms see section 6.1 ?power-on reset (por)? for details. * these parameters are characterized but not tested. ? data in ?typ? column is at 3.0v, 25c unless otherwise stated. these parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. note 1: this is the limit to which v dd can be lowered in sleep mode without losing ram data. 2: for proper operation, the minimum value of the adc positive voltage reference must be 1.8v or greater. when selecting the fvr or the v ref + pin as the source of the adc positive voltage reference, be aware that the voltage must be 1.8v or greater.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 228 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. figure 27-3: por and por rearm with slow rising v dd v dd v por v porr v ss v ss npor t por (3) por rearm note 1: when npor is low, the device is held in reset. 2: t por 1 ? s typical. 3: t vlow 2.7 ? s typical. t vlow (2)
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 229 pic12(l)f1501 27.2 dc characteristics: pic12(l)f1501-i/e (industrial, extended) pic12lf1501 standard operating conditions (unless otherwise stated) operating temperature -40c ? t a ? +85c for industrial -40c ? t a ? +125c for extended PIC12F1501 standard operating conditions (unless otherwise stated) operating temperature -40c ? t a ? +85c for industrial -40c ? t a ? +125c for extended param no. device characteristics min. typ? max. units conditions v dd note supply current (i dd ) (1, 2) d013 ? 25 140 ? a1.8f osc = 1 mhz ec oscillator mode, medium-power mode ? 45 230 ? a3.0 d013 ? 60 180 ? a 2.3 f osc = 1 mhz ec oscillator mode medium-power mode ? 80 240 ? a 3.0 ? 100 320 ? a 5.0 d014 ? 100 250 ? a1.8f osc = 4 mhz ec oscillator mode, medium-power mode ? 180 430 ? a3.0 d014 ? 160 275 ? a 2.3 f osc = 4 mhz ec oscillator mode medium-power mode ? 210 450 ? a 3.0 ? 260 650 ? a 5.0 d015 ? 2.5 18 ? a1.8f osc = 31 khz lfintosc mode ?4.0 20 ? a3.0 d015 ? 14 58 ? a 2.3 f osc = 31 khz lfintosc mode ? 15 65 ? a 3.0 ? 16 70 ? a 5.0 d017* ? 0.40 0.70 ma 1.8 f osc = 8 mhz hfintosc mode ? 0.60 1.10 ma 3.0 d017* ? 0.50 0.75 ma 2.3 f osc = 8 mhz hfintosc mode ? 0.60 1.15 ma 3.0 ? 0.70 1.35 ma 5.0 d018 ? 0.60 1.2 ma 1.8 f osc = 16 mhz hfintosc mode ? 1.0 1.75 ma 3.0 d018 ? 0.74 1.2 ma 2.3 f osc = 16 mhz hfintosc mode ? 0.96 1.8 ma 3.0 ? 1.03 2.0 ma 5.0 d019a ? 6 17 ? a1.8f osc = 32 khz ecl mode ?8 20 ? a3.0 d019a ? 14 25 ? a 3.0 f osc = 32 khz ecl mode ? 15 30 ? a 5.0 d019b ? 15 165 ? a1.8f osc = 500 khz ecm mode ? 20 190 ? a3.0 * these parameters are characterized but not tested. ? data in ?typ? column is at 3.0v, 25c unless otherwise stated. these parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. note 1: the test conditions for all i dd measurements in active operation mode ar e: clkin = external square wave, from rail-to-rail; all i/o pins tri-stated, pulled to v dd ; mclr = v dd ; wdt disabled. 2: the supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. other factors, such as i/o pin loading and switching rate, oscillator type, internal code execution pattern and temperature, also have an impact on the current consumption.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 230 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. supply current (i dd ) (1, 2) d019b ? 34 210 ? a 3.0 f osc = 500 khz ecm mode ? 37 270 ? a 5.0 d019c ? 0.65 ? ma 3.0 f osc = 20 mhz ech mode d019c ? 0.75 ? ma 3.0 f osc = 20 mhz ech mode ? 0.87 ? ma 5.0 27.2 dc characteristics: pic12(l)f1501-i/e (industrial, extended) (continued) pic12lf1501 standard operating conditions (unless otherwise stated) operating temperature -40c ? t a ? +85c for industrial -40c ? t a ? +125c for extended PIC12F1501 standard operating conditions (unless otherwise stated) operating temperature -40c ? t a ? +85c for industrial -40c ? t a ? +125c for extended param no. device characteristics min. typ? max. units conditions v dd note * these parameters are characterized but not tested. ? data in ?typ? column is at 3.0v, 25c unless otherwise stated. these parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. note 1: the test conditions for all i dd measurements in active operation mode ar e: clkin = external square wave, from rail-to-rail; all i/o pins tri-stated, pulled to v dd ; mclr = v dd ; wdt disabled. 2: the supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. other factors, such as i/o pin loading and switching rate, oscillator type, internal code execution pattern and temperature, also have an impact on the current consumption.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 231 pic12(l)f1501 27.3 dc characteristics: pic12(l)f1501-i/e (power-down) pic12lf1501 standard operating conditions (unless otherwise stated) operating temperature -40c ? t a ? +85c for industrial -40c ? t a ? +125c for extended PIC12F1501 standard operating conditions (unless otherwise stated) operating temperature -40c ? t a ? +85c for industrial -40c ? t a ? +125c for extended param no. device characteristics min. typ? max. +85c max. +125c units conditions v dd note power-down base current (i pd ) (2) d022 ? .02 1.0 2.4 ? a 1.8 wdt, bor, fvr, and t1osc disabled, all peripherals inactive ? .03 1.1 3.0 ? a3.0 d022 ? 10 35 40 ? a 2.3 wdt, bor, fvr, and t1osc disabled, all peripherals inactive ? 11 42 48 ? a 3.0 ? 12 45 61 ? a 5.0 d023 ? 0.2 1.5 2.4 ? a 1.8 lpwdt current (note 1) ? 0.5 2.0 3.0 ? a3.0 d023 ? 11 38 44 ? a 2.3 lpwdt current (note 1) ? 12 43 48 ? a 3.0 ? 13 48 65 ? a 5.0 d023a ? 13 22 25 ? a 1.8 fvr current (note 1) ?22 24 27 ? a3.0 d023a ? 23 62 65 ? a 2.3 fvr current (note 1) ? 30 72 75 ? a 3.0 ? 34 115 120 ? a 5.0 d024 ? 7 14 16 ? a 3.0 bor current (note 1) d024 ? 15 47 50 ? a 3.0 bor current (note 1) ? 17 55 66 ? a 5.0 d024a ? 0.2 5 7 ? a 3.0 lpbor current d024a ? 10 25 40 ? a 3.0 lpbor current ? 12 30 50 ? a 5.0 d026 ? 0.03 3.5 4.0 ? a 1.8 a/d current (note 1, note 3) , no conversion in progress ? 0.04 4.0 4.5 ? a3.0 d026 ? 10 39 45 ? a 2.3 a/d current (note 1, note 3) , no conversion in progress ? 11 43 49 ? a 3.0 ? 12 46 65 ? a 5.0 d026a* ? 250 1.5 3.0 ? a 1.8 a/d current (note 1, note 3) , conversion in progress ? 250 2.0 3.5 ? a3.0 d026a* ? 280 38 45 ? a 2.3 a/d current (note 1, note 3) , conversion in progress ? 280 43 49 ? a 3.0 ? 280 46 65 ? a 5.0 * these parameters are characterized but not tested. ? data in ?typ? column is at 3.0v, 25c unless otherwise stated. these parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. legend: tbd = to be determined note 1: the peripheral current is the sum of the base i dd or i pd and the additional current consumed when this peripheral is enabled. the peripheral ? current can be determined by subtracting the base i dd or i pd current from this limit. max values should be used when calculating total current consumption. 2: the power-down current in sleep mode does not depend on the oscillator type. power-down current is measured with the part in sleep mode, with all i/o pins in high-impedance state and tied to v dd . 3: a/d oscillator source is f rc .
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 232 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. power-down base current (i pd ) (2) d027* ? 20 43 55 ? a 1.8 1 comparator enabled (hp mode) ?21 45 60 ? a3.0 d027* ? 30 53 65 ? a 2.3 1 comparator enabled (hp mode) ? 31 57 70 ? a 3.0 ? 32 61 75 ? a 5.0 d027a* ? 7 20 35 ? a 1.8 1 comparator enabled (lp mode) ?80 25 40 ? a3.0 d027a* ? 17 30 45 ? a 2.3 1 comparator enabled (lp mode) ? 18 37 55 ? a 3.0 ? 19 40 60 ? a 5.0 d028* ? 21 44 56 ? a 1.8 2 comparators enabled (hp mode) ?22 46 61 ? a3.0 d028* ? 31 54 66 ? a 2.3 2 comparators enabled (hp mode) ? 32 58 71 ? a 3.0 ? 33 62 76 ? a 5.0 d028a* ? 8 21 36 ? a 1.8 2 comparators enabled (lp mode) ?81 26 41 ? a3.0 d028a* ? 18 31 46 ? a 2.3 2 comparators enabled (lp mode) ? 19 38 56 ? a 3.0 ? 20 41 61 ? a 5.0 27.3 dc characteristics: pic12(l)f1501-i/e (power-down) (continued) pic12lf1501 standard operating conditions (unless otherwise stated) operating temperature -40c ? t a ? +85c for industrial -40c ? t a ? +125c for extended PIC12F1501 standard operating conditions (unless otherwise stated) operating temperature -40c ? t a ? +85c for industrial -40c ? t a ? +125c for extended param no. device characteristics min. typ? max. +85c max. +125c units conditions v dd note * these parameters are characterized but not tested. ? data in ?typ? column is at 3.0v, 25c unless otherwise stated. these parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. legend: tbd = to be determined note 1: the peripheral current is the sum of the base i dd or i pd and the additional current consumed when this peripheral is enabled. the peripheral ? current can be determined by subtracting the base i dd or i pd current from this limit. max values should be used when calculating total current consumption. 2: the power-down current in sleep mode does not depend on the oscillator type. power-down current is measured with the part in sleep mode, with all i/o pins in high-impedance state and tied to v dd . 3: a/d oscillator source is f rc .
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 233 pic12(l)f1501 27.3 dc characteristics: pic12(l)f1501-i/e (power-down) (continued) pic12lf1501 standard operating conditions (unless otherwise stated) operating temperature -40c ? t a ? +85c for industrial -40c ? t a ? +125c for extended PIC12F1501 standard operating conditions (unless otherwise stated) operating temperature -40c ? t a ? +85c for industrial -40c ? t a ? +125c for extended param no. device characteristics min. typ? max. +85c max. +125c units conditions v dd note power-down base current (i pd ) in low-power sleep mode (2) d029a ? 0.1 1.5 2.0 ? a 2.3 base 0.2 1.7 2.3 ? a 3.0 0.3 1.9 2.5 ? a 5.0 d029b ? 18 40 45 ? a 2.3 fvr enabled 18.5 45 50 ? a 3.0 19 47 52 ? a 5.0 d029c ? 8.0 20 25 ? a 3.0 bor enabled 9.5 24 30 ? a 5.0 d029d ? 3.2 13 18 ? a 2.3 comparator enabled (lp mode) 3.5 14 19 ? a 3.0 3.6 15 20 ? a 5.0 d029e ? 17.0 40 45 ? a 2.3 comparator enabled (hp mode) 17.5 42 47 ? a 3.0 18.0 43 48 ? a 5.0 * these parameters are characterized but not tested. ? data in ?typ? column is at 3.0v, 25c unless otherwise stated. these parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. legend: tbd = to be determined note 1: the peripheral current is the sum of the base i dd or i pd and the additional current consumed when this peripheral is enabled. the peripheral ? current can be determined by subtracting the base i dd or i pd current from this limit. max values should be used when calculating total current consumption. 2: the power-down current in sleep mode does not depend on the oscillator type. power-down current is measured with the part in sleep mode, with all i/o pins in high-impedance state and tied to v dd . 3: a/d oscillator source is f rc .
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 234 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 27.4 dc characteristics: pic12(l)f1501-i/e dc characteristics standard operating conditions (unless otherwise stated) operating temperature -40c ? t a ? +85c for industrial -40c ? t a ? +125c for extended param no. sym. characteristic min. typ? max. units conditions v il input low voltage i/o port: d030 with ttl buffer ? ? 0.8 v 4.5v ? v dd ? 5.5v d030a ? ? 0.15 v dd v1.8v ? v dd ? 4.5v d031 with schmitt trigger buffer ? ? 0.2 v dd v2.0v ? v dd ? 5.5v d032 mclr ??0.2v dd v v ih input high voltage i/o ports: ? ? d040 with ttl buffer 2.0 ? ? v 4.5v ? v dd ?? 5.5v d040a 0.25 v dd + 0.8 ??v1.8v ? v dd ? 4.5v d041 with schmitt trigger buffer 0.8 v dd ??v2.0v ? v dd ? 5.5v d042 mclr 0.8 v dd ??v i il input leakage current (1) d060 i/o ports ? 5 5 125 1000 na na v ss ? v pin ? v dd , pin at high- impedance at 85c 125c d061 mclr (2) ? 50 200nav ss ? v pin ? v dd at 85c i pur weak pull-up current d070* 25 25 100 140 200 300 ? a v dd = 3.3v, v pin = v ss v dd = 5.0v, v pin = v ss v ol output low voltage (3) d080 i/o ports ??0.6v i ol = 8ma, v dd = 5v i ol = 6ma, v dd = 3.3v i ol = 1.8ma, v dd = 1.8v v oh output high voltage (3) d090 i/o ports v dd - 0.7 ? ? v i oh = 3.5ma, v dd = 5v i oh = 3ma, v dd = 3.3v i oh = 1ma, v dd = 1.8v capacitive loading specs on output pins d101a* c io all i/o pins ? ? 50 pf * these parameters are characterized but not tested. ? data in ?typ? column is at 3.0v, 25c unless otherwise stated. these parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. note 1: negative current is defined as current sourced by the pin. 2: the leakage current on the mclr pin is strongly dependent on the applied voltage level. the specified levels represent normal operating conditions. higher leakage current may be measured at different input voltages. 3: including osc2 in clkout mode.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 235 pic12(l)f1501 27.5 memory programming requirements dc characteristics standard operating conditions (unless otherwise stated) operating temperature -40c ? t a ? +125c param no. sym. characteristic min. typ? max. units conditions program memory programming specifications d110 v ihh voltage on mclr /v pp pin 8.0 ? 9.0 v (note 2) d111 i ddp supply current during programming ? ? 10 ma d112 v be v dd for bulk erase 2.7 ? v dd max. v d113 v pew v dd for write or row erase v dd min. ? v dd max. v d114 i pppgm current on mclr /v pp during erase/ write ?1.0?ma d115 i ddpgm current on v dd during erase/write ? 5.0 ?ma program flash memory d121 e p cell endurance 10k ? ? e/w -40 ? c to +85 ? c (note 1) d122 v pr v dd for read v dd min. ? v dd max. v d123 t iw self-timed write cycle time ? 2 2.5 ms d124 t retd characteristic retention ? 40 ? year provided no other specifications are violated d125 e hefc high-endurance flash cell 100k ? ? e/w 0 ? c to +60 ? c, lower byte, last 128 addresses in flash memory ? data in ?typ? column is at 3.0v, 25c unless otherwise stated. these parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. note 1: self-write and block erase. 2: required only if single-supply programming is disabled.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 236 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 27.6 thermal considerations standard operating conditions (unless otherwise stated) operating temperature -40c ? t a ? +125c param no. sym. characteristic typ. units conditions th01 ? ja thermal resistance junction to ambient 89.3 ? c/w 8-pin pdip package 149.5 ? c/w 8-pin soic package 211 ? c/w 8-pin msop package 56.7 ? c/w 8-pin dfn 3x3mm package 68 ? c/w 8-pin dfn 2x3mm package th02 ? jc thermal resistance junction to case 43.1 ? c/w 8-pin pdip package 39.9 ? c/w 8-pin soic package 39 ? c/w 8-pin msop package 9 ? c/w 8-pin dfn 3x3mm package 12.7 ? c/w 8-pin dfn 2x3mm package th03 t jmax maximum junction temperature 150 ? c th04 pd power dissipation ? w pd = p internal + p i / o th05 p internal internal power dissipation ? w p internal = i dd x v dd (1) th06 p i / o i/o power dissipation ? w p i / o = ? (i ol * v ol ) + ? (i oh * (v dd - v oh )) th07 p der derated power ? w p der = pd max (t j - t a )/ ? ja (2) note 1: i dd is current to run the chip alone without driving any load on the output pins. 2: t a = ambient temperature. 3: t j = junction temperature.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 237 pic12(l)f1501 27.7 timing parameter symbology the timing parameter symbols have been created with one of the following formats: figure 27-4: load conditions 1. tpps2pps 2. tpps t f frequency t time lowercase letters (pp) and their meanings: pp cc ccp1 osc clkin ck clkout rd rd cs cs rw rd or wr di sdix sc sckx do sdo ss ss dt data in t0 t0cki io i/o port t1 t1cki mc mclr wr wr uppercase letters and their meanings: s ffall pperiod hhigh rrise i invalid (high-impedance) v valid l low z high-impedance v ss c l legend: c l = 50 pf for all pins load condition pin
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 238 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 27.8 ac characteristics: pic12(l)f1501-i/e figure 27-5: clock timing table 27-1: clock oscillator timing requirements table 27-2: oscillator parameters standard operating conditions (unless otherwise stated) operating temperature -40c ? t a ? +125c param no. sym. characteristic min. typ? max. units conditions os01 f osc external clkin frequency (1) dc ? 0.5 mhz ec oscillator mode (low) dc ? 4 mhz ec oscillator mode (medium) dc ? 20 mhz ec oscillator mode (high) os02 t osc external clkin period (1) 50 ? ? ns ec mode os03 t cy instruction cycle time (1) 200 ? dc ns t cy = f osc /4 * these parameters are characterized but not tested. ? data in ?typ? column is at 3.0v, 25c unless otherwise st ated. these parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. note 1: instruction cycle period (t cy ) equals four times the input oscillator time base period. all specified values are based on characterization data for that particular oscillator type under standard operating conditions with the device executing code. exceeding these specified limits may result in an unstable oscillator operation and/or higher than expected current con- sumption. all devices are tested to operate at ?min? values with an external clock applied to clkin pin. when an external clock input is used, the ?max? cycle time limit is ?dc? (no clock) for all devices. standard operating conditions (unless otherwise stated) operating temperature -40c ?? t a ?? +125c param no. sym. characteristic freq. tolerance min. typ? max. units conditions os08 hf osc internal calibrated hfintosc frequency (1) ? 10% ? 16.0 ? mhz 0c ? t a ? +85c os09 lf osc internal lfintosc frequency ? ? 31 ? khz -40c ? t a ? +125c os10* t iosc st hfintosc wake-up from sleep start-up time ??58 ? s * these parameters are characterized but not tested. ? data in ?typ? column is at 3.0v, 25c unless otherwise stated. these parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. note 1: to ensure these oscillator frequency tolerances, v dd and v ss must be capacitively decoupled as close to the device as possible. 0.1 ? f and 0.01 ? f values in parallel are recommended. clkin clkout q4 q1 q2 q3 q4 q1 os02 os03 (clkout mode) note 1: see table 27-3 . os11 os12
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 239 pic12(l)f1501 figure 27-6: clkout and i/o timing table 27-3: clkout and i/o timing parameters standard operating conditions (unless otherwise stated) operating temperature -40c ?? t a ?? +125c param no. sym. characteristic min. typ? max. units conditions os11 tosh2ckl f osc ? to clkout ? (1) ??70nsv dd = 3.3-5.0v os12 tosh2ckh f osc ? to clkout ? (1) ??72nsv dd = 3.3-5.0v os13 tckl2iov clkout ? to port out valid (1) ??20ns os14 tiov2ckh port input valid before clkout ? (1) t osc + 200 ns ? ? ns os15 tosh2iov fosc ? (q1 cycle) to port out valid ? 50 70* ns v dd = 3.3-5.0v os16 tosh2ioi fosc ? (q2 cycle) to port input invalid (i/o in hold time) 50 ? ? ns v dd = 3.3-5.0v os17 tiov2osh port input valid to fosc ?? (q2 cycle) (i/o in setup time) 20 ? ? ns os18* tior port output rise time (2) ? ? 15 40 32 72 ns v dd = 2.0v v dd = 5.0v os19* tiof port output fall time (2) ? ? 28 15 55 30 ns v dd = 2.0v v dd = 5.0v os20* tinp int pin input high or low time 25 ? ? ns os21* tioc interrupt-on-change new input level time 25 ? ? ns * these parameters are characterized but not tested. ? data in ?typ? column is at 3.0v, 25 ? c unless otherwise stated. note 1: measurements are taken in ec mode where clkout output is 4 x t osc . f osc clkout i/o pin (input) i/o pin (output) q4 q1 q2 q3 os11 os19 os13 os15 os18, os19 os20 os21 os17 os16 os14 os12 os18 old value new value write fetch read execute cycle
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 240 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. figure 27-7: reset, watchdog timer, os cillator start-up timer and power-up timer timing figure 27-8: brown-out rese t timing and characteristics v dd mclr internal por pwrt time-out internal reset (1) watchdog timer 33 30 31 34 i/o pins 34 note 1: asserted low. reset (1) v bor v dd (device in brown-out reset) (device not in brown-out reset) 33 (1) note 1: 64 ms delay only if pwrte bit in the configuration words is programmed to ? 0 ?. 2 ms delay if pwrte = 0 and vregen = 1 . reset (due to bor) v bor and v hyst 37
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 241 pic12(l)f1501 table 27-4: reset, watchdog timer, oscill ator start-up timer, power-up timer and brown-out reset parameters figure 27-9: timer0 and timer1 external clock timings standard operating conditions (unless otherwise stated) operating temperature -40c ?? t a ?? +125c param no. sym. characteristic min. typ? max. units conditions 30 t mc lmclr pulse width (low) 2 5 ? ? ? ? ? s ? s v dd = 3.3-5v, -40c to +85c v dd = 3.3-5v 31 t wdtlp low-power watchdog timer time-out period 10 16 27 ms v dd = 3.3v-5v, 1:16 prescaler used 33* t pwrt power-up timer period, pwrte = 0 40 65 140 ms 34* t ioz i/o high-impedance from mclr low or watchdog timer reset ??2.0 ? s 35 v bor brown-out reset voltage: borv = 0 borv = 1 2.55 2.30 1.80 2.70 2.40 1.90 2.85 2.55 2.05 v v v pic12(l)f1501 PIC12F1501 pic12lf1501 36* v hyst brown-out reset hysteresis 0 25 50 mv -40c to +85c 37* t bordc brown-out reset dc response time 135 ? sv dd ? v bor * these parameters are characterized but not tested. ? data in ?typ? column is at 3.0v, 25c unless otherwise stated. these parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. note 1: to ensure these voltage tolerances, v dd and v ss must be capacitively decoupled as close to the device as possible. 0.1 ? f and 0.01 ? f values in parallel are recommended. t0cki t1cki 40 41 42 45 46 47 49 tmr0 or tmr1
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 242 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. table 27-5: timer0 and timer1 external clock requirements table 27-6: pic12(l)f1501 a/d converter (adc) characteristics : standard operating conditions (unless otherwise stated) operating temperature -40c ?? t a ?? +125c param no. sym. characteristic min. typ? max. units conditions 40* t t 0h t0cki high pulse width no prescaler 0.5 t cy + 20 ? ? ns with prescaler 10 ? ? ns 41* t t 0l t0cki low pulse width no prescaler 0.5 t cy + 20 ? ? ns with prescaler 10 ? ? ns 42* t t 0p t0cki period greater of: 20 or t cy + 40 n ? ? ns n = prescale value (2, 4, ..., 256) 45* t t 1h t1cki high time synchronous, no prescaler 0.5 t cy + 20 ? ? ns synchronous, with prescaler 15 ? ? ns asynchronous 30 ? ? ns 46* t t 1l t1cki low time synchronous, no prescaler 0.5 t cy + 20 ? ? ns synchronous, with prescaler 15 ? ? ns asynchronous 30 ? ? ns 47* t t 1p t1cki input period synchronous greater of: 30 or t cy + 40 n ? ? ns n = prescale value (1, 2, 4, 8) asynchronous 60 ? ? ns 49* tckez tmr 1 delay from external clock edge to timer increment 2 t osc ?7 t osc ? timers in sync mode * these parameters are characterized but not tested. ? data in ?typ? column is at 3.0v, 25c unless otherwise stated. these parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. note 1: for proper operation, the minimum value of the adc positive voltage reference must be 1.8v or greater. when selecting the fvr or the v ref + pin as the source of the adc positive voltage re ference, be aware that the voltage must be 1.8v or greater. standard operating conditions (unless otherwise stated) operating temperature tested at 25c param no. sym. characteristic min. typ? max. units conditions ad01 n r resolution ? ? 10 bit ad02 e il integral error ? ? 1.7 lsb v ref = 3.0v ad03 e dl differential error ? ? 1 lsb no missing codes v ref = 3.0v ad04 e off offset error ? ? 2.5 lsb v ref = 3.0v ad05 e gn gain error ? ? 2.0 lsb v ref = 3.0v ad06 v ref reference voltage (3) 1.8 ? v dd vv ref = (v ref + minus v ref -) ( note 5 ) ad07 v ain full-scale range v ss ?v ref v ad08 z ain recommended impedance of analog voltage source ?? 10k ? can go higher if external 0.01 ? f capacitor is present on input pin. * these parameters are characterized but not tested. ? data in ?typ? column is at 3.0v, 25c unless otherwise stated. these parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. note 1: total absolute error includes integral, differential, offset and gain errors. 2: the a/d conversion result never decreases with an increase in the input voltage and has no missing codes. 3: adc v ref is from external v ref + pin, v dd pin, whichever is selected as reference input. 4: when adc is off, it will not consume any current other than leakage current. the power-down current specification includes any such leakage from the adc module. 5: fvr voltage selected must be 2.048v or 4.096v.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 243 pic12(l)f1501 table 27-7: pic12(l)f1501 a/d conversion requirements figure 27-10: pic12(l)f1501 a/d conversion timing (normal mode) standard operating conditions (unless otherwise stated) operating temperature -40c ? t a ? +125c param no. sym. characteristic min. typ? max. units conditions ad130* t ad a/d clock period 1.0 ? 9.0 ? st osc -based a/d internal frc oscillator period 1.0 1.6 6.0 ? s adcs<1:0> = 11 (adfrc mode) ad131 t cnv conversion time (not including acquisition time) (1) ?11?t ad set go/done bit to conversion complete ad132* t acq acquisition time ? 5.0 ? ? s * these parameters are characterized but not tested. ? data in ?typ? column is at 3.0v, 25c unless otherwise stated. these parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. note 1: the adres register may be read on the following t cy cycle. ad131 ad130 bsf adcon0, go q4 a/d clk a/d data adres adif go sample old_data sampling stopped done new_data 987 3210 note 1: if the a/d clock source is selected as frc, a time of t cy is added before the a/d clock starts. this allows the sleep instruction to be executed. 1 t cy 6 ad134 (t osc /2 (1) ) 1 t cy ad132
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 244 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. figure 27-11: pic12(l)f1501 a/d conversion timing (sleep mode) ad132 ad131 ad130 bsf adcon0, go q4 a/d clk a/d data adres adif go sample old_data sampling stopped done new_data 9 7 3210 note 1: if the a/d clock source is selected as frc, a time of t cy is added before the a/d clock starts. this allows the sleep instruction to be executed. ad134 6 8 1 t cy (t osc /2 + t cy (1) ) 1 t cy
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 245 pic12(l)f1501 table 27-8: comparator specifications table 27-9: digital-to-analog conv erter (dac) specifications operating conditions: 1.8v < vdd < 5.5v, -40 c < ta < +125c (unless otherwise stated). param no. sym. characteristics min. typ. max. units comments cm01 vioff input offset voltage ? 7.5 60 mv high power mode, vicm = v dd /2 cm02 vicm input common mode voltage 0 ? v dd v cm03* cmrr common mode rejection ratio ? 50 ? db cm04a tresp response time rising edge ? 400 800 ns high power mode cm04b response time falling edge ? 200 400 ns high power mode cm04c response time rising edge ? 1200 ? ns low power mode cm04d response time falling edge ? 550 ? ns cm05* tmc2ov comparator mode change to output valid ??10 ? s cm06 chyster comparator hysteresis ? 65 ? mv hysteresis on * these parameters are characterized but not tested. operating conditions: 2.5v < v dd < 5.5v, -40c < t a < +125c (unless otherwise stated). param no. sym. characteristics min. typ. max. units comments dac01* c lsb step size ? v dd /32 ? v dac02* c acc absolute accuracy ? ? ? 1/2 lsb dac03* c r unit resistor value (r) ? 5000 ? ? dac04* c st settling time (1) ??10 ? s * these parameters are characterized but not tested. note 1: settling time measured while dacr<4:0> transitions from ? 0000 ? to ? 1111 ?.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 246 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. notes:
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 247 pic12(l)f1501 28.0 dc and ac characteristics graphs and charts graphs and charts are not available at this time.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 248 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. notes:
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 249 pic12(l)f1501 29.0 development support the pic ? microcontrollers and dspic ? digital signal controllers are supported with a full range of software and hardware development tools: ? integrated development environment - mplab ? ide software ? compilers/assemblers/linkers - mplab c compiler for various device families - hi-tech c ? for various device families - mpasm tm assembler -mplink tm object linker/ mplib tm object librarian - mplab assembler/linker/librarian for various device families ? simulators - mplab sim software simulator ?emulators - mplab real ice? in-circuit emulator ? in-circuit debuggers - mplab icd 3 - pickit? 3 debug express ? device programmers - pickit? 2 programmer - mplab pm3 device programmer ? low-cost demonstration/development boards, evaluation kits, and starter kits 29.1 mplab integrated development environment software the mplab ide software brings an ease of software development previously unseen in the 8/16/32-bit microcontroller market. the mplab ide is a windows ? operating system-based application that contains: ? a single graphical interface to all debugging tools - simulator - programmer (sold separately) - in-circuit emulator (sold separately) - in-circuit debugger (sold separately) ? a full-featured editor with color-coded context ? a multiple project manager ? customizable data windows with direct edit of contents ? high-level source code debugging ? mouse over variable inspection ? drag and drop variables from source to watch windows ? extensive on-line help ? integration of select third party tools, such as iar c compilers the mplab ide allows you to: ? edit your source files (either c or assembly) ? one-touch compile or assemble, and download to emulator and simulator tools (automatically updates all project information) ? debug using: - source files (c or assembly) - mixed c and assembly - machine code mplab ide supports multiple debugging tools in a single development paradigm, from the cost-effective simulators, through low-cost in-circuit debuggers, to full-featured emulators. this eliminates the learning curve when upgrading to tools with increased flexibility and power.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 250 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 29.2 mplab c compilers for various device families the mplab c compiler code development systems are complete ansi c compilers for microchip?s pic18, pic24 and pic32 families of microcontrollers and the dspic30 and dspic33 families of digital signal control- lers. these compilers provide powerful integration capabilities, superior code optimization and ease of use. for easy source level debugging, the compilers provide symbol information that is optimized to the mplab ide debugger. 29.3 hi-tech c for various device families the hi-tech c compiler code development systems are complete ansi c compilers for microchip?s pic family of microcontrollers and the dspic family of digital signal controllers. these compilers provide powerful integration capabilities, omniscient code generation and ease of use. for easy source level debugging, the compilers provide symbol information that is optimized to the mplab ide debugger. the compilers include a macro assembler, linker, pre- processor, and one-step driver, and can run on multiple platforms. 29.4 mpasm assembler the mpasm assembler is a full-featured, universal macro assembler for pic10/12/16/18 mcus. the mpasm assembler generates relocatable object files for the mplink object linker, intel ? standard hex files, map files to detail memory usage and symbol reference, absolute lst files that contain source lines and generated machine code and coff files for debugging. the mpasm assembler features include: ? integration into mplab ide projects ? user-defined macros to streamline assembly code ? conditional assembly for multi-purpose source files ? directives that allow complete control over the assembly process 29.5 mplink object linker/ mplib object librarian the mplink object linker combines relocatable objects created by the mpasm assembler and the mplab c18 c compiler. it can link relocatable objects from precompiled libraries, using directives from a linker script. the mplib object librarian manages the creation and modification of library files of precompiled code. when a routine from a library is called from a source file, only the modules that contain that routine will be linked in with the application. this allows large libraries to be used efficiently in many different applications. the object linker/library features include: ? efficient linking of single libraries instead of many smaller files ? enhanced code maintainability by grouping related modules together ? flexible creation of libraries with easy module listing, replacement, deletion and extraction 29.6 mplab assembler, linker and librarian for various device families mplab assembler produces relocatable machine code from symbolic assembly language for pic24, pic32 and dspic devices. mplab c compiler uses the assembler to produce its object file. the assembler generates relocatable object files that can then be archived or linked with other relocatable object files and archives to create an executable file. notable features of the assembler include: ? support for the entire device instruction set ? support for fixed-point and floating-point data ? command line interface ? rich directive set ? flexible macro language ? mplab ide compatibility
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 251 pic12(l)f1501 29.7 mplab sim software simulator the mplab sim software simulator allows code development in a pc-hosted environment by simulat- ing the pic mcus and dspic ? dscs on an instruction level. on any given instruction, the data areas can be examined or modified and stimuli can be applied from a comprehensive stimulus controller. registers can be logged to files for further run-time analysis. the trace buffer and logic analyzer display extend the power of the simulator to record and track program execution, actions on i/o, most peripherals and internal registers. the mplab sim software simulator fully supports symbolic debugging using the mplab c compilers, and the mpasm and mplab assemblers. the soft- ware simulator offers the flexibility to develop and debug code outside of the hardware laboratory envi- ronment, making it an excellent, economical software development tool. 29.8 mplab real ice in-circuit emulator system mplab real ice in-circuit emulator system is microchip?s next generation high-speed emulator for microchip flash dsc and mcu devices. it debugs and programs pic ? flash mcus and dspic ? flash dscs with the easy-to-use, powerful graphical user interface of the mplab integrated development environment (ide), included with each kit. the emulator is connected to the design engineer?s pc using a high-speed usb 2.0 interface and is connected to the target with either a connector compatible with in- circuit debugger systems (rj11) or with the new high- speed, noise tolerant, low-voltage differential signal (lvds) interconnection (cat5). the emulator is field upgradable through future firmware downloads in mplab ide. in upcoming releases of mplab ide, new devices will be supported, and new features will be added. mplab real ice offers significant advantages over competitive emulators including low-cost, full-speed emulation, run-time variable watches, trace analysis, complex breakpoints, a ruggedized probe interface and long (up to three meters) interconnection cables. 29.9 mplab icd 3 in-circuit debugger system mplab icd 3 in-circuit debugger system is micro- chip's most cost effective high-speed hardware debugger/programmer for microchip flash digital sig- nal controller (dsc) and microcontroller (mcu) devices. it debugs and programs pic ? flash microcon- trollers and dspic ? dscs with the powerful, yet easy- to-use graphical user interface of mplab integrated development environment (ide). the mplab icd 3 in-circuit debugger probe is con- nected to the design engineer's pc using a high-speed usb 2.0 interface and is connected to the target with a connector compatible with the mplab icd 2 or mplab real ice systems (rj-11). mplab icd 3 supports all mplab icd 2 headers. 29.10 pickit 3 in-circuit debugger/ programmer and pickit 3 debug express the mplab pickit 3 allows debugging and program- ming of pic ? and dspic ? flash microcontrollers at a most affordable price point using the powerful graphical user interface of the mplab integrated development environment (ide). the mplab pickit 3 is connected to the design engineer's pc using a full speed usb interface and can be connected to the target via an microchip debug (rj-11) connector (compatible with mplab icd 3 and mplab real ice). the connector uses two device i/o pins and the reset line to imple- ment in-circuit debugging and in-circuit serial pro- gramming?. the pickit 3 debug express include the pickit 3, demo board and microcontroller, hookup cables and cdrom with user?s guide, lessons, tutorial, compiler and mplab ide software.
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 252 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 29.11 pickit 2 development programmer/debugger and pickit 2 debug express the pickit? 2 development programmer/debugger is a low-cost development tool with an easy to use inter- face for programming and debugging microchip?s flash families of microcontrollers. the full featured windows ? programming interface supports baseline (pic10f, pic12f5xx, pic16f5xx), midrange (pic12f6xx, pic16f), pic18f, pic24, dspic30, dspic33, and pic32 families of 8-bit, 16-bit, and 32-bit microcontrollers, and many microchip serial eeprom products. with microchip?s powerful mplab integrated development environment (ide) the pickit? 2 enables in-circuit debugging on most pic ? microcon- trollers. in-circuit-debugging runs, halts and single steps the program while the pic microcontroller is embedded in the application. when halted at a break- point, the file registers can be examined and modified. the pickit 2 debug express include the pickit 2, demo board and microcontroller, hookup cables and cdrom with user?s guide, lessons, tutorial, compiler and mplab ide software. 29.12 mplab pm3 device programmer the mplab pm3 device programmer is a universal, ce compliant device programmer with programmable voltage verification at v ddmin and v ddmax for maximum reliability. it features a large lcd display (128 x 64) for menus and error messages and a modu- lar, detachable socket assembly to support various package types. the icsp? cable assembly is included as a standard item. in stand-alone mode, the mplab pm3 device programmer can read, verify and program pic devices without a pc connection. it can also set code protection in this mode. the mplab pm3 connects to the host pc via an rs-232 or usb cable. the mplab pm3 has high-speed communications and optimized algorithms for quick programming of large memory devices and incorporates an mmc card for file storage and data applications. 29.13 demonstration/development boards, evaluation kits, and starter kits a wide variety of demonstration, development and evaluation boards for various pic mcus and dspic dscs allows quick application development on fully func- tional systems. most boards include prototyping areas for adding custom circuitry and provide application firmware and source code for examination and modification. the boards support a variety of features, including leds, temperature sensors, switches, speakers, rs-232 interfaces, lcd displays, potentiometers and additional eeprom memory. the demonstration and development boards can be used in teaching environments, for prototyping custom circuits and for learning about various microcontroller applications. in addition to the picdem? and dspicdem? demon- stration/development board series of circuits, microchip has a line of evaluation kits and demonstration software for analog filter design, k ee l oq ? security ics, can, irda ? , powersmart battery management, seeval ? evaluation system, sigma-delta adc, flow rate sensing, plus many more. also available are starter kits that contain everything needed to experience the specified device. this usually includes a single application and debug capability, all on one board. check the microchip web page ( www.microchip.com ) for the complete list of demonstration, development and evaluation kits.
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 253 pic12(l)f1501 30.0 packaging information 30.1 package marking information * standard picmicro ? device marking consists of microchip part number, year code, week code and traceability code. for picmicro device marking beyond this, certain price adders apply. please check with your microchip sales office. for qtp devices, any special marking adders are included in qtp price. legend: xx...x customer-specific information y year code (last digit of calendar year) yy year code (last 2 digits of calendar year) ww week code (week of january 1 is week ?01?) nnn alphanumeric traceability code pb-free jedec designator for matte tin (sn) * this package is pb-free. the pb-free jedec designator ( ) can be found on the outer packaging for this package. note : in the event the full microchip part number cannot be marked on one line, it will be carried over to the next line, thus limiting the number of available characters for customer-specific information. 3 e 3 e 8-lead soic (3.90 mm) example nnn 8-lead pdip (300 mil) example xxxxxxxx xxxxxnnn yyww 12f1501 3 e i/p 1110 12f1501 i/sn1110 017 017
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 254 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. package marking information (continued) 8-lead msop (3x3 mm) example f1501i 110017 8-lead dfn (3x3x0.9 mm) example xxxx nnn yyww pin 1 pin 1 mb1 111 1 8-lead dfn (2x3x0.9 mm) example bak 110 10
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 255 pic12(l)f1501 table 30-1: 8-lead 2x3 dfn (mc) top marking table 30-2: 8-lead 3x3 qfn (mf) top marking part number marking PIC12F1501-e/mc bak PIC12F1501-i/mc bal pic12lf1501-e/mc bam pic12lf1501-i/mc bap part number marking PIC12F1501-e/mf mfa1 PIC12F1501-i/mf mfb1 pic12lf1501-e/mf mfc1 pic12lf1501-i/mf mfd1
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 256 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. 30.2 package details the following sections give the technical details of the packages. n e1 note 1 d 12 3 a a1 a2 l b1 b e e eb c
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 257 pic12(l)f1501 note: for the most current package drawings, please see the microchip packaging specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 258 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. note: for the most current package drawings, please see the microchip packaging specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 259 pic12(l)f1501
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 260 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. d n e e1 note 1 1 2 e b a a1 a2 c l1 l
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 261 pic12(l)f1501 note: for the most current package drawings, please see the microchip packaging specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 262 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. d n e note 1 1 2 exposed pad note 1 2 1 d2 k l e2 n e b a3 a1 a note 2 bottom view top view
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 263 pic12(l)f1501 note: for the most current package drawings, please see the microchip packaging specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 264 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. note: for the most current package drawings, please see the microchip packaging specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 265 pic12(l)f1501 note: for the most current package drawings, please see the microchip packaging specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 266 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. note: for the most current package drawings, please see the microchip packaging specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 267 pic12(l)f1501 appendix a: data sheet revision history revision a original release (11/2011).
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 268 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. notes:
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 269 pic12(l)f1501 index a a/d specifications.................................................... 242, 243 absolute maximum ratings .............................................. 225 ac characteristics industrial and extended ............................................ 238 load conditions ........................................................ 237 adc .................................................................................. 113 acquisition requirements ......................................... 124 associated registers.................................................. 126 block diagram........................................................... 113 calculating acquisition time..................................... 124 channel selection..................................................... 114 configuration............................................................. 114 configuring interrupt ................................................. 118 conversion clock...................................................... 114 conversion procedure .............................................. 118 internal sampling switch (r ss ) impedance.............. 124 interrupts................................................................... 116 operation .................................................................. 117 operation during sleep ............................................ 117 port configuration ..................................................... 114 reference voltage (v ref )......................................... 114 source impedance.................................................... 124 starting an a/d conversion ...................................... 116 adcon0 register....................................................... 25, 119 adcon1 register....................................................... 25, 120 adcon2 register............................................................. 121 addfsr ........................................................................... 215 addwfc .......................................................................... 215 adresh register............................................................... 25 adresh register (adfm = 0) ......................................... 122 adresh register (adfm = 1) ......................................... 123 adresl register (adfm = 0).......................................... 122 adresl register (adfm = 1).......................................... 123 alternate pin function....................................................... 100 analog-to-digital converter. see adc ansela register ............................................................. 103 apfcon register............................................................. 100 assembler mpasm assembler................................................... 250 automatic context saving................................................... 65 b bank 10............................................................................... 28 bank 11............................................................................... 28 bank 12............................................................................... 28 bank 13............................................................................... 28 bank 14-29.......................................................................... 28 bank 2................................................................................. 26 bank 3................................................................................. 26 bank 30............................................................................... 29 bank 4................................................................................. 27 bank 5................................................................................. 27 bank 6................................................................................. 27 bank 7................................................................................. 27 bank 8................................................................................. 27 bank 9................................................................................. 27 block diagrams adc .......................................................................... 113 adc transfer function ............................................. 125 analog input model ........................................... 125, 136 clock source............................................................... 45 comparator............................................................... 132 digital-to-analog converter (dac) ........................... 128 generic i/o port.......................................................... 99 interrupt logic............................................................. 61 nco.......................................................................... 184 on-chip reset circuit................................................. 53 pic12(l)f1501 ....................................................... 5, 10 pwm......................................................................... 161 timer0 ...................................................................... 141 timer1 ...................................................................... 145 timer1 gate.............................................. 150, 151, 152 timer2 ...................................................................... 157 voltage reference.................................................... 109 voltage reference output buffer example .............. 128 borcon register.............................................................. 55 bra .................................................................................. 216 brown-out reset (bor)...................................................... 55 specifications ........................................................... 241 timing and characteristics ....................................... 240 c c compilers mplab c18.............................................................. 250 call................................................................................. 217 callw ............................................................................. 217 clcdata register........................................................... 181 clcxcon register .......................................................... 173 clcxgls0 register ......................................................... 177 clcxgls1 register ......................................................... 178 clcxgls2 register ......................................................... 179 clcxgls3 register ......................................................... 180 clcxpol register ........................................................... 174 clcxsel0 register.......................................................... 175 clock sources external modes........................................................... 46 ec ...................................................................... 46 internal modes............................................................ 47 hfintosc ......................................................... 47 internal oscillator clock switch timing .............. 48 lfintosc.......................................................... 47 clock switching .................................................................. 50 cmout register .............................................................. 138 cmxcon0 register .......................................................... 137 cmxcon1 register .......................................................... 138 code examples a/d conversion ........................................................ 118 initializing porta ...................................................... 99 writing to flash program memory.............................. 92 comparator associated registers................................................ 139 operation.................................................................. 131 comparator module .......................................................... 131 cx output state versus input conditions................. 133 comparator specifications................................................ 245 comparators c2out as t1 gate................................................... 147 complementary waveform generator (cwg).......... 193, 194 config1 register ............................................................. 40 config2 register ............................................................. 41 core function register....................................................... 24 customer change notification service............................. 275 customer notification service .......................................... 275 customer support............................................................. 275 cwg
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 270 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. auto-shutdown control ............................................. 200 clock source............................................................. 196 output control........................................................... 196 selectable input sources .......................................... 196 cwgxcon0 register ....................................................... 203 cwgxcon1 register ....................................................... 204 cwgxcon2 register ....................................................... 205 cwgxdbf register .......................................................... 206 cwgxdbr register.......................................................... 206 d daccon0 (digital-to-analog converter control 0) register..................................................................... 130 daccon1 (digital-to-analog converter control 1) register..................................................................... 130 data memory....................................................................... 17 dc and ac characteristics ............................................... 247 dc characteristics extended and industrial ............................................ 234 industrial and extended ............................................ 227 development support ....................................................... 249 device configuration........................................................... 39 code protection .......................................................... 42 configuration word ..................................................... 39 user id .................................................................. 42, 43 device id register .............................................................. 43 device overview ............................................................. 9, 79 digital-to-analog converter (dac).................................... 127 associated registers ................................................ 130 effects of a reset...................................................... 128 specifications............................................................ 245 e effects of reset pwm mode ............................................................... 163 electrical specifications .................................................... 225 enhanced mid-range cpu................................................. 13 errata .................................................................................... 7 extended instruction set addfsr ................................................................... 215 f firmware instructions........................................................ 211 fixed voltage reference (fvr) ........................................ 109 associated registers ................................................ 110 flash program memory....................................................... 83 associated registers .................................................. 98 configuration word w/ flash program memory .......... 98 erasing........................................................................ 87 modifying..................................................................... 93 write verify ................................................................. 95 writing......................................................................... 89 flash program memory control .......................................... 83 fsr register....................................................................... 24 fvrcon (fixed voltage reference control) register ..... 110 i indf register ..................................................................... 24 indirect addressing ............................................................. 34 instruction format ............................................................. 212 instruction set ................................................................... 211 addlw ..................................................................... 215 addwf ..................................................................... 215 addwfc .................................................................. 215 andlw ..................................................................... 215 andwf ..................................................................... 215 bra .......................................................................... 216 call......................................................................... 217 callw ..................................................................... 217 lslf ......................................................................... 219 lsrf ........................................................................ 219 movf ....................................................................... 219 moviw ..................................................................... 220 movlb ..................................................................... 220 movwi ..................................................................... 221 option .................................................................... 221 reset...................................................................... 221 subwfb .................................................................. 223 tris ......................................................................... 224 bcf .......................................................................... 216 bsf........................................................................... 216 btfsc ...................................................................... 216 btfss ...................................................................... 216 call......................................................................... 217 clrf ........................................................................ 217 clrw ....................................................................... 217 clrwdt .................................................................. 217 comf ....................................................................... 217 decf ........................................................................ 217 decfsz ................................................................... 218 goto ....................................................................... 218 incf ......................................................................... 218 incfsz..................................................................... 218 iorlw ...................................................................... 218 iorwf...................................................................... 218 movlw .................................................................... 220 movwf .................................................................... 220 nop .......................................................................... 221 retfie ..................................................................... 222 retlw ..................................................................... 222 return................................................................... 222 rlf ........................................................................... 222 rrf .......................................................................... 223 sleep ...................................................................... 223 sublw ..................................................................... 223 subwf..................................................................... 223 swapf ..................................................................... 224 xorlw .................................................................... 224 xorwf .................................................................... 224 intcon register................................................................ 66 internal oscillator block intosc specifications ................................................... 238 internal sampling switch (r ss ) impedance...................... 124 internet address ............................................................... 275 interrupt-on-change......................................................... 105 associated registers ................................................ 108 interrupts............................................................................. 61 adc .......................................................................... 118 associated registers w/ interrupts............................... 73 tmr1 ........................................................................ 149 intosc specifications ..................................................... 238 iocaf register ................................................................ 107 iocan register ................................................................ 107 iocap register ................................................................ 107 l lata register .................................................................. 103 load conditions................................................................ 237 lslf ................................................................................. 219 lsrf................................................................................. 219
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 271 pic12(l)f1501 m mclr .................................................................................. 56 internal ........................................................................ 56 memory organization.......................................................... 15 data ............................................................................ 17 program ...................................................................... 15 microchip internet web site.............................................. 275 moviw ............................................................................. 220 movlb ............................................................................. 220 movwi ............................................................................. 221 mplab asm30 assembler, linker, librarian ................... 250 mplab integrated development environment software .. 249 mplab pm3 device programmer .................................... 252 mplab real ice in-circuit emulator system................. 251 mplink object linker/mplib object librarian ................ 250 n nco associated registers.................................................. 192 ncoxacch register........................................................ 190 ncoxaccl register ........................................................ 190 ncoxaccu register........................................................ 190 ncoxclk register ........................................................... 189 ncoxcon register.......................................................... 189 ncoxinch register ......................................................... 191 ncoxincl register.......................................................... 191 numerically controlled oscillator (nco)........................... 183 o opcode field descriptions ............................................. 211 option ............................................................................ 221 option register.............................................................. 143 osccon register.............................................................. 51 oscillator associated registers .................................................. 52 associated registers.................................................. 207 oscillator module ................................................................ 45 ech ............................................................................ 45 ecl ............................................................................. 45 ecm ............................................................................ 45 intosc ...................................................................... 45 oscillator parameters ....................................................... 238 oscillator specifications.................................................... 238 oscillator start-up timer (ost) specifications............................................................ 241 oscstat register............................................................. 52 p packaging ......................................................................... 253 marking ............................................................. 253, 254 pdip details.............................................................. 255 pcl and pclath ............................................................... 14 pcl register....................................................................... 24 pclath register ............................................................... 24 pcon register ............................................................. 25, 59 pie1 register................................................................ 25, 67 pie2 register................................................................ 25, 68 pie3 register................................................................ 25, 69 pir1 register................................................................ 25, 70 pir2 register................................................................ 25, 71 pir3 register................................................................ 25, 72 pmadr registers............................................................... 83 pmadrh registers ............................................................ 83 pmadrl register............................................................... 96 pmadrl registers ............................................................. 83 pmcon1 register ........................................................ 83, 97 pmcon2 register ........................................................ 83, 98 pmdath register .............................................................. 96 pmdatl register............................................................... 96 pmdrh register ................................................................ 96 porta ............................................................................. 101 ansela register ..................................................... 101 associated registers................................................ 104 lata register ............................................................ 26 porta register......................................................... 25 specifications ........................................................... 239 porta register ............................................................... 102 power-down mode (sleep)................................................. 75 associated registers.................................................. 78 power-on reset .................................................................. 54 power-up time-out sequence ............................................ 56 power-up timer (pwrt) .................................................... 54 specifications ........................................................... 241 pr2 register ...................................................................... 25 program memory ................................................................ 15 map and stack (pic12(l)f1501................................. 16 programming, device instructions.................................... 211 pulse width modulation (pwm)........................................ 161 associated registers w/ pwm................................... 166 pwm mode duty cycle ........................................................ 162 effects of reset ................................................ 163 example pwm frequencies and resolutions, 20 mhz................................ 163 example pwm frequencies and resolutions, 8 mhz .................................. 163 operation in sleep mode.................................. 163 setup for operation using pwmx pins ............. 164 system clock frequency changes .................. 163 pwm period ............................................................. 162 setup for pwm operation using pwmx pins ........... 164 pwmxcon register......................................................... 165 pwmxdch register ......................................................... 166 pwmxdcl register.......................................................... 166 r reader response............................................................. 276 read-modify-write operations ......................................... 211 registers adcon0 (adc control 0) ........................................ 119 adcon1 (adc control 1) ........................................ 120 adcon2 (adc control 2) ........................................ 121 adresh (adc result high) with adfm = 0) .......... 122 adresh (adc result high) with adfm = 1) .......... 123 adresl (adc result low) with adfm = 0)............ 122 adresl (adc result low) with adfm = 1)............ 123 ansela (porta analog select) ............................ 103 apfcon (alternate pin function control) ............... 100 borcon brown-out reset control) .......................... 55 clcdata (data output) .......................................... 181 clcxcon (clcx control)........................................ 173 clcxgls0 (gate 1 logic select)............................. 177 clcxgls1 (gate 2 logic select)............................. 178 clcxgls2 (gate 3 logic select)............................. 179 clcxgls3 (gate 4 logic select)............................. 180 clcxpol (signal polarity control) .......................... 174 clcxsel0 (multiplexer data 1 and 2 select) .......... 175 cmout (comparator output) .................................. 138 cmxcon0 (cx control) ............................................ 137 cmxcon1 (cx control 1)......................................... 138 configuration word 1.................................................. 40
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 272 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. configuration word 2 .................................................. 41 core function, summary ............................................ 24 cwgxcon0 (cwg control 0).................................. 203 cwgxcon1 (cwg control 1).................................. 204 cwgxcon2 (cwg control 1).................................. 205 cwgxdbf (cwgx dead band falling count) ......... 206 cwgxdbr (cwgx dead band rising count) ......... 206 daccon0 ................................................................ 130 daccon1 ................................................................ 130 device id .................................................................... 43 fvrcon................................................................... 110 intcon (interrupt control) ......................................... 66 iocaf (interrupt-on-change porta flag) .............. 107 iocan (interrupt-on-change porta negative edge) ................................................. 107 iocap (interrupt-on-change porta positive edge)................................................... 107 lata (data latch porta) ....................................... 103 ncoxacch (ncox accumulator high byte) ........... 190 ncoxaccl (ncox accumulator low byte)............. 190 ncoxaccu (ncox accumulator upper byte) ......... 190 ncoxclk (ncox clock control) ............................. 189 ncoxcon (ncox control) ...................................... 189 ncoxinch (ncox increment high byte)................. 191 ncoxincl (ncox increment low byte) .................. 191 option_reg (option) ......................................... 143 osccon (oscillator control) ..................................... 51 oscstat (oscillator status) ..................................... 52 pcon (power control register) ................................. 59 pcon (power control) ............................................... 59 pie1 (peripheral interrupt enable 1) ........................... 67 pie2 (peripheral interrupt enable 2) ........................... 68 pie3 (peripheral interrupt enable 3) ........................... 69 pir1 (peripheral interrupt register 1) ........................ 70 pir2 (peripheral interrupt request 2) ........................ 71 pir3 (peripheral interrupt request 3) ........................ 72 pmadrl (program memory address)........................ 96 pmcon1 (program memory control 1) ...................... 97 pmcon2 (program memory control 2) ...................... 98 pmdath (program memory data) ............................. 96 pmdatl (program memory data).............................. 96 pmdrh (program memory address).......................... 96 porta...................................................................... 102 pwmxcon (pwm control)....................................... 165 pwmxdch (pwm control) ....................................... 166 pwmxdcl (pwm control) ....................................... 166 special function, summary ........................................ 25 status ...................................................................... 18 t1con (timer1 control)........................................... 153 t1gcon (timer1 gate control) ............................... 154 t2con ...................................................................... 159 trisa (tri-state porta) ......................................... 102 vregcon (voltage regulator control) ..................... 78 wdtcon (watchdog timer control).......................... 81 wpua (weak pull-up porta) ................................. 104 reset .............................................................................. 221 reset................................................................................... 53 reset instruction ................................................................. 56 resets ................................................................................. 53 associated registers .................................................. 60 revision history ................................................................ 267 s software simulator (mplab sim)..................................... 251 special function registers (sfrs) ..................................... 25 stack ................................................................................... 32 accessing ................................................................... 32 reset .......................................................................... 34 stack overflow/underflow .................................................. 56 status register ............................................................... 18 subwfb .......................................................................... 223 t t1con register ......................................................... 25, 153 t1gcon register ............................................................ 154 t2con (timer2) register................................................. 159 t2con register ................................................................. 25 temperature indicator associated registers ................................................ 112 temperature indicator module.......................................... 111 thermal considerations.................................................... 236 timer0............................................................................... 141 associated registers ................................................ 143 operation .................................................................. 141 specifications ........................................................... 242 timer1............................................................................... 145 associated registers ......................................... 155, 207 asynchronous counter mode ................................... 147 reading and writing ......................................... 147 clock source selection............................................. 146 interrupt .................................................................... 149 operation .................................................................. 146 operation during sleep ............................................ 149 prescaler .................................................................. 147 specifications ........................................................... 242 timer1 gate selecting source .............................................. 147 tmr1h register ....................................................... 145 tmr1l register........................................................ 145 timer2............................................................................... 157 associated registers ................................................. 160 timers timer1 t1con ............................................................. 153 t1gcon........................................................... 154 timer2 t2con ............................................................. 159 timing diagrams a/d conversion......................................................... 243 a/d conversion (sleep mode) .................................. 244 brown-out reset (bor)............................................ 240 brown-out reset situations ........................................ 55 clkout and i/o ...................................................... 239 clock timing............................................................. 238 comparator output ................................................... 131 int pin interrupt ......................................................... 64 internal oscillator switch timing ................................ 49 reset start-up sequence ........................................... 57 reset, wdt, ost and power-up timer ................... 240 timer0 and timer1 external clock ........................... 241 timer1 incrementing edge ....................................... 149 wake-up from interrupt............................................... 76 timing parameter symbology .......................................... 237 tmr0 register.................................................................... 25 tmr1h register ................................................................. 25 tmr1l register.................................................................. 25 tmr2 register.................................................................... 25 tris.................................................................................. 224 trisa register........................................................... 25, 102
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 273 pic12(l)f1501 v v ref . s ee adc reference voltage vregcon register ........................................................... 78 w wake-up using interrupts ................................................... 75 watchdog timer (wdt) ...................................................... 56 associated registers .................................................. 82 modes ......................................................................... 80 specifications............................................................ 241 wdtcon register ............................................................. 81 wpua register................................................................. 104 write protection .................................................................. 42 www address.................................................................. 275 www, on-line support ....................................................... 7
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 274 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. notes:
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 275 pic12(l)f1501 the microchip web site microchip provides online support via our www site at www.microchip.com . this web site is used as a means to make files and information easily available to customers. accessible by using your favorite internet browser, the web site contains the following information: ? product support ? data sheets and errata, application notes and sample programs, design resources, user?s guides and hardware support documents, latest software releases and archived software ? general technical support ? frequently asked questions (faq), technical support requests, online discussion groups, microchip consultant program member listing ? business of microchip ? product selector and ordering guides, latest microchip press releases, listing of seminars and events, listings of microchip sales offices, distributors and factory representatives customer change notification service microchip?s customer notification service helps keep customers current on microchip products. subscribers will receive e-mail notification whenever there are changes, updates, revisions or errata related to a specified product family or development tool of interest. to register, access the microchip web site at www.microchip.com . under ?support?, click on ?customer change notification? and follow the registration instructions. customer support users of microchip products can receive assistance through several channels: ? distributor or representative ? local sales office ? field application engineer (fae) ? technical support ? development systems information line customers should contact their distributor, representative or field application engineer (fae) for support. local sales offices are also available to help customers. a listing of sales offices and locations is included in the back of this document. technical support is available through the web site at: http://microchip.com/support
pic12(l)f1501 ds41615a-page 276 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. reader response it is our intention to provide you with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your microchip product. if you wish to provide your comments on organization, clarity, subject matter, and ways in which our documentation can better serve you, please fax your comments to the technical publications manager at (480) 792-4150. please list the following information, and use this outline to provide us with your comments about this document. to: technical publications manager re: reader response total pages sent ________ from: name company address city / state / zip / country telephone: (_______) _________ - _________ application (optional): would you like a reply? y n device: literature number: questions: fax: (______) _________ - _________ ds41615a pic12(l)f1501 1. what are the best features of this document? 2. how does this document meet your hardware and software development needs? 3. do you find the organization of this document easy to follow? if not, why? 4. what additions to the document do you think would enhance the structure and subject? 5. what deletions from the document could be made without affecting the overall usefulness? 6. is there any incorrect or misleading information (what and where)? 7. how would you improve this document?
? 2011 microchip technology inc. preliminary ds41615a-page 277 pic12(l)f1501 product identification system to order or obtain information, e.g., on pricing or delivery, refer to the factory or the listed sales office . part no. x /xx xxx pattern package temperature range device device: PIC12F1501, pic12lf1501 tape and reel option: blank = standard packaging (tube or tray) t = tape and reel (1) temperature range: i= -40 ? c to +85 ? c(industrial) e= -40 ? c to +125 ? c (extended) package: mc = micro lead frame (dfn) 2x3 mf = micro lead frame (dfn) 3x3 ms = msop p=plastic dip sn = soic pattern: qtp, sqtp, code or special requirements (blank otherwise) examples: a) pic12lf1501t - i/sn tape and reel, industrial temperature, soic package b) PIC12F1501 - i/p industrial temperature pdip package c) PIC12F1501 - e/mf extended temperature, dfn package note 1: tape and reel identifier only appears in the catalog part number description. this identifier is used for ordering purposes and is not printed on the device package. check with your microchip sales office for package availability with the tape and reel option. [x] (1) tape and reel option -
ds41615a-page 278 preliminary ? 2011 microchip technology inc. americas corporate office 2355 west chandler blvd. chandler, az 85224-6199 tel: 480-792-7200 fax: 480-792-7277 technical support: http://www.microchip.com/ support web address: www.microchip.com atlanta duluth, ga tel: 678-957-9614 fax: 678-957-1455 boston westborough, ma tel: 774-760-0087 fax: 774-760-0088 chicago itasca, il tel: 630-285-0071 fax: 630-285-0075 cleveland independence, oh tel: 216-447-0464 fax: 216-447-0643 dallas addison, tx tel: 972-818-7423 fax: 972-818-2924 detroit farmington hills, mi tel: 248-538-2250 fax: 248-538-2260 indianapolis noblesville, in tel: 317-773-8323 fax: 317-773-5453 los angeles mission viejo, ca tel: 949-462-9523 fax: 949-462-9608 santa clara santa clara, ca tel: 408-961-6444 fax: 408-961-6445 toronto mississauga, ontario, canada tel: 905-673-0699 fax: 905-673-6509 asia/pacific asia pacific office suites 3707-14, 37th floor tower 6, the gateway harbour city, kowloon hong kong tel: 852-2401-1200 fax: 852-2401-3431 australia - sydney tel: 61-2-9868-6733 fax: 61-2-9868-6755 china - beijing tel: 86-10-8569-7000 fax: 86-10-8528-2104 china - chengdu tel: 86-28-8665-5511 fax: 86-28-8665-7889 china - chongqing tel: 86-23-8980-9588 fax: 86-23-8980-9500 china - hangzhou tel: 86-571-2819-3187 fax: 86-571-2819-3189 china - hong kong sar tel: 852-2401-1200 fax: 852-2401-3431 china - nanjing tel: 86-25-8473-2460 fax: 86-25-8473-2470 china - qingdao tel: 86-532-8502-7355 fax: 86-532-8502-7205 china - shanghai tel: 86-21-5407-5533 fax: 86-21-5407-5066 china - shenyang tel: 86-24-2334-2829 fax: 86-24-2334-2393 china - shenzhen tel: 86-755-8203-2660 fax: 86-755-8203-1760 china - wuhan tel: 86-27-5980-5300 fax: 86-27-5980-5118 china - xian tel: 86-29-8833-7252 fax: 86-29-8833-7256 china - xiamen tel: 86-592-2388138 fax: 86-592-2388130 china - zhuhai tel: 86-756-3210040 fax: 86-756-3210049 asia/pacific india - bangalore tel: 91-80-3090-4444 fax: 91-80-3090-4123 india - new delhi tel: 91-11-4160-8631 fax: 91-11-4160-8632 india - pune tel: 91-20-2566-1512 fax: 91-20-2566-1513 japan - yokohama tel: 81-45-471- 6166 fax: 81-45-471-6122 korea - daegu tel: 82-53-744-4301 fax: 82-53-744-4302 korea - seoul tel: 82-2-554-7200 fax: 82-2-558-5932 or 82-2-558-5934 malaysia - kuala lumpur tel: 60-3-6201-9857 fax: 60-3-6201-9859 malaysia - penang tel: 60-4-227-8870 fax: 60-4-227-4068 philippines - manila tel: 63-2-634-9065 fax: 63-2-634-9069 singapore tel: 65-6334-8870 fax: 65-6334-8850 taiwan - hsin chu tel: 886-3-5778-366 fax: 886-3-5770-955 taiwan - kaohsiung tel: 886-7-536-4818 fax: 886-7-330-9305 taiwan - taipei tel: 886-2-2500-6610 fax: 886-2-2508-0102 thailand - bangkok tel: 66-2-694-1351 fax: 66-2-694-1350 europe austria - wels tel: 43-7242-2244-39 fax: 43-7242-2244-393 denmark - copenhagen tel: 45-4450-2828 fax: 45-4485-2829 france - paris tel: 33-1-69-53-63-20 fax: 33-1-69-30-90-79 germany - munich tel: 49-89-627-144-0 fax: 49-89-627-144-44 italy - milan tel: 39-0331-742611 fax: 39-0331-466781 netherlands - drunen tel: 31-416-690399 fax: 31-416-690340 spain - madrid tel: 34-91-708-08-90 fax: 34-91-708-08-91 uk - wokingham tel: 44-118-921-5869 fax: 44-118-921-5820 worldwide sales and service 08/02/11
mouser electronics authorized distributor click to view pricing, inventory, delivery & lifecycle information: microchip: ? PIC12F1501-e/ms? PIC12F1501-e/p? PIC12F1501-e/sn? PIC12F1501-i/ms? PIC12F1501-i/sn? pic12lf1501-e/p? pic12lf1501-i/sn? PIC12F1501-e/mc? PIC12F1501t-i/mf? pic12lf1501-i/mf? pic12lf1501t-i/mf? pic12lf1501- e/mf? PIC12F1501-e/mf? PIC12F1501-i/mf? PIC12F1501-i/mc? PIC12F1501t-i/mc? pic12lf1501-e/mc? pic12lf1501-i/mc? pic12lf1501t-i/mc

▲Up To Search▲

Price & Availability of PIC12F1501

	To Download PIC12F1501 Datasheet File
If you can't view the Datasheet, Please click here to try to view without PDF Reader .